Home

MPLAB X IDE User's Guide

Contents

1. FIGURE 1 3 PIC MCU DATA SHEET FILE REGISTERS File File File File Address Address Address Address Indirect addr 1 00h Indirect addr 1 80h Indirect addr 1 100h Indirect addr 1 180h TMRO Oth OPTION REG 81h TMRO 101h OPTION REG 181th PCL 02h PCL 82h PCL 102h PCL 182h STATUS 03h STATUS 83h STATUS 103h STATUS 183h FSR 04h FSR 84h FSR 104h FSR 184h PORTA 05h TRISA 85h PORTA 105h TRISA 185h PORTB 06h TRISB 86h PORTB 106h TRISB 186h PORTC O7h TRISC 87h PORTC 107h TRISC 187h 08h 88h 108h 188h 09h 89h 109h 189h PCLATH OAh PCLATH 8Ah PCLATH 10Ah PCLATH 18Ah INTCON OBh INTCON 8Bh INTCON 10Bh INTCON 18Bh PIR1 OCh PIE1 8Ch EEDAT 10Ch EECON1 18Ch PIR2 ODh PIE2 8Dh EEADR 10Dh EECON2 18Dh TMRI1L OEh PCON 8Eh EEDATH 10Eh 18Eh TMR1H OFh OSCCON 8Fh EEADRH 10Fh 18Fh T1CON 10h OSCTUNE 90h 110h 190h TMR2 11h 91h 111h 191h T2CON 12h PR2 92h 112h 192h SSPBUF 13h SSPADD 93h 113h 193h SSPCON 14h SSPSTAT 94h 114h 194h CCPR1L 15h WPUA 95h WPUB 115h 195h CCPR1H 16h IOCA 96h IOCB 116h 196h CCP1CON 17h WDTCON 97h 117h 197h RCSTA 18h TXSTA 98h VRCON 118h 198h TXREG 19h SPBRG 99h CM1CONO 119h 199h RCRE
2. FIGURE 1 4 PIC MCU DATA SHEET BLOCK DIAGRAM EXCERPT Data Bus lt 8 gt PORTA RAO ANO y RA1 AN1 4 21 Tabe Pohiets2 17 Data Latch RA2 AN2 VREF Dag Data RAM P RAA TOCKI Inc Dec Logi a SE Bee RAS ANA LVDIN Address Latch RAG 21 PCLATU PCLATH 12 PORTB KS lt gt RBO INTO Address lt 12 gt PCU PCH PCL a lt N RB1 INT1 Program Counter Ab Bn S NS Address Latch BSR FSRO Banko F l X RB4 KBIO Program 31 Level Stack Ir FSR1 gt X RB5 KBI1 PGM Memory GES 12 X RB6 KBI2 PGC X RB7 KBI3 PGD Data Latch Inc Dec Table Latch I Logic PORTC Es lt gt RCO T10S0 T13CKI S s X RC1 T10SI CCP2 X RC2 CCP1 7 gt LROM Latch RC3 SCK SCL A CO lt gt RC4 SDI SDA IR lt gt RC5 SDO X RC6 TX1 CK1 D 4 lt gt RC7 RX1 DT1 To design such a system choose which peripherals are necessary for the application The following is a list of common peripherals e Analog to Digital Converters ADCs allow microcontrollers to connect to sensors and receive changing voltage levels e Serial communication peripherals that allow streaming communications over a few wires to another microcontroller to a local network or to the Internet e Peripherals on the PIC MCU called timers accurately measure signal events and generate and capture communications sign
3. 71 Hardware Tools Active Connection 221 Hardware Tools Opttons 78 Belt tere een inthis 147 192 Help Meni srren wee ean ees 192 DS50002027C page 270 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Index Help Menu Changes 181 Hierarchy Window HI TECH DSPICC Toolchain 73 HI TECH PICC Toolchain 73 HI TECH PICC18 Toolchain 73 HI TECH PICC32 Toolchain 73 Hold In Reset 109 H ld in R Set ssrsrssrienernssantienantentens 94 148 l Icons Watches Window 225 e 23 IR EE 150 186 rue er 184 Import MPLAB Legacy Project 112 Importing an MPLAB IDE v8 Project Relative Paths 167 Inactive Connection 127 Insert OO na 45m i a 187 Insert Next Matching Word 187 Insert Previous Matching Word 187 Install MPLAB X IDE 29 Install the Language Tools 34 Internet Address Microchip ssec 246 J JRE InStalling 52 85srcssete ege Eent 29 K KeeLog Plugin Support 182 Keep hardware tool connected cence 94 95 Keyboard Shortcuts MPLAB X IDE 192 L Language Tool Locations 53 80 Language Tools Options 52 79 Last Edit Location seeren 186 Launch Debugger Main
4. Syntax tab FIGURE 4 7 PROJECT WIZARD SELECT PROJECT NAME AND FOLDER DE New Project x Steps Select Project Name and Folder 1 Choose Project z sa baie Project Name MyProject x Sec Ka Plugin Board Project Location C Users c08227 MCHP MAIN MPLABXProjects Browse 5 ae ous ned Project Folder C Users c08227 MCHP MAIN MPLABXProjects MyProject X Folder Overwrite existing project Also delete sources V Set as main project Encoding ISO 8859 1 E E WH a asa t lt Back e Finish Cancel Help 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 75 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 3 VIEW CHANGES TO THE DESKTOP FIGURE 4 8 Once you have created your project several panes will open in the IDE e File pane pane with four tabbed windows e Navigator pane displays information on the symbols and variables in the file e Editor pane for viewing and editing project files The Start Page also is visible The Projects window displays the project tree with files grouped by category The Files window displays the project files according to the folder organization on your computer The Classes window displays any classes and their functions variables and constants in the code Double click on an item to see its declaration The Services window displays any services available to use for code develop ment selected in the File pane here e Task pane
5. 30 USSD et ss EE EE 104 User ID Memory Window 211 US rdifisss en sise nan Eed ee 166 V Variables Window 63 103 150 Version Contra 129 VIEW Mentions EEN EN 186 View Menu Changes 178 Voltages Hardware Tool 127 W Watch Icons ineeie rii eie a 225 Watchdog Ter 267 Watches Window 63 101 150 Binary Formatting 225 Char Formatting eneeeeeenee neee ee renee nr neee een ne 225 Decimal Formatting 0 cesceeeeeeeeeeeeees 225 Hex Formatting ceccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 225 Web Browser 150 186 Web Site Microchip 246 Window Menu 191 Window Menu Changes 181 Workspaces MPLAB w 176 X XC16 Toolchain 73 XC32 Toolcham ienianresnrerereseraet Nea 73 SCH Toolchainm 73 XML Check DTD ehrt ia aA a sr 151 Check File 151 188 Validate File 151 188 XSL Transform 151 XML File Type sdear 120 DA AIDE LE PRE EEE PRE NE 206 Z Zip Project Files 217 LOOM M EE Ar Neil ea 150 Ke eu RETTEN 150 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50
6. c d Build Icon G Se Clean and Build Icon Build progress will be visible in the Output window lower right hand corner of the desktop For this tutorial the code should build successfully FIGURE 3 14 OUTPUT SUCCESSFUL BUILD Output MyProject Build Load x Tasks make f nbproject Makefile default mk SUBPROJECTS build conf D make 1 Entering directory C Users c08227 MCHP MAIN MPLABXProjects MyProject Xx make f nbproject Makefile default mk dist default production MyProject X production hex make 2 Entering directory C Users c08227 MCHP MAIN MPLABXProjects MyProject X C Program Files x86 Microchip xc32 v1 11 bin xc32 gcec exe g x c c mprocessor 32MX360F C Program Files x86 Microchip xc32 vl 11 bin xc32 gcc exe mprocessor 32MX360F512L o C Program Files x86 Microchip xc32 v1 11 bin xc32 binzhex dist default production MyProj d make 2 Leaving directory C Users c08227 MCHP MAIN MPLABXProjects MyProject X t make 1 Leaving directory C Users c08227 MCHP MAIN MPLABXProjects MyProject X BUILD SUCCESSFUL total time 6s Loading code from C Users c08227 MCHP MAIN MPLABXProjects MyProject X dist default production Loading symbols from C Users c08227 MCHP MAIN MPLABXProjects MyProject X dist default product Loading completed D D r To view checksum information Open the Dashboard window Window gt Dashboard if it is
7. 5 18 IMPROVE YOUR CODE Improve your code by using code refactoring and or profiling Note To see this feature refer to the Start Page My MPLAB X IDE tab Extend MPLAB section Selecting Simple or Full Featured Menus topic Refactoring code is a method of making code simpler without changing its functionality Currently you can do the following with C code e Find function usages throughout files e Rename functions and parameters throughout files For more information see Section 7 5 C Code Refactoring Profiling code is the examination of CPU Usage Memory Usage and Thread Usage tools all while the program is running The profiling tools run automatically whenever you run your C project DS50002027C page 128 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Additional Tasks 5 19 CONTROL SOURCE CODE MPLAB X IDE has a built in local file history feature complements of the NetBeans platform This feature provides built in versioning support for local projects and files similar to conventional version control systems Available tools include a local DIFF and file restoration Right click on a file in the Project or File window to see Local History options To see local history for a file e Right click on the file in the Project or File window and select Local History gt Show Local History Any past changes to the file should be listed here e Right click on the file in the Project or File window and sel
8. Specific Windows Related Menu Breakpoints Window Window gt Debugging gt Breakpoints Customize Toolbars Window View gt Toolbars Licenses Windows Tools gt Licenses Dashboard Window Window Memory Windows Window gt PIC Memory Views Output Window Window gt Output gt Output Project Properties Window File Projects Window Window Tools Options Embedded Window Tools gt Options Windows Linux OS mplab_ide gt Preferences Mac OS X Trace Window Window gt Debugging Watches Window Window gt Debugging Wizard Windows File gt New Project File gt New File Depending on the tools you have installed tool specific windows may be available for viewing See documentation about your tool for information regarding a specific window 12 4 BREAKPOINTS WINDOW The Breakpoints window is used for setting and viewing breakpoints in code Open the window by selecting Window gt Debugging gt Breakpoints For more on using the Breakpoints window see Section 4 17 Control Program Execution with Breakpoints 12 41 New Breakpoint Dialog Click the Create New Breakpoint button on the Breakpoint window to open the New Breakpoint dialog FIGURE 12 1 NEW BREAKPOINT BUTTON Breakpoints Name v Line C Users c08227 M The options available for the breakpoint are determined by the type of breakpoint selected and the selected device not all options are available for all devices DS50002027C page 198 2011 2014 Mi
9. Use mplab_ide gt Preferences instead of Tools gt Options for Mac OS X See also Team menu Window gt Versioning eee Ss 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 179 DS50002027C page 180 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide TABLE 10 5 DEBUGGER MENU DIFFERENCES MPLAB IDE v8 MPLAB X IDE Comments Select Tool File gt New Project to select File gt Project Properties to change Clear Memory not yet available used by programmers Run Run gt Run Project Programmer Run Debug gt Debug Project Debug Run Debug gt Continue Run from Halt Animate not supported Halt Debug gt Pause Step Into Debug gt Step Into Step Over Debug gt Step Over Step Out Debug gt Step Out Reset Debug gt Reset Breakpoints Debug gt New Breakpoint Debug gt Toggle Breakpoint Settings File gt Project Properties Stopwatch Window gt Debugging gt Stopwatch TABLE 10 6 PROGRAMMER MENU DIFFERENCES MPLAB IDE v8 MPLAB X IDE Comments Select Programmer File gt New Project to select File gt Project Properties to change Enable Programmer Disable Programmer not available once selected it is enabled Program Program Target Project on Run toolbar Verify not available see the MPLAB IPE Read Upload Target Project on Run toolbar Blank Check All not available see the MPLAB IPE Blank Check OTP not available see the MPLAB IPE Erase Flash Device
10. CPU Registers Window gt PIC Memory Views gt CPU Call Stack Window gt Debugging gt Call Stack Disassembly Listing Window gt Output gt Disassembly Listing File EEPROM Window gt PIC Memory Views gt EE Data Memory Customize in window File Registers Window gt PIC Memory Views gt Data Memory Flash Data Window gt PIC Memory Views gt Data Memory Hardware Stack Debug gt Stack Views gt Other Memory LCD Pixel Not yet available Locals Window gt Debugging gt Variables Memory Window gt PIC Memory Customize in window Program Memory Window gt PIC Memory Views gt Flash Memory SFR Peripherals Window gt PIC Memory Views gt Peripherals Special Function Regis ters Window gt PIC Memory Views gt SFRs Watch Window gt Debugging gt Watches _ See also Debug gt New Watch Memory Usage Gauge Window gt Dashboard Memory usage is in the PE window Trace Window gt Debugging gt Trace See also File gt Project Properties to enable trace PIC32 MCUs Only DS50002027C page 178 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE vs MPLAB IDE v8 TABLE 10 4 PROJECT MENU DIFFERENCES MPLAB IDE v8 MPLAB X IDE Comments Project Wizard File gt New Project Always invoked for new project New File gt New Project Open File gt Open Project File gt Open Recent Project Close File gt Close Project Set Active Project Ru
11. Extend MPLAB section Selecting Simple or Full Featured Menus topic 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 111 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 5 2 IMPORT MPLAB LEGACY PROJECT The Import Legacy Project wizard will import an MPLAB IDE v8 project into an MPLAB X IDE project with the following considerations Settings that were saved in a workspace in MPLAB IDE v8 such as tool settings will not be transferred to the new MPLAB X IDE project Refer to the MPLAB IDE v8 help for what is stored in a workspace MPLAB IDE Reference gt Operational Reference gt Saved Information Project settings such as compiler linker and assembler options will be trans ferred to the new MPLAB X IDE project For an MPLAB IDE v8 project using the MPLAB C Compiler for PIC24 MCUs and dsPIC DSCs aka MPLAB C30 and a COFF debug file format The MPLAB X IDE project will be converted to the ELF DWARF debug file for mat unless the project uses COFF libraries in which case the project format will continue to be COFF MPLAB IDE V8 is case insensitive to file extensions such as c and c How ever MPLAB X IDE is case sensitive and associates c to C code files and C to C code files Therefore if you import an MPLAB IDE v8 project with C code specified as c MPAB X IDE will rename the cC files to c to avoid incorrect compiler behavior 5 2 1 Open the Wizard There are two ways to open this wizard the Start Pag
12. displays task output from building debugging or running an application MPLAB X IDE DESKTOP LES Projects ax Files Kl MyProject H mesder Mes trocrant Fies p Urker Fies f j bore i E osdables A Compiler Town Gi Merx 2 RAM Used SZ Cebus Tool T Oebug Reso rces PC A ESA S Odam 007063595 0x0 Q Res ICE DEALT P BE MPLAE X IDE v1 95 MyProject default File Edt View Nevigate Source Refactor Run Debug Team Took Window Help cet pragna config pragma config define define FILE PANE H Production Image CH v1 10 C Progen Fi 015000 bytes Free 32768 08000 E Fat 536560 008 EE bytes S Flash Used 0 DD Free 5326560 EFFO Progres GP Used Free 6 Dats SP Used Free 2 NAVIGATION PANE Fret POS UL EDITOR PANE TASK PANE V_2 FPLLODIV DIV 1 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 76 Basic Tasks If you double click on any file name in the File pane the related file will open in the Edi tor pane under a tab next to the Start Page To close the tab click on the x next to the file name Right click on the project name in the File pane Projects window to view the pop up context menu Do the same for the project s subfolders 4 4 VIEW OR MAKE CHANGES TO PROJECT PROPERTIES Once a project has been created you can view or change the project properties in the Project
13. hs Le Im Is E 3 3 8 Configuration Bits In the sample code Configuration bits are already set For your own application you must set up the Configuration bits You must set Configuration bits in code However you can temporarily change Config uration bits during a debug session in the Configuration Bits window Window gt PIC Memory Views gt Configuration Bits Then you may export the setting by right clicking in the window and selecting Generate Source Code to Output You can copy this code from the Output window into your code For a summary of Configuration bits settings for different devices see Appendix A Configuration Settings Summary DS50002027C page 58 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Tutorial 3 4 RUNNING AND DEBUGGING CODE The following information discusses using the MPLAB X IDE to run or debug your code 3 4 1 Build a Project For MPLAB X IDE it is not necessary to build the project first and then run or debug Building is part of the run and debug processes For initial development or major changes however you may want to make sure that the project builds before attempting to run or debug To build a project e In the Projects window right click on the project name and select Build You may also select Clean and Build to remove intermediary files before building e Click on the Build Project or Clean and Build Project toolbar icon
14. that are used when forming well defined expressions Each operator has an assigned precedence that is used to determine order of evaluation OTP One Time Programmable EPROM devices that are not in windowed packages Since EPROM needs ultraviolet light to erase its memory only windowed devices are erasable P Pass Counter A counter that decrements each time an event such as the execution of an instruction at a particular address occurs When the pass count value reaches zero the event is satisfied You can assign the Pass Counter to break and trace logic and to any sequential event in the complex trigger dialog PC Personal Computer or Program Counter PC Host Any PC running a supported Windows operating system Persistent Data Data that is never cleared or initialized Its intended use is so that an application can preserve data across a device Reset Phantom Byte An unimplemented byte in the dsPIC architecture that is used when treating the 24 bit instruction word as if it were a 32 bit instruction word Phantom bytes appear in dsPIC hex files DS50002027C page 260 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Glossary PIC MCUs PIC microcontrollers MCUs refers to all Microchip microcontroller families PICkit 2 and 3 Microchip s developmental device programmers with debug capability through Debug Express See the Readme files for each tool to see which devices are supported Plug ins The MPLAB IDE
15. Copy Copy the specified file to the project folder The file will appear in the File pane under the project specified and a tab with the file s name will appear in the Editor pane 4 9 2 Files Outside of Project Folder When adding a source file that is not in the project folder add the file as Relative This will create an external folder _ext so the project can find the file when building To make use of navigation features such as TODO and file context menus you must tell the project where the files are located To do this 1 Inthe Projects window right click on the project name and select Properties 2 Under Categories click General 3 Next to Source Folders click Add 4 Browse to the path to the external file s you have added to the project Select Select 5 Click Apply or OK Then rebuild the project When you import an MPLAB IDE v8 project the source files are a not in the project folder Use File gt Import gt MPLAB IDE v8 Project to automatically import the files DS50002027C page 84 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks 4 10 EDITOR USAGE To create new code or change existing code use the NetBeans editor General infor mation on this editor is available from the table of contents under the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Basic File Features C compiler information regarding the editor is available from the table of contents under the NetBeans help
16. MPLAB X IDE User s Guide NOTES DS50002027C page 236 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Appendix B Working Outside the IDE INTRODUCTION MPLAB X IDE is designed to help you write debug and release applications for embed ded systems However your company may have requirements that make code development outside the IDE necessary You can build your code outside MPLAB X IDE following the instructions in this chapter If you need to debug this code you can import it into an MPLAB X IDE project See 5 3 Prebuilt Projects and 5 4 Loadable Projects and Files for more information Alternatively you can compile your code with debug information and use the command line Microchip Debugger MDB which comes with each version of MPLAB X IDE to debug your code For more on MDB see the Microchip Debugger MDB User s Guide DS50002102 found in the lt MPLAB X IDE installation gt docs directory e Building a Project Outside of MPLAB X IDE e Compiling for Debug Outside of MPLAB X IDE 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 237 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide B 2 BUILDING A PROJECT OUTSIDE OF MPLAB X IDE MPLAB X IDE uses the GNU make as its build tool For Linux you are expected to have make installed For Mac OS X and Windows operating systems the installation of MPLAB X IDE provides this program The locations are e Windows 32 Bit OS
17. The Integrated Development Environment allows the embedded systems design engi neer to progress through this cycle without the distraction of switching among an array of tools By using MPLAB X IDE all the functions are integrated allowing the engineer to concentrate on completing the application without the interruption of separate tools and different modes of operation FIGURE 1 7 THE DESIGN CYCLE Compile Assemble Link Code Download Code to Debugger Edit Create Design SE MPLAB X IDE is a wrapper that coordinates all the tools from a single graphical user interface usually automatically For instance once code is written it can be converted to executable instructions and downloaded into a microcontroller to see how it works In this process multiple tools are needed an editor to write the code a project manager to organize files and settings a compiler or assembler to convert the source code to machine code and some sort of hardware or software that either connects to a target microcontroller or simulates the operation of a microcontroller eee 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 19 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 1 4 PROJECT MANAGER The project manager organizes the files to be edited and other associated files so they can be sent to the language tools for assembly or compilation and ultimately to a linker The linker has the task of placing the object code fragm
18. To create a library project select File gt New Project click the Microchip Embedded category and then select Library project as the project To add the library to your main project open the Project Properties window i e File gt Project Properties click in Categories under Libraries and then click the Add Library Project button 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 171 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Couldn t reserve space for Cygwin heap Windows 7 or 8 MPLAB X IDE uses the Cygwin MinGW in its make process In Windows 7 or 8 you may have virtual memory allocation issues To change the Virtual Memory settings click Start gt Control Panel Then click System and then Security gt System gt Advanced Systems Setting or System Protection On the Advanced tab click on the Performance Settings button In this dialog click the Advanced tab and then click on the Change button Enter a custom size value as follows e Initial Size MB Currently Allocated shown at the bottom e Maximum Size MB Recommended shown at the bottom Click Set click OK and reboot your personal computer Could not access the URL through the external browser Check the browser configuration In MPLAB X IDE select Too s gt Options General Tab In the Web Browser drop down list select your browser Click OK For more information see Bug 21236 Ext Browser Message Could not access the UR
19. Volatile A variable qualifier which prevents the compiler applying optimizations that affect how the variable is accessed in memory W Warning MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE An alert that is provided to warn you of a situation that would cause physical damage to a device software file or equipment 16 bit assembler compiler Warnings report conditions that may indicate a problem but do not halt processing In MPLAB C30 warning messages report the source file name and line number but include the text warning to distinguish them from error messages Watch Variable A variable that you may monitor during a debugging session in a Watch window Watch Window Watch windows contain a list of watch variables that are updated at each breakpoint Watchdog Timer WDT A timer on a PIC microcontroller that resets the processor after a selectable length of time The WDT is enabled or disabled and set up using Configuration bits Workbook For MPLAB SIM stimulator a setup for generation of SCL stimulus KEE 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 267 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide NOTES DS50002027C page 268 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MICROCHIP MPLAB X IDE USER S GUIDE Index Symbols G32 TGolchaini 55 f rss ne 73 DEBUG jaana 141 174 Call Graph EE 125 150 Call Stack i8 einen nine 108 150 A Cannot find file Linker Error 170 ABOUT Ernie ster
20. available on custom toolbar see Section 6 7 Customize Toolbars Reset Program Statistics not available Download OS File gt Project Properties debug The IDE will automatically tool category Firmware option choose the most up to date firm ware to download Settings File gt Project Properties For programmers see also the MPLAB IPE TABLE 10 7 TOOLS MENU DIFFERENCES MPLAB IDE v8 MPLAB X IDE Comments Data Monitor and Con Tools gt Plugins to install trol Interface DMCI and Tools gt Embedded to use other plugins MPLAB Macros Edit gt Start Macro Recording Edit gt Stop Macro Recording RTOS Viewer Tools gt Plugins to install Tools gt Embedded to use 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc TABLE 10 8 CONFIGURE MENU DIFFERENCES MPLAB X IDE vs MPLAB IDE v8 MPLAB IDE v8 MPLAB X IDE Comments Select Device File gt New Project File gt Project Properties to select to change Configuration Bits Window gt PIC Memory Views gt Configuration Bits External Memory Window gt PIC Memory Views gt Other Memory customize in window ID Memory Window gt PIC Memory customize in window Views gt Other Memory Settings Tools gt Options Use mplab_ide gt Preferences instead of Tools gt Options for Mac OS X TABLE 10 9 WINDOW MENU DIFFERENCES MPLAB IDE v8 MPLAB X IDE Comments Cl
21. ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeenneeeeeea 167 MPASM Toolchain 73 MPLAB ICD 2 Support neee 182 MPLAB ICD 3 Support 182 MPLAB ICE 2000 Support eeceeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeees 182 MPLAB ICE 4000 Support 182 MPLAB IDE v8 Project Import 167 MPLAB PM3 Support seeen 182 MPLAB REAL ICE In Circuit Emulator Support 182 MPLAB VDI Support eseese 182 MPLAB X IDE Installation and Setup 29 MPLAB X IDE vs MPLAB IDE w 173 Multiple Configurations 139 Multiple Projects 137 myMicrochip Personalized Notification Service 246 N Navigate Menu 186 Navigator Window 150 New Breakpoimt 189 New Data Breakpoint cccceeeeeseeeeeteeeeteeeeees 145 Newer eege dee 148 184 New Project fsssrantiestontienrntnenanns 148 184 New Run Time Watch 145 189 New Runtime Watch A 224 New Watch 145 146 189 224 Next Bookmark 147 187 Next ue 149 187 o Open e EE 149 185 Open Projecteurs 148 184 Open Recent File nnanannnnnnnnananannn an anennnen ne eenenennna 185 Open Recent Project 184 Open Required Projects s nnneseeseee nenene ereere 148 Open Team Project 184 Other Memory Window 209 OutOfMemoryError 136 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50
22. e Click on REAL ICE to see related setup options For more on what these options mean see the emulator documentation Do not make any changes for this tutorial FIGURE 3 9 TOOL SETUP PAGE Project MyProject Categories 2 General B Conf default 2 Loading 2 Libraries Building o XC32 Global Options 2 xc32 as 2 xc32 gcc xc32 g 2 xc324d Manage Configurations Options for Real ICE Option categories Memories to Program e Auto select memories and ranges Allow Real ICE to Select Memories Configuration Memory always programmed in deb Boot Flash always programmed in debug mode Program Memory Program Memory Start hex Program Memory End hex 0x 1d000000 0x1d07Ffff Preserve Program Memory Preserve Program Memory Start hex Preserve Program Memory End hex 0x 1d000000 Ox 1d07 FFF Option Description 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 51 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide To set up or change language tool options e Click on your language tool to see related setup options For more on what these options mean see your language tool documentation Do not make any changes for this tutorial FIGURE 3 10 LANGUAGE TOOL SET UP PAGE B Conf default RealICE Q Loading Libraries Building XC32 Global Options im xc32 as o
23. Chapter 8 Project Files and Folders 8 1 INTRODUCTION There are several ways to view project files and folders in MPLAB X IDE e Projects Window View e Files Window View e Favorites Window View e Classes Window View Other MPLAB X IDE file and folder information includes e Viewing User Configuration Data e Importing an MPLAB IDE v8 Project Relative Paths e Moving Copying or Renaming a Project 8 2 PROJECTS WINDOW VIEW Project folders viewed in the Projects window are logical virtual folders For more on this window see Section 12 11 Projects Window At the least you will need to add source files MPLAB X IDE will find many default files for you header files linker scripts You may add library and precompiled object files as well as edited header and linker script files Files that will not be included in the build may be placed under Important Files FIGURE 8 1 PROJECTS WINDOW SIMPLE C CODE PROJECT t Header Files EC Linker Files g2 Source Files E MyFile c 2 Je Important Files T Makefile IS Libraries Loadables 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 163 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide TABLE 8 1 PROJECTS WINDOW DEFINITIONS Virtual Folder Files Contained Header Files header files h or inc Library Files library files a or lib Linker Files linker files 1d gld or 1kr Object Files
24. Details Commit commits local changes to files into the repository Diff shows file revisions between repository versions and your local working copies Show Annotations displays commit message author date and revision number infor mation in the left margin of files open in the Source Editor Revert Modifications reverts local versions of files to versions stored in the repository Update updates local versions of files with changes committed to the repository CVS is not included with MPLAB X IDE and must be acquired separately For more on CVS see http www nongnu org cvs TABLE 6 9 SYSTEM FUNCTIONS Function Details Next Error scrolls the Source Editor to the line that contains the next build error Previous Error scrolls the Source Editor to the line that contains the previous build error Run SQL runs SQL statements and scripts For more on SQL and data base support see NetBeans Help gt IDE Basics gt Servers and Databases SQL History provides a list of SQL statements that have been previously executed in the SQL Editor Keep Prior Tabs toggles keeping SQL results tabs from the previous execution open closed Open File opens the Open dialog Properties opens the Project Properties window Save saves the current file Save All saves all open files If the Compile on Save feature is selected this will also co
25. MICROCHIP MPLAB X IDE User s Guide DS50002027C Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today when used in the intended manner and under normal conditions There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature All of these methods to our knowledge require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip s Data Sheets Most likely the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code Code protection does not mean that we are guaranteeing the product as unbreakable Code protection is constantly evolving We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our products Attempts to break Microchip s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act If such acts allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act Information contained
26. ORI V1 ZERO 32720 em 8266 9D00 AC430600 SW V1 1536 V0 e267 9D00 AFCO0000 SW ZERO 0 S8 e268 oD00 0B40005E J 0x9D00017E Ta 8269 9D00 00000000 NOP 3C02A000 LUI VO 24576 8271 9D00 24430200 ADDIU V1 VO 512 8272 9D00 EFC20000 IW VO 0 S8 8273 9D00 00621021 ADDU VO V1 VO 8274 9D00 20420000 LB VO O VO 8275 9D00 00401821 ADDU V1 VO ZERO RL 4 212 Change Device Memory You must Debug Run your code to change memory values You cannot change mem ory during a Run Note The data will change only during the Debug Run Your application code is not changed To change memory values Change a value in the Memory window by clicking in the appropriate column and selecting or entering new data For some windows the text will be red to show a change The Fill memory feature is found on the context right click menu of most Memory windows For program memory you must rebuild to see the changes Use Debug gt Discrete Debugger Operation to program the target and launch the debugger with the changed data 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 105 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 21 3 Set Memory Window Options with the Context Menu Right clicking in the Memory window will pop up a context menu with various options such as display options fill memory table import export and output to file For more information on this me
27. Plug Ins Yes No DMCI X dsPIC Filter Design D dsPIC30F SMPS Buck Converter X dsPIC33F SMPS Buck Boost Converter X dsPICworksTM X Graphical Display Designer X MATLAB x Memory Starter Kit X PC Lint X RTOS Viewer X Segmented Display Designer X AN851 Bootloader X AN901 BLDC Tuning Interface X AN908 ACIM Tuning Interface X KEELOQ Plugin D Under development DS50002027C page 182 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MICROCHIP MPLAB X IDE USER S GUIDE Chapter 11 Desktop Reference 11 1 INTRODUCTION The MPLAB X IDE desktop is a resizable window that operates independent of the rest of the desktop items The desktop consists of menus toolbars a status bar and tabbed windows Figure 11 1 Menus toolbars and the status bar are discussed here Windows and dialogs are discussed in their own section Note When the NetBeans help topic refers to a workspace it is talking about a desktop It is not referring to the MPLAB IDE v8 and earlier workspace e Menus e Toolbars e Status Bar e Grayed out or Missing Items and Buttons FIGURE 11 1 MPLAB IDE DESKTOP BE Puss x Iot 1 95 Pe Fee Edt View Newigate Sore EW Propects ere RER ER EUR w c 1 14 GIE Ati TR LCIProcsastventa Ra STATUS e WINDOWS Zaz WW lt i Dm i woo r Stat Page 7K Zwee kr S a asbl a Si ei e D ed E ProcessEvent switch _elCDstate ak x
28. Thailand Bangkok Tel 66 2 694 1351 Fax 66 2 694 1350 EUROPE Austria Wels Tel 43 7242 2244 39 Fax 43 7242 2244 393 Denmark Copenhagen Tel 45 4450 2828 Fax 45 4485 2829 France Paris Tel 33 1 69 53 63 20 Fax 33 1 69 30 90 79 Germany Dusseldorf Tel 49 2129 3766400 Germany Munich Tel 49 89 627 144 0 Fax 49 89 627 144 44 Germany Pforzheim Tel 49 7231 424750 Italy Milan Tel 39 0331 742611 Fax 39 0331 466781 Italy Venice Tel 39 049 7625286 Netherlands Drunen Tel 31 416 690399 Fax 31 416 690340 Poland Warsaw Tel 48 22 3325737 Spain Madrid Tel 34 91 708 08 90 Fax 34 91 708 08 91 Sweden Stockholm Tel 46 8 5090 4654 UK Wokingham Tel 44 118 921 5800 Fax 44 118 921 5820 10 28 13
29. e eee 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 77 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 5 SET OPTIONS FOR DEBUGGER PROGRAMMER OR LANGUAGE TOOLS Additionally you set options for your tools in the Project Properties dialog To set up or change debugger programmer tool options Click on your hardware tool or simulator beneath Conf default to see related set up options For more on what these options mean see your tool documentation FIGURE 4 10 TOOL SETUP PAGE Project Properties MyProject Categories General 2 Conf default Option categories Memories to Program gt MA gt Loading Auto select memories and ranges Allow Real ICE to Select Memories Options for Real ICE Libraries Configuration Memory always programmed in deb Building XC32 Global Options 2 xc32 as Program Memory Boot Flash always programmed in debug mode xc32 gcc Program Memory Start hex 0x1d000000 9 xc32 g 2 xc324d Program Memory End hex 0x1d07ffff Preserve Program Memory Preserve Program Memory Start hex 0x1d000000 Preserve Program Memory End hex Ox1d07ffff Option Description DS50002027C page 78 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks To set up or change language tool options Click on your language tool to see related setup options For more on what these options mean see your langu
30. xc32 g xc324d Manage Configurations Options for xc32 gcc v1 11 Option categories General have symbols in production build Enable App IO Isolate each function in a section Place data into its own section Use indirect calls Generate 16 bit code Exdude floating point library Preprocessor macros Indude directories Additional options Option Description Generated Command Line DS50002027C page 52 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Tutorial 3 3 5 Set Language Tool Locations To see what language tools are available to MPLAB X IDE and view or change their paths e For Mac OS Access the build tools from mplab_ide gt Preferences gt Embedded gt Build Tools from the main menu bar e For Other OSs Access the build tools from Tools gt Options gt Embedded gt Build Tools The window should automatically populate with all installed toolchains If you do not see your tool listed try the following e Scan for Build Tools Scans the environment path and lists the language tools installed on the computer e Add Manually add the tool to the list by entering the path to the directory containing the tool executable s i e base directory Typically this is the bin subdirectory in the tool installation directory If you have more than one version of a compiler available select one from the list En
31. 34038030 ORI V1 ZERO 32720 CH 8266 9D00 AC430600 SW V1 1536 V0 i 8267 9D00 AFCO0000 SW ZERO 0 S8 A 6268 9D00 OB40005E J 0x9D00017 8269 9D00 00000000 NOP 3C02A000 LUI VO 24576 8271 9D00 24430200 ADDIU V1 VO 512 8272 9D00 8FC20000 LW VO 0 58 8273 9D00 00621021 ADDU VO V1 VO 8274 9D00 80420000 LB VO O V0 8275 9D00 00401821 ADDU V1 VO ZERO COC Change the memory view by e Selecting another window from the Window gt PIC Memory Views list e Using the drop down Memory menu on the window To set Memory window options Right clicking in the Memory window will pop up a menu with various options such as display options fill memory table import export and output to file For more information on this menu see Section 12 8 13 Memory Window Menu To refresh the Flash Memory window 1 Halt your program Finish Debugger Session 2 Click on the icon named Read Device Memory ES 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 64 Read Device Memory Icon Tutorial 3 4 8 Program a Device Once your code is debugged you can program it onto a target device First you check the programming options in the Project Properties window For this tutorial no options will be changed Second you program the device in one of two ways e Click Run The project is built if necessary and device is p
32. 5 17 View the Dashboard Display ccescseccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeese 126 5 18 Improve Your Code sesidir e e Saa anaa aaa a SEA 128 5 19 Control Source COR nn da tante Gee oe nea aig ard 129 5 20 Collaborate on Code Development and Error Tracking cceeeeeeee 131 5 21 AOC PIN KR EE 132 Chapter 6 Advanced Tasks Ge uge De EE 135 6 2 Speed Up MPLAB X IDE nine te cn Un one 135 6 3 Work with Multiple Projects 2 44 asset dEEENERNEEEEN ENEE EEEEEGEKEENEEEEN 137 6 4 Work with Multiple Configurations cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeeeeeeeeennaeeeeeeeeeeees 139 6 5 Create User MakeFile Projects ceesseccnceceeeeeeeeseeeeneeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeenens 142 0 0 Log Dati ns Hire eee er et ca ie Ae ee nn tie 144 Leen 145 DS50002027C page 4 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Table of Contents Chapter 7 Editor en Wl ureien EE 153 7 2 Gelee CET 153 T S Edit r Re EEN 155 TA Code FoldiNg ss esse fan nt ne en de Rite 157 EDO COS RETACIONING LR RMS es SR re Pr ooh dad tae A tent 160 Chapter 8 Project Files and Folders GES lire ie leen EE 163 8 2 Projects Window VIEW SUR ai QU EE at had Re ST RE an 163 8 3 Files Window View eee 164 8 4 Favorites Window View sis 166 8 5 Classes Window View is 166 8 6 Viewing User Configuration Data cccccseeseeeeenceeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeeeneeeneeeene 166 8 7 Importing an MPLAB IDE v8 Project Relative Paths 167
33. 8 8 Moving Copying or Renaming a Project cceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeentaaeees 167 8 9 Deleting a Projet sie ese Shaan ir de tae dace Pe aga enlace ach Reddo actress 167 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting 9 1 Introduction bowie ite eee e cored em mn eed cee 169 9 2 USB Driver Installation ISSUES cecseccceeceneceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 169 9 3 Cross Platform Issues iii 169 OA MPLAB X IDE ISSUES geet 170 9 5 NetBeans Platform ISSUES cc ccceeeeeeeeeneceaeceeeeaeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 171 EE TOM er een Ee eat fash ative 171 Jr OTUMS Lee re M CT mn e 172 Chapter 10 MPLAB X IDE vs MPLAB IDE v8 1021 Introduction ksn in ti AG hai ear eA nn ee 173 10 2 Major RER 173 10 3 Menu Differences 176 10 4 Tool Support Differences ene 182 Chapter 11 Desktop Reference TAA Introduction ss doves nee nti Shee eo ia Ato alia ditties 183 RES IL EE 184 CNR e e TEE 193 11 4 Status Bar ee Mt ae i an a nn 196 11 5 Grayed out or Missing Items and Buttons cece eeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeee 196 Chapter 12 MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs 12 71 IN POMUCUON 25 chester vin soa anne E 197 12 2 MPLAB X IDE Windows Management sessseeeeeeeeeeeeseerrrrrrresssrrrrrressseeee 197 12 3 MPLAB X IDE Windows with Related Menus and Dialogs 0000aaaeeeeeeeenn 198 12 4 Breakpoints Wi
34. A z vr D vu sd Load M oo Qa StatPage Quick Start Eee Minute Videos GQ Forums LAN MPLAB IDE v Users IMPORTANT os Difierences trom MPLAB 8 XJ MPLAB X IDE Foram DS Take a Tour AN Tutorisis gt K3 MPLAB Harmony Forum al Oowrtosd Coenpiiers and Assembiers w MPLAD X IDE vi Release Notes and Support Documentation GS MPLAB Harmony Open Sample Project A F Create New Project Import MPLAS Legacy Project import Hax Pretudt Propect TS Mecrocnip 7 Show On Startup NetBeans EU EE 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 35 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide On the Start Page there are 3 tabs with links The items on each tab are defined below TABLE 2 1 LEARN AND DISCOVER Getting Started Quick Start Get started quickly by creating and setting up a project MPLAB IDE v8 Users _ Install WinUSB device drivers for your hardware tools IMPORTANT Take a Tour Take a tour of MPLAB X IDE operation MPLAB X IDE Limitations What is and is not currently supported on this version Dive In Open Sample Project Open a functional project as an example Create New Project Create a new MPLAB X IDE project It is recommended that you view the Quick Start before creating your first project Import Legacy Project Import your existing MPLAB IDE v8 project It is recommended that you view the Quick Start before working with an import
35. Builds programs the target and holds in Reset the selected project Read Device Memory Reads target device memory and loads into MPLAB X IDE Click on down arrow for other related options Debug Project Builds programs the target and Debug Runs the selected project 11 3 6 Debug Toolbar The Debug Toolbar currently contains button icons for the following functions These functions are also on the Debug menu D D D D Finish Debugger Session Ends the debugging session Pause Pauses debugging Use Continue to resume Reset Runs the current project to the cursor s location in the file and stop program execution Continue Resumes debugging until the next breakpoint or the end of the program is reached Step Over Executes one source line of a program If the line is a function call executes the entire function then stops Step Over Expression Steps over the expression and then stops the debugging Step Into Executes one source line of a program If the line is a function call executes the program up to the function s first statement and stops Step Out Executes one source line of a program If the line is a function call executes the functions and returns control to the caller Run to Cursor Runs the current project to the cursor s location in the file and stop program execution Apply Code Changes Apply any changes in the code to the executing program Se
36. Control Source Code Updated options for 5 20 Collaborate on Code Development and Error Tracking Reordered sections under 5 21 Add Plug In Tools and added 5 21 4 Plug In Code Location Chapter 6 Advanced Tasks Added 6 1 Speed Up MPLAB X IDE and 6 5 Create User MakeFile Projects Added information about working without setting an active project and grouping projects under 6 3 Work with Multiple Projects Removed statement that debug configuration needed it is not from 6 4 Work with Multiple Configurations Log file requirements update under 6 6 Log File Chapter 7 Editor Editor Features of Note moved to 7 2 4 under 7 2 Editor Usage Also added 7 2 1 Desktop Controls 7 2 2 Hyperlinks in C Code and 7 2 3 Hyperlinks in ASM Code Macros definition expanded in Table 7 6 Macros Tab Rearranged 7 4 Code Folding into 7 4 1 Code Folding Usage includes MPLAB C18 and assembly folding issue and 7 4 2 Custom Code Folding D D D D DS50002027C page 242 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Chapter 8 Project Files and Folders This chapter moved from Chapter 13 Added 8 4 Favorites Window View 8 5 Classes Window View 8 6 Viewing User Configuration Data and 8 9 Deleting a Project Changed Moving a Project to 8 8 Moving Copying or Renaming a Project Moved Building a Project Outsid
37. Fax 86 571 2819 3189 China Hong Kong SAR Tel 852 2943 5100 Fax 852 2401 3431 China Nanjing Tel 86 25 8473 2460 Fax 86 25 8473 2470 China Qingdao Tel 86 532 8502 7355 Fax 86 532 8502 7205 China Shanghai Tel 86 21 5407 5533 Fax 86 21 5407 5066 China Shenyang Tel 86 24 2334 2829 Fax 86 24 2334 2393 China Shenzhen Tel 86 755 8864 2200 Fax 86 755 8203 1760 China Wuhan Tel 86 27 5980 5300 Fax 86 27 5980 5118 China Xian Tel 86 29 8833 7252 Fax 86 29 8833 7256 China Xiamen Tel 86 592 2388138 Fax 86 592 2388130 China Zhuhai Tel 86 756 3210040 Fax 86 756 3210049 ASIA PACIFIC India Bangalore Tel 91 80 3090 4444 Fax 91 80 3090 4123 India New Delhi Tel 91 11 4160 8631 Fax 91 11 4160 8632 India Pune Tel 91 20 3019 1500 Japan Osaka Tel 81 6 6152 7160 Fax 81 6 6152 9310 Japan Tokyo Tel 81 3 6880 3770 Fax 81 3 6880 3771 Korea Daegu Tel 82 53 744 4301 Fax 82 53 744 4302 Korea Seoul Tel 82 2 554 7200 Fax 82 2 558 5932 or 82 2 558 5934 Malaysia Kuala Lumpur Tel 60 3 6201 9857 Fax 60 3 6201 9859 Malaysia Penang Tel 60 4 227 8870 Fax 60 4 227 4068 Philippines Manila Tel 63 2 634 9065 Fax 63 2 634 9069 Singapore Tel 65 6334 8870 Fax 65 6334 8850 Taiwan Hsin Chu Tel 886 3 5778 366 Fax 886 3 5770 955 Taiwan Kaohsiung Tel 886 7 213 7830 Taiwan Taipei Tel 886 2 2508 8600 Fax 886 2 2508 0102
38. MPLAB IDE v8 TABLE 10 2 EDIT MENU DIFFERENCES MPLAB IDE v8 MPLAB X IDE Comments Undo Edit gt Undo Redo Edit gt Redo Cut Edit gt Cut Copy Edit gt Copy Paste Edit gt Paste Edit gt Paste Formatted Delete Edit gt Delete Select All Edit gt Select All Edit gt Select Identifier Find Edit gt Find Edit gt Find Selection Find Next Edit gt Find Next Edit gt Find Previous Find In Files Edit gt Find in Projects Edit gt Replace in Projects Replace Edit gt Replace Go To Navigate gt Go to Line Navigate gt Go to Declaration Go To Locator Navigate gt Go to Symbol Go Backward Navigate gt Back Go Forward Navigate gt Forward External DIFF Tools gt Diff See also Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X Miscellaneous Diff tab Advanced Source gt Format Source gt Shift Left Right Source gt Move Up Down Source gt Toggle Comment Bookmarks Navigate gt Toggle Bookmark Navigate gt Next Bookmark Navigate gt Previous Bookmark Properties Tools gt Options gt Editor tab Use mplab_ide gt Preferences Tools gt Options gt Fonts amp Colors instead of Tools gt Options for Mac OS X 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 177 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide TABLE 10 3 VIEW MENU DIFFERENCES MPLAB IDE v8 MPLAB X IDE Comments Project Window gt Projects Output Window gt Output gt Output Toolbars View Toolbars
39. Run this example on Explorer 16 board with PIC32MX PIM Hold the board vertically from the PICtail connector size and wave the board back and forth to see message HELLO on LEDs include lt p32xxxx h gt Config settings POSCMOD HS FNOSC PRIPLL FWDTEN OFF PLLIDIV DIV_2 PLLUMUL MUL 16 PBDIV 8 default Main clock 8MHz 2 16 64MHz Peripheral clock 64MHz 8 8MHz 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 55 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Configuration Bit settings SYSCLK 64 MHz 8MHz Crystal FPLLIDIV FPLLMUL FPLLODIV PBCLK 8 MHz Primary Osc w PLL XT HS EC PLL WDT OFF Other options are don t care pragma config FPLLMUL MUL 16 FPLLIDIV DIV 2 FPLLODIV DIV 1 FWDTEN OFF pragma config POSCMOD HS FNOSC PRIPLL FPBDIV DIV_8 1 define timing constant define SHORT DELAY 50 8 define LONG DELAY 400 8 2 declare and initialize an array with the message bitmap char bitmap 30 Ox f H 0x08 0x08 OXfE 0 0 oxff E 0x89 0x89 0x81 0 0 Ox f L 0x80 0x80 0x80 0 0 Oxf L 0x80 0x80 0x80 0 O 0x7e O 0x81 0x81 0x7e 0 0 3 the main program main disable JTAG port DDPCONbits JTAGEN 0 3 1 variable declarations int i i will serve as the index DS50002027C page 56 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Tutorial 3
40. Select Compiler Multiple dialogs updated to show projects using the new MPLAB XC C compiler Added information on the Libraries category in the Project Properties dialog in Chapter 4 Basic Tasks 4 12 Add and Setup Library and Object Files Added information on normalizing a hex file under Chapter 4 Basic Tasks 4 14 Set Build Properties Added information on how to add a literal value to a Watches window in Chapter 4 Basic Tasks 4 20 Watch Symbol Values Changes Updated several sections for recent support of C currently for the MPLAB XC32 Compiler Added section on loadable projects in Chapter 5 Additional Tasks 5 5 Loadable Projects and Files Discussed how to import embedded projects from other applications into MPLAB X IDE in Chapter 5 Additional Tasks 5 7 Other Embedded Projects Added information on working with samples projects in Chapter 5 Additional Tasks 5 8 Sample Projects Described how to work with other files like XML in Chapter 5 Additional Tasks 5 9 Work with Other Types of Files Added information on how to work with log files in Chapter 6 Advanced Tasks 6 4 Log Data Described how to add functions to a toolbar in Chapter 6 Advanced Tasks 6 5 Customize Toolbars Added Chapter 7 Editor that discusses MPLAB X IDE Editor usage options and features Described an error message you might receive if
41. e Click on the Finish Debugger Session icon or select Debug gt Finish Debugger Session to end your program execution The difference between Run and Debug Run will become apparent when working with debug features beginning with Section 4 17 Control Program Execution with Breakpoints To launch the debugger If your code is built for debugging and you simply want to launch the debug tool you can do so by selecting the down arrow next to the Debug Project icon and selecting Launch Debugger DS50002027C page 96 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks 4 17 CONTROL PROGRAM EXECUTION WITH BREAKPOINTS When debugging code it can be useful to suspend execution at a specific location in code so that variable values can be examined To do this use breakpoints For more on breakpoints see the NetBeans help topics under C C Fortran Develop ment gt Debugging C C Fortran Applications with gdb gt Setting C C Fortran Break points FIGURE 4 23 BREAKPOINT AND BREAKPOINTS WINDOW StartPage led_message c x RAR HE CERTA AS EEO 122 T1CON 0x8030 a 123 124 325 while 1 126 127 128 Zort i 0 i lt 30 i 129 H PORTA bitmap i 131 132 133 TMR1 0 134 while TMR1 lt SHORT DELAY 135 El 136 137 138 Watches Breakpoints x Output Tasks EF Name M Line C Users c08227 MCHP MAIN MPLABXProjects MyProject xX ed_message c 130 Pro
42. including PICkit 2 and 3 and the MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator support a limited number of breakpoints The number of breakpoints available is dependent on the device selected To see the number of breakpoints avail able and keep track of the number you have used see the Dashboard window 5 17 View the Dashboard Display The following MPLAB X IDE features use breakpoints to accomplish their functions e Step Over e Step Out e Run to Cursor e Reset to Main If you attempt to use one of these features when no breakpoints are available a dialog will be displayed telling you that all resources are used 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 99 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 18 STEP THROUGH CODE Use one of the stepping functions on the Debug menu and Debug toolbar to move through code either from the beginning of code or after a breakpoint halt Examine changes in variable values see next section or determine if the program flow is correct There are several ways to step through code e Step Over Executes one source line of a program If the line is a function call executes the entire function then stops Step Into Executes one source line of a program If the line is a function call executes the program up to the function s first statement and stops Step Out Executes one source line of a program If the line is a function call executes the functions and returns control to the
43. to understand exactly what is going wrong in the hardware This is where a hardware debugger is useful Hardware debuggers can be in circuit emulators or in circuit debuggers which use microcontrollers that have special built in debugging features A hardware debugger like a simulator allows the engineer to inspect variables at various points in the code and single step to follow instructions as the hardware interacts with its specialized circuitry 1 6 3 Integrated Development Environment Debugging usually becomes urgent near the end of the project design cycle As dead lines loom getting the application to function as originally designed is the last step before going into deployment of the product and often has the most influence on pro ducing delays in getting a product out That s where an integrated development envi ronment is most important Doing fine tweaks to the code recompiling downloading and testing all require time Using all tools within a single environment will reduce the time around the cycle These last steps where critical bugs are worked out are a test for the embedded systems designer The right tool can save time With MPLAB X IDE many tools can be selected but they all will have a similar interface and the learning curve from simulator to low cost in circuit debugger to powerful in circuit emulator is small DS50002027C page 22 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc What is MPLAB X IDE
44. two or three projects 2 Start debugging each project i e click on a project in the Projects window and then select Debug gt Debug Project 3 Open the Sessions window Window gt Debugging gt Sessions and you can switch between any currently running debug sessions When one debug session is switched to another the Watch window and variables plus the memory will switch to show the currently selected project being debugged The Sta tus bits should also follow the debug project The Dashboard will follow the last selected whether it is a debug project or a project in the project window This is by design To group multiple projects Another way to work with multiple projects is in groups Select File gt Project Group and pick or create a project group For more on creating project groups see the NetBeans help topic Project Group Create New Group Dialog Box DS50002027C page 138 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Advanced Tasks WORK WITH MULTIPLE CONFIGURATIONS MPLAB X IDE allows multiple configurations for the same project This may be useful for code that can be compiled on multiple platforms such as the Microchip Application Libraries Demo Projects When you create a new project a default configuration is created To create your own configuration start by doing one of the following e Use the drop down menu on the toolbar and select Customize Figure 6 2 The Project Properties dialog will op
45. 158 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Editor FIGURE 7 4 COLLAPSED CODE 54 int main void 5511 56 initialization 69 while 1 70 LCDProcessEvents 71 ADCProcessEvents 72 For additional information see the NetBeans help topic C C Fortran Develop ment gt Working with C C Fortran Projects gt Editing Source Files in C C Fortran Projects gt Folding Blocks of Code 7 4 2 2 CUSTOM CODE FOLDING ASM To custom fold assembly code do the following e For MPASM assembler or MPLAB XC16 assembler code type the following comments around your code lt editor fold defaultstate collapsed desc user description gt ASM code block to fold lt editor fold gt e For MPLAB XC32 assembler code type the following comments around your code lt editor fold defaultstate collapsed desc user description gt ASM code block to fold lt editor fold gt OR e For MPASM assembler or MPLAB XC16 assembler code type fcom and press the lt Tab gt key to automatically enter the relevant comment text above e For MPLAB XC32 assembler code type fcom and press the lt Tab gt key to automatically enter the relevant comment text above Assembly code will fold in the same way that C code folds For an example of code folding see the C code example above 7 4 2 3 EXPAND COLLAPSE CUSTOM CODE FOLDING To expand collapse code blocks go to the View menu or right click i
46. 2 Building a Project Outside of MPLAB X IDE cccececeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeeeee 238 B 3 Compiling for Debug Outside of MPLAB X IDE ec eeenteeeeeeeeeeee 239 Appendix C Revision History ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 241 SEPDOM EE 245 GNSS e E 249 Ce TC RESTE RE RSR ees wee eee 269 Worldwide Sales and Service ns 274 DS50002027C page 6 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Preface INTRODUCTION This chapter contains general information that will be useful to know before using MPLAB X IDE Items discussed include e Document Layout e Conventions Used e Recommended Reading DOCUMENT LAYOUT This document describes how to use the MPLAB X IDE The layout of the manual is as follows Chapter 1 What is MPLAB X IDE an overview of what the MPLAB X IDE is and where to find help Chapter 2 Before You Begin describes how to install USB drivers for the hardware tools and language toolsuites for compiling assembling code Chapter 3 Tutorial provides step by step descriptions of features for using MPLAB X IDE Chapter 4 Basic Tasks describes how to use the basic features of MPLAB X IDE It is similar to the Tutorial chapter but with more detail Chapter 5 Additional Tasks describes how to use additional features of MPLAB X IDE e g importing MPLAB IDE v8 projects or us
47. 2 initialization TRISA 0 all PORTA as output T1CON 0x8030 TMR1 on prescale 1 256 PB 3 3 the main loop while 1 3 3 1 display loop hand moving to the right for i 0 i lt 30 i 3 3 1 1 update the LEDs PORTA bitmap i 3 3 1 2 short pause TMR1 0 while TMR1 lt SHORT DELAY for i 3 3 2 long pause hand moving back to the left PORTA 0 turn LEDs off TMR1 0 while TMR1 lt LONG DELAY main loop main 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 57 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 3 3 7 Editor Usage The sample code should not need to be edited However when you need to edit your code you will be using the NetBeans editor General information on this editor is avail able from the table of contents under the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Basic File Features C compiler information regarding the editor is available from the table of con tents under the NetBeans help topic C C Fortran Development gt C C Fortran Proj ect Basics gt Navigating and Editing C C Fortran Source Files A list of features is available under Chapter 7 Editor To use editor features go to the e Edit menu see Section 11 2 2 Edit Menu e Editor toolbar located at the top of each file s Editor window e Window right click context menu FIGURE 3 13 EDITOR TOOLBAR StartPage a led_message c 8 Jee SR LR IS
48. 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks 4 6 2 About Toolchain Paths MPLAB X IDE searches for toolchains under default installation paths and the PATH environmental variable An example default path for MPLAB XC16 under a Windows 64 bit operating system is C Program Files x86 Microchip xc16 bin When you install a compiler you have the choice to 1 install at the default location or at a different location 2 add the location to the PATH If you are installing at a location different from the default you should add that location to the PATH If you do not choose to have the installer add a new location to the PATH you can point MPLAB X IDE to the compiler location in Too s gt Options Embedded button Build Tools tab by clicking Add Finally you can manually add the new location to the PATH variable 4 7 SET OTHER TOOL OPTIONS In addition to the build paths you may set up other options Select from the following tabs in the Options window Embedded category e Project Options Set project related options such as make options and whether paths are defaulted to relative or absolute Section 12 12 2 Project Options Tab e Generic Settings Set up the log file and other project features Section 12 12 3 Generic Settings Tab e Suppressible Messages Select messages to be suppressed Section 12 12 4 Suppressible Messages Tab Other Edit the lists of accepted file extensions fo
49. Add a new runtime watch for the selected symbol Run Time Update Interval MPLAB REAL ICE In Circuit Emulator Only Specify the rate at which the symbol value will be updated No Delay will update as quickly as your personal computer is able If you are seeing errors in the runtime data you can add a delay to decrease the update speed Export All Watches to List Export information about the symbols to be watched to a file File xwatch Delete All Remove all the watched symbols from the Watches window Note You can also right click in a symbol in code to add it to a New Watch or New Runtime Watch DS50002027C page 224 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs 12 14 3 Watches Display The display has the following features e Icons e Columns e Actions 12 14 3 1 ICONS Icons are found to the left of the name object in the Name column TABLE 12 25 NAME COLUMN ICONS Description Watch object Watch object in Program Memory Static field of an object S a as Non static field of an object 12 14 3 2 COLUMNS You can change the columns displayed in the window by right clicking on a heading to pop up the Change Visible Columns dialog TABLE 12 26 CHANGE VISIBLE COLUMNS ITEMS Dialog Item If Checked Name Show name of column always checked Address Show memory address of vari
50. Code Refactoring ccccccsecescsessesesssessserseeesseeens 128 BreakPoint En 61 97 150 Collaboration scsi eet uma ne 131 ANDed nn 99 Compile EE 148 Dialog EE 98 Compiler Licenses Bin EE 97 ACTIVATION IPON 190 Number Available E 127 ROAMING a ne dene 190 RESOUICES 2055625 ain 99 126 Compiler Support Lights 73 egene EE 98 Complete Code ssssssssssesisisiereiiereiiereirerersrennnen 187 Software Breakpoints Supported 2 127 Complex Breakpoint 98 TIMINQi EE 99 Config EE EE 106 229 Tuple Sdt SEA Dee ee ans ren EE egene 99 Configuration Bits Window EDR e EURE PE CLR 98 HowTollse aaa 106 Build a Project 59 93 Memory Window cccsccscscescsseseecsecessecesaeees 104 Build Configuration 174 179 RTE 58 Build for Debugging Se mures een 93 Configuration Bits Window c scesessseesesseesseeseees 208 Build for Debugging Main Project 148 Configurations Multiple 139 Build Main Project 148 Configure Menu Changes ssssssisnsininieiriennen 181 Build Project 93 148 188 Connect to a Target ccccccccssesccseesesesesesssseseseseeeens 34 Build Properties Contact Microchip Technology 247 File EE 218 E ee lent Sean 146 189 Project 217 COVER Re EE 147 185 Build Statusna 85 dau 213 CPU Memonm nn 104 C CPU Registers VWimdow 211 d Create a New Project 43 68 C Extensions nhin ie ane nn alan 81 A e Create a N
51. Code format displays disassembled hex code with symbols The window will have the following columns Debug Info Information useful for debugging A pointer shows the current location of the program counter Line Reference line number Address Opcode hexadecimal address Opcode Hexadecimal opcode shown in 2 or 3 byte blocks For most PIC MCUs these blocks represent words For PIC18CXXX devices the blocks represent 2 bytes For dsPIC DSC devices the blocks represent 3 bytes Label Symbolic Only Opcode label in symbolic format Disassembly A disassembled version of the opcode mnemonic 12 8 1 2 HEX This format displays program memory information as hex code The window will have the following columns Address Hexadecimal address of the opcode in the next column Opcode Blocks Hexadecimal opcode shown in 2 or 3 byte blocks For most PIC MCUs these blocks represent words For PIC18CXXX devices the blocks represent 2 bytes For dsPIC DSC devices the blocks represent 3 bytes The opcode block that is highlighted represents the current location of the program counter ASCII ASCII representation of the corresponding line of opcode 12 8 1 3 PSV MIXED dsPIC DSC PIC24 DEVICES ONLY This format displays program memory as opcode and the PSV area CORCON register PSV bit set The window will have the following columns Debug Info Information useful for debugging A pointer shows the current
52. Import Hex Prebuilt Project link Or Select File gt Import Hex ELF Prebuilt File e The Import Image File wizard opens 5 3 2 New Project Option To open the New Project wizard do one of the following On the Start Page click on the Learn amp Discover tab Dive In section Create New Project link e File gt New Project or Ctrl Shift N A wizard with launch to guide you through new project set up e Step 1 Choose Project Select the Microchip Embedded category and choose from the project type Prebuilt Hex Loadable Image Project e The Import Image File wizard opens 5 3 3 Import Image File Wizard Follow the steps below to import your image file Click Next gt to move to the next step D Step 1 or 2 Import Image File Select the name and location of your image file You may browse to a location Step 2 or 3 Select Device Select the device you will be using in your application from the Device drop down list To narrow your selection list choose a Family first Step 3 or 4 Select Header This step will appear if a header is available for your selected device To determine if a header is required for debug or if your device has on board debug circuitry consult the Processor Extension Pak and Debug Header Specification DS51292 or online help Then choose whether or not to use a header Step 4 or 5 Select Tool Select the development tool you will be using to develop
53. It is useful for changing Memory window setting during debug and using starter kits Debug Main Project debugs the main project New Watch enters an expression to watch in the Watches window Attach Debugger connects communications between MPLAB X IDE and the debug tool A debug tool is automatically connected during a Run or Debug Run and disconnected at the end of a run To keep the debug tool connected at all times check Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Prefer ences for Mac OS X Embedded button General Settings tab Maintain active connection to hardware tool Continue resumes debugging after Pause until the next breakpoint or the end of the program is reached Debug File starts debugging session for currently selected file Debug Test File starts debugging test for file in JUnit Java related Apply Code Changes apply any changes in the code to the executing program Finish Debugger Session ends the debugging session Make Callee Current makes the method being called the current call Only available when a call is selected in the Call Stack window Make Caller Current makes the calling method the current call Only available when a call is selected in the Call Stack window Pause pauses debugging Use Continue to resume Run to Cursor runs the current project to the cursor s location in the file and stops program execution Ste
54. MCU devices see the Microchip web site for device data sheets and dsPIC33F and PIC24H Reference Manual sections 12 8 2 4 XY DATA dsPIC DSC DEVICES ONLY This format displays file register information as hex data The window has the following columns e Address X hexadecimal address of the data Y Bus Y hexadecimal address of data if supported e Data Blocks Hexadecimal data shown in 2 byte blocks e ASCII ASCII representation of the corresponding line of data For more information on dsPIC DSC devices see dsPIC30F Family Reference Manual DS70046 DS50002027C page 206 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs 12 83 SFRs Window The Special Function Registers SFRs window displays the contents of the SFRs for the selected processor The format provided by this window is more useful for viewing the SFRs than the normal file register window since each SFR name is included and several number formats are presented To view only a few SFRs you might want to use a Watch window which may help with speed issues when using hardware debug tools i e faster window update rate Whenever a break occurs the contents of the Special Function Registers are updated Visible Registers If a data memory register is not physically implemented on a device it may not appear in the SFR list Some tools such as simulators may allow you to see registers that do not exist on the actual de
55. MPLAB X IDE has both built in components and plug in modules to configure the system for a variety of software and hardware tools Several plug in tools may be found under the Tools menu Pod The enclosure for an in circuit emulator or debugger Other names are Puck if the enclosure is round and Probe not be confused with logic probes Power on Reset Emulation A software randomization process that writes random values in data RAM areas to simulate uninitialized values in RAM upon initial power application Pragma A directive that has meaning to a specific compiler Often a pragma is used to convey implementation defined information to the compiler MPLAB C30 uses attributes to convey this information Precedence Rules that define the order of evaluation in expressions Production Programmer A production programmer is a programming tool that has resources designed in to program devices rapidly It has the capability to program at various voltage levels and completely adheres to the programming specification Programming a device as fast as possible is of prime importance in a production environment where time is of the essence as the application circuit moves through the assembly line Profile For MPLAB SIM simulator a summary listing of executed stimulus by register Program Counter The location that contains the address of the instruction that is currently executing Program Counter Unit 16 bit assembler A
56. PROJECT MPLAB X IDE is project based so you must set up a project to work on your application New projects can be created by selecting either e Start Page Learn and Discover tab Dive In Create New Project e File gt New Project or Ctrl Shift N The New Project wizard will launch to guide you through new project set up 4 2 1 Step 1 Choose Project Step 1 will first ask you to choose a project category In most cases you will choose a project type from Microchip Embedded Standalone Project Create a new C and or assembly code project This type of project is shown in this section Existing MPLAB IDE v8 Project Convert your existing MPLAB IDE v8 project into an MPLAB X IDE project For details see Section 5 2 Import MPLAB Legacy Project Prebuilt Hex Loadable Image Project Load an existing project image into MPLAB X IDE For details see Section 5 3 Prebuilt Projects e Library Project Create a new C and or assembly code project that will build into a library instead of executable hex file For details see Section 5 6 Library Projects Other options are e Other Embedded Projects Projects from other vendors e Sample Projects Includes ready to use projects for different device families and project templates for different device families Once you have made your selections click Next gt to move to the next dialog FIGURE 4 1 PROJECT WIZARD
57. PROJECT WIZARD CHOOSE PROJECT BE New Project amp Steps Choose Project 1 Choose Project Categories Projects 2 n CODEN E Sc P Other Embedded E Existing MPLAB IDE v8 Project H Samples E Prebuilt Hex Loadable Image Project Library Project Description Creates a new standalone application project It uses an IDE generated makefile to build your project Next gt Finish Cancel Help 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 43 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide STEP 2 Step 2 is for choosing your device in this case PIC32MX360F512L When you are done click Next gt FIGURE 3 2 PROJECT WIZARD SELECT DEVICE x New Project x Steps Select Device 1 Choose Project 2 Select Device 3 Select Header Family 32 bit MCUs PIC32 4 Select Tool 5 Select JTAG Plugin Board 6 Select Compiler Device 7 Select Project Name and Folder lt Back Finis Cancel Help STEP 3 Step 3 only appears if a header is available for your selected device Since there is no header for the PIC32MX360F512L device MPLAB X IDE knows to skip this step EE DS50002027C page 44 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Tutorial STEP 4 Step 4 selects the tool Tool support for the selected device is signified by the colored circles lights in front of the tool name If you cannot see the colors mouse over a light to pop up t
58. Patch Apply an existing patch created by Diff e Diff to Show the differences between this file and the one specified here e Add to Favorites Add this file to the Favorites window Properties Set file properties differently from the project properties Select to exclude the file from the build or override the project build options by selecting a different configuration See Section 4 12 Set File and Folder Properties for details 12 11 4 Projects Window Window Menu Right click in an empty area in the Projects window to pop up the Window menu Table 12 17 shows the specific menu items TABLE 12 17 FILE CONTEXT MENU ITEMS Menu Item Description New Project Launch the New Project wizard For more information see Section 4 2 Create a New Project New File Launch the New File wizard For more information see Section 4 8 Create a New File Open Project Open an existing project Open Recent Project Open an existing project for the list of recent projects Open Project Group Open an existing project group from the list of project groups Run Project Run the main project Set Main Project Set the main project from the list of open projects nn EO ______________ DS50002027C page 218 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs 12 12 TOOLS OPTIONS EMBEDDED WINDOW Open this window usin
59. Project 146 Library Fil S 2uecoec egegg idee eege 86 Library Projects AAA 119 LICENSES EE 190 Lights elle WEE 73 HW and SW Tools 71 Line Breakpoint sister 97 Loadable Files 00 0 c0ee eee nies 115 Loadable Projects 115 Local History 129 190 Locate Headers 216 LOG RIG eer eege ane eaves 222 Log File Options 81 Log File MPLAB X IDE 144 Log File NetBeans Platform 144 Logging Levels ccccceceeeeeeeceeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaees 222 M Macro Expansion 150 Macro Recording Start Stop 185 main function RESO Ux sante ain nt etre 221 SlOP sissies Mr star teint tr NE 221 Make and Program Device Make and Program Device Main Project 148 Make Callee Current eneeier 146 Make Caller Current 146 Make Clean minis 145 Make Optons iiaii iieii 90 220 Make Options nine 81 Makefile Project 142 Makefile niei isa ann 120 MATLAB Simulink Support 182 Memory Program and Data 12 Memory Gauge s seneeesoeneeeseesereeerrernsrretrnensrrereee 127 Memory Starter Kit Support 182 Memory Windows 64 104 Memory Windows Menu 212 Memory Type and Amoumt 127 Memes 184 Mercurial ressens anse anpii 190 Move DoWn isirises in hennisens 187 Move Up Avenir e nihte 187 Moving a Project 00
60. Properties dialog Access this dialog by either e Right clicking on the project name in the Projects window and selecting Properties e Clicking on the project name in the Projects window and then selecting File gt Project Properties Click the Conf default category to reveal the general project configuration such as the project device related debug programmer tool and language tool To change any of these items refer to steps 4 and 5 of Section 4 2 Create a New Project FIGURE 4 9 PROJECT PROPERTIES DIALOG x Project Properties MyProject _ S Categories Configuration 2 General ES Famiy Deve Real ICE All Families e PIC32MX360F 5121 2 Loading Libraries Supported Debug Header Supported Plugin Board Building None None XC32 Global Options 2 xc32 as gt xc32 gcc Hardware Tool Compiler Toolchain xc32 g A Hardware Tools Compiler Toolchains ICD 3 amp C32 Gene PICKit2 C32 v2 02 C Program Files x86 W oo PICkit3 HI TECH PICC32 None found PM3 XC32 5 00 Real ICE Pk c32 v 11 C Program Fies 86 0 Simulator 5 2 Microchip Starter Kits MCHV MICROSTICK SKDE 33 AUDIO o SKDE Memory o SKDE PIC18F SKDE PIC24F 1 o SKDE PIC24H SENSOR SKDE PIC32 z E A s Tip double dick on serial number SN to use a friendly name FN instead Manage Configurations Co Cee Ca ms
61. REAL ICE in circuit emulator documentation for more on Application I O Debugging gt Trace opens the Trace window See MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator documentation for more on trace Debugging gt Stopwatch opens the Stopwatch window Debugging gt PC Sampling opens the PC Sampling window See MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator documentation for more on PC sampling and profiling Versioning gt CVS select CVS version control items For more on CVS see http Awww nongnu org cvs Versioning gt Subversion select Subversion version control items For more on Subversion see http subversion tigris org Versioning gt Mercurial select Mercurial version control items For more on Mercurial see http mercurial selenic com PIC Memory Views gt Memory opens specified Memory window Memories shown depend on the project device 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 191 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide TABLE 11 11 WINDOW MENU OPTIONS CONTINUED Command Action Simulator gt Stimulus opens the Simulator Stimulus window Simulator gt Analyzer opens the Simulator Analyzer window Simulator gt lOPin opens the Simulator IO Pin window Other gt Exception Reporter opens the Exception Reporter window for exception breakpoints Other gt CSS Preview opens the Preview window for a cascading style sheet Other gt CSS Style Builder opens
62. Registe S eenen ier entida iii 104 File Registers Window 206 Elle WIZArd N EA bd ee 82 RI 148 Files Window View 164 Fill Memory 2 rene neers 212 FINQ RE 147 185 Find in Projects 58e men nent 147 185 Find VE EE 185 FING PreviOUS shies dasha ee geal oak att nes 185 Find Selection 185 Find USAGES airea aido a ei eiaeaen 185 Find Usages Window 151 Finish Debugger Session 146 189 Firmware Version 213 Firmware Versions Hardware Tool 127 Fix Godert gees Dese 187 Flash Memory 104 Focus Cursor at PC 145 189 212 Focus in Windows 197 FORMAL LE LE RSR AR RE PE ote En 187 FONWANG ur de Ai oa ne cause Pete tqs ie A ee NE 186 F ll Scr enisats initie ttes 186 G Go to Declaration ccccceeeeeeeecteeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 186 GO 10 File iz ee Ads ee AE EEN 186 GO Joere renier tease 187 Go to Previous Document 186 GO ro keto te rm EE nr uen 186 Go to Super Implementation 186 K rel eener i eer 186 Go 10 TYPE ieee ed steed irvine 186 EIS RS tele eat nr dibs 13 Graphical Display Designer GDD Support 182 Grayed out or Missing Items and Buttons 196 H Halt build on first failure nseoseeene nenene nesen nenne 221 Halt Window Updates On 197 Hardware Tool Selection
63. Settings Force install into shared directories Name L d P m D Microchip Plugins Edit Remove zg Microchip Plugins nee URL http ww1 microchip com downloads mplab X plugins updates xml Add Pei 5 21 4 Plug In Code Location Plug In code is stored with MPLAB X IDE user configuration data See Section 8 6 Viewing User Configuration Data 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 133 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide NOTES DS50002027C page 134 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 6 Advanced Tasks 6 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides a guide for performing advanced tasks in MPLAB X IDE Other feature are discussed in Chapter 4 Basic Tasks and Chapter 5 Additional Tasks Speed Up MPLAB X IDE e Work with Multiple Projects e Work with Multiple Configurations e Create User MakeFile Projects e Log Data e Customize Toolbars 6 2 SPEED UP MPLAB X IDE If MPLAB X IDE is operating too slowly consider the following e Increase Computer Heap e Debug Tool Usage 6 2 1 Increase Computer Heap You can modify the amount of memory allocated to MPLAB X IDE in the file mplab_ide conf We recommend you back up this file before you start editing it If you change the contents of this file the changes will be reflected the next time you run MPLAB X IDE Windows OS 64 Bit C P
64. Support For the hardware tools you will notice that a serial number SN is specified below any tool that is connected to your computer This allows you to select from several connected hardware tools Select your tool and then click Next gt FIGURE 4 4 PROJECT WIZARD SELECT TOOL x New Project LS Steps Select Tool 1 Choose Project 2 Select Device p Hardware Tools a 3 Select Header 9 ICD 3 3 Sect TAG Plugin Board orae Selec lugin Boar 6 Select Compiler eo PEAKS 7 Select Project Name and OPMS Folder 0 Real ICE 0 Simulator A Microchip Starter Kits amp MCHV MICROSTICK SKDE 33 AUDIO o SKDE Memory SKDE PIC18F J SKDE PIC24F 1 o SKDF PIC24H SENSOR Ce ee rn a EE eee 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 71 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 2 5 Step 5 Select Plug In Board For the MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator you may specify a plug in board to use A plug in board is the circuit board that is inserted into the emulator s driver board slot TABLE 4 1 EMULATOR PLUGIN BOARDS Supported Plugin Board Description Board None Standard Communications driver board None High Speed Communications driver board JTAG Driver Board JTAG Adapter board Power Monitor Board Power Monitor board also inserts into logic probe connector Select your tool and then click Next gt FIGURE 4 5 PROJECT WIZARD
65. Support Documentation d MPLAB Harmony Open Sample Project A Create New Project import MPLAS Legacy Project import Her Prebudt Propect Zi Mecrocnip Vi Show On Startup NetBeans Er DS50002027C page 26 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc What is MPLAB X IDE FIGURE 1 11 MPLAB X IDE WIKI E C X L MPLAB x integrated Develo gt i l dh MICROCHIP Developer Help Microchip Help About Us She updated 2 hours ago 456 active pages MPLAB X Integrated Development Environment Welcome to the new Microchip Developer Help site for MPLAB X and everything Microchip moved here though we ve done some reorganizing to make things easier to find as well as tc _ content from the old site will be added over the next few weeks along with a whole lot of new Q Search DEVELOPMENT TOOLS E Software Tools X Hardware Tools APPLICATIONS fi Code Libraries Coming Soon Operating Systems Coming Soon amp TCP IP and Ethernet Coming Soon Universal Seral Bus amp Wired Communications Coming Soon F Wireless Communications Coming Soon Di Human Machine Intertace Coming Soon Liquis Crystal Displays Coming Soon E Motor Control Coming Soon PRODUCTS I 68 bit PIC Microcontrollers I 16 bit PIC Microcontrollers Coming Soon D 32 bit PIC Microcontrollers Coming Soon The landing page for MPLAB X has moved to http microchip wikidot com mplabx start Also
66. Tasks 4 20 WATCH LOCAL VARIABLE VALUES CHANGE Watch the values of local variables change in the Variables window Determining if these values are as expected during program execution will help you to debug your code In general you must Pause from a Debug Run to be able to see updated values How ever some tools allow runtime updates Check your tool documentation to see if it supports this feature FIGURE 4 25 VARIABLES WINDOW PROGRAM PAUSE p Watches Variables Call Stack Breakpoints Output Tasks Fe Name Type Address Value amp aq Porta SFR 0x1F886010 E 0x0000047 f D g p HQ PORTA SFR 0x1F886010 0x000004FE P IQ bitmap char 30 0xA0000200 LJ Ybb blo ss Yoyoy ei int 0xA0007FD0 0x00000000 Q To view the Variables window do one of the following e Select Window gt Debuggaing gt Variables to open the window e Click the Variables tab in the Output window if the window is already open To view variable changes 1 Debug Run and then Pause your program 2 Click the Variables tab to view the window and see the local variable value To change the radix of a variable e Right click in the line of the variable and select Display Value As To perform other tasks For more on variables see the NetBeans help topics under C C Fortran Develop ment gt Debugging C C Fortran Applications with gdb gt Viewing C C Fortran Pro gram Informat
67. ______ ______ ______ DS50002027C page 166 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Project Files and Folders 8 7 8 8 8 9 IMPORTING AN MPLAB IDE V8 PROJECT RELATIVE PATHS For an MPLAB IDE v8 project located at C MyProjects mplab8project On importing to MPLAB X IDE you will get C MyProjects mplab8project mplab8project x The MPLAB X IDE imported project is placed by default under the MPLAB IDE v8 project to preserve maintainability of both projects However you can place the MPLAB X IDE project folder anywhere Also the name of the project will be set as mplab8project x but you can rename it if you wish There is a convention to finish the name of an MPLAB X IDE project with X but this is just a convention The new project will not copy the source files into its folder but instead will reference the location of the files in the v8 folder To create an independent MPLAB X IDE project create a new project and copy the MPLAB IDE v8 source files to it For details see Section 5 2 Import MPLAB Legacy Project MOVING COPYING OR RENAMING A PROJECT Once you have created a project you may realize you need to make changes Using the commands on the context right click project menu you may move copy or rename your project from within MPLAB X IDE There is also an option to delete the project For details see 12 11 2 Projects Window Project Menu You can also use an external tool the project file stru
68. a T i DS50002027C page 16 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc What is MPLAB X IDE 1 2 3 Implementing an Embedded System Design with MPLAB X IDE A development system for embedded controllers is a system of programs running on a computer to help write edit debug and program code the intelligence of embedded systems applications into a microcontroller MPLAB X IDE is such a system it con tains all the components needed to design and deploy embedded systems applica tions The typical tasks for developing an embedded controller application are 1 Create the high level design From the features and performance desired decide which PIC MCU or dsPIC DSC device is best suited to the application then design the associated hardware circuitry After determining which peripherals and pins control the hardware write the firmware the software that will control the hardware aspects of the embedded application A language tool such as an assembler which is directly translatable into machine code or a compiler that allows a more natural language for creating programs should be used to write and edit code Assemblers and compilers help make the code understandable allowing function labels to identify code routines with variables that have names associated with their use and with constructs that help organize the code ina maintainable structure 2 Compile assemble and link the software using the ass
69. a Trigger In pulse is detected Select event s from the list that will cause executing code to pause break Some events may not be available for your device 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 201 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide For some devices PIC16F1xxx MCUs enhanced event breakpoints actions are available Action Description Break Break halt execution per option specified Trigger out Emit a trigger out pulse per option specified Break and trigger out Break halt execution AND Emit a trigger out pulse per option specified 12 4 6 Pass Count Operation Using a pass count allows you to delay breaking until after a specified count Break occurs Count Instructions after Event Count is the number of instructions that execution passes after the breakpoint but before stopping For example 0 specifies that execution stops immediately e 1 specifies that execution stops after one additional instruction e 10 specifies that execution stops after ten additional instructions Event must occur Count times Count is the number of times that execution passes the event until stopping For example e O specifies that execution stops immediately e 1 specifies that execution passes the event one time then stops the next time the second time the event occurs e 10 specifies that execution passes the event ten times then stops the next time the eleventh time the ev
70. available is a Make and Program icon that builds programs a target device for hardware tools and runs your code in one click If you do not want your program to run after make and program use the Hold in Reset icon instead 8 MPLAB IDE v8 required several manual steps to debug or program MPLAB IDE v8 had a procedure that required completion before debugging or running code a select the correct build configuration Release or Debug b build make your code c program the target with the code for hardware tools d run your code For some tools e g MPLAB Starter Kits you still need to perform some steps independently MPLAB X IDE provides this functionality under Debug gt Discrete Debugger Operation 9 MPLAB X IDE uses configuration bits set in code MPLAB X IDE requires that Configuration bits be set in code However you may temporarily change Config uration bits in the Configuration bits window when in a debug session and then save these setting to a file to paste into your code later see Section 4 21 4 Set Configuration Bits MPLAB IDE v8 used configuration bits set in code or a window MPLAB IDE v8 allowed you to set Configuration bits in either code or the Configuration bits window However settings made in the window had to be manually entered into code DS50002027C page 174 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE vs MPLAB IDE v8 10 MPLAB X IDE debug tools are only connected durin
71. by default a 32 bit OS C Program Files Microchip MPLABX Switcher b 64 bit OS c Program Files x86 Microchip MPLABX Switcher 5 Under the Switcher folder go to the folder for your operating system 32Bit or 64Bit 6 Launch MPDDSwitch exe 32 bit OS or MPDDSwitch 64 exe 64 bit OS 7 If your MPLAB IDE v8 or MPLAB X IDE installation is not in the default directory click Advanced to specify the location of the driver files 8 To install or switch USB drivers a Click to select the connected tool for which you wish to switch drivers under Tool Group and Action b Click the radio button for either MPLAB 8 or MPLAB X c Click Apply All Switcher progress will be shown in the large text window This may take some time Note If the tool s are not connected when Switcher is run the driver s will not be installed or switched for those particular tools 9 Ifthe GUI fails to install the drivers check the paths to the driver files by clicking Advanced Run the Switcher again 10 If the GUI still fails to install the drivers you will need to install the drivers manu ally For instructions and driver locations see Section 2 3 2 6 If You Need to Manually Install the Drivers 11 Once the program batch completes view the name of the drivers in the Device Manager window It should say Microchip WinUSB Device Once your MPLAB X IDE drivers are installed you can switch your drivers back
72. caller Run to Cursor Runs the current project to the cursor s location in the file and stop program execution D In addition to the Editor window you can single step through code in the Disassembly window Section 5 15 View the Disassembly Window and program memory in a Memory window For more on stepping see the NetBeans help topics under C C Fortran Develop ment gt Debugging C C Fortran Applications with gdb gt C C Fortran Debugging Sessions gt Stepping Through Your C C Fortran Program EE OO OU DS50002027C page 100 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks 419 WATCH SYMBOL VALUES CHANGE Watch the values of symbols that you select change in the Watches window Determin ing if these values are as expected during program execution will help you to debug your code Symbols you may add to a Watches window are e Global symbols visible after a build e SFRs Special Function Registers device dependent e Absolute addresses In general you must Pause from a Debug Run to be able to see updated values How ever some tools allow runtime updates you can see the values change as your pro gram is running Check your tool documentation to see if it supports this feature For all devices except PIC32 MCUs symbols used in a runtime watch must be sized to match the device memory That is you need 8 bit symbols when using an 8 bit device For C language enumerated types you may enter
73. chapter This development tool is called an Integrated Development Environment or IDE because it provides a single integrated environment to develop code for embedded microcontrollers This chapter describes the development of an embedded system and briefly explains how MPLAB X IDE from Microchip is used in the process Topics discussed here include the following e An Overview of Embedded Systems The Development Cycle Project Manager Language Tools Target Debugging Device Programming Components of MPLAB X IDE MPLAB X IDE Online Help Other MPLAB X IDE Documentation Web Site MPLAB X IDE Updates 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 11 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 1 2 AN OVERVIEW OF EMBEDDED SYSTEMS An embedded system is typically a design that uses the power of a small microcontrol ler like the Microchip PIC microcontroller MCU or dsPIC digital signal controller DSC These microcontrollers combine a microprocessor unit like the CPU in a per sonal computer with some additional circuits called peripherals plus some additional circuits on the same chip to make a small control module requiring few other external devices This single device can then be embedded into other electronic and mechanical devices for low cost digital control 1 2 1 Differences Between an Embedded Controller and a Personal Computer The main difference between an embedded controller and a personal computer i
74. checksum for the built program i e you must build to see this Compiler e The name of the project toolchain compiler assembler linker etc Toolchain Includes the tool version number and the path to the executable files Toolchain license type PRO STD or Free For more on these types see your language tool documentation DS50002027C page 126 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Additional Tasks TABLE 5 5 DASHBOARD GROUPS CONTINUED Group Definition and Content Memory The type and amount of memory data and program used by the project as well as memory reserved for debugging Memory Used should be a guide to the amount of memory remaining The compilers output a Memory Summary that details usage for Program Space Configuration Bits ID location and EEPROM if on the device The sum of these memory spaces allowing for word sizes should agree with the Dash board Flash Used The Map file should be examined when memory is at a premium Debug Resources Breakpoints Are software breakpoints supported on the project device The number of hardware breakpoints available for the project device How many breakpoints are in use at the current time Debug Tool Connection status of the debug tool Hardware Debug Tools The connection is only active during a Debug Run Run or programming Otherwise it is inactive To keep the tool connection active at all times go to Tools
75. command When the command to Run is requested in MPLAB X IDE icon or menu perform the build according to this command instead Debug build command When the command to Debug Run is requested in MPLAB X IDE icon or menu perform the debug build according to this com mand instead Clean command When the command to Clean is requested in MPLAB X IDE icon or menu perform the clean according to this command instead Image name Enter the path and name of the production image file hex Debug image name Enter the path and name of the debug image file elf or cof Data Entry Instructions Forward slashes are recommended in your path However you may use back ward slashes instead A path and file name without spaces is recommended However if you do have spaces use escape spaces backward slash before the space when you enter a path and file name in this window GNU make is known to cause weird issues with spaces as spaces are their separators Working Directory Browsing to the directory is recommended as this will take care of formatting issues for you Command paths Build command Debug build command and Clean com mand May be absolute or relative to the working directory For Windows operating system OS need to be in quotes For other OSs do not need to be in quotes but need any spaces escaped Image paths Image name and Debug image name Mus
76. current selected project configuration IsDebug true for a Debug Run false otherwise ProjectDir Location of the project files on the PC ConfName Name of the currently selected project configuration ImagePath Path to the build image ImageDir Directory containing the build image ImageName Name of the build image Additional macros may be available depending on the compiler used EXAMPLE 4 1 EXECUTE A PROCESS ONLY DURING DEBUG On the window shown below click the TsDebug macro to select it then click Insert Macro to insert it into a script FIGURE 4 22 BUILD PROPERTIES PRE POST BUILD _ Execute this line before build echo IsDebug Macro Value ConfName default ImagePath dist default IMAGE_TYPE Explorerl dsPIC33F_1 IMAGE ImageDir dist default IMAGE TYPE ge Explorerl6dsPIC33F 1 IMAGE TYPE OUTPUT_SUFFIX true for a Debug run false otherwise LA Ill LU Insert Macro _ Execute this line after build ltestme lsDebug Check the value of 1 Linux or Mac OS or 1 Windows OS in the script being run Bash Code Example bin bash echo is 1 if 1 true then echo We are in debug else echo We are in production fi e eee 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 91 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Batch Code Example echo off if 1 true goto debug production ec
77. development group 2 MPLAB X IDE is project based no workspaces In MPLAB X IDE you must create a project to develop your application Creating a project involves selecting a device as well as selecting and setting up language tools debug tools pro gramming tools and other project specifics This ensures all items needed for successfully developing an application are present Multiple project grouping is handled by multiple configurations MPLAB IDE V8 is device based Although it is always highly recommended that you use a project in v8 to create your application it is not required Workspaces are used to contain some set up information including multi project grouping As projects have changed significantly reading Chapter 3 Tutorial is recommended 3 MPLAB X IDE allows multiple tool selection Example 1 Connect several MPLAB ICD 3 debuggers into several computer USB ports Then access the Project properties to easily switch between the debuggers which are identified by their serial numbers SN Example 2 Connect one MPLAB ICD 3 debugger into a computer USB port and one MPLAB PM3 programmer into another USB port Then access the Project properties to easily switch between the tools MPLAB IDE v8 does not allow multiple tool selection 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 173 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 MPLAB X IDE allows multiple language tool version selection Example Install two v
78. either the enum label text or integer value in the window For labels be aware that they are case sensitive FIGURE 4 24 WATCHES WINDOW PROGRAM PAUSE Watches 9 Variables Call Stack Breakpoints Output Tasks Name Type Address Value E amp a porta SFR 0x1F886010 i 0x000004FE m LI LI D ach To view the Watches window do one of the following e Select Window gt Debugging gt Watches to open the window e Click the Watches tab in the Output window if the window is already open To create a new watch directly You can add a symbol to the Watches window directly by doing one of the following e Double click in the name column and type in a global symbol SFR or absolute address 0x300 e Right click on a global symbol or SFR in the Editor window and select New Watch e Select the global symbol or SFR in the Editor window and drag and drop it into the Watches window To create a new watch using the New Watch dialog You can add a symbol or SFR to the Watches window by using the New Watch dialog e Right click in the Watches window and select New Watch or select Tools gt New Watch Click the selection buttons to see either Global Symbols or SFRs Click on a name from the list and then click OK e Select the symbol or SFR name in the Editor window and then select New Watch from the right click menu The name will be populated in the window Click OK 2011
79. end execution of your code Click on the Finish Debugger Session icon or select Debug gt Finish Debugger Session to end your program execution For more details on debugging C code projects see the NetBeans help topic C C Fortran Development Debugging C C Fortran Applications with gdb The difference between Run and Debug Run will become apparent when working with debug features beginning with Section 3 4 4 Control Program Execution with Breakpoints DS50002027C page 60 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Tutorial 3 4 4 Control Program Execution with Breakpoints When debugging code it can be useful to suspend execution at a specific location in code so that variable values can be examined To do this use breakpoints Set a breakpoint on the following line of code PORTA bitmaplil To set a breakpoint on a line do one of the following e Click the left margin of the line in the Source Editor e Press Ctrl F8 FIGURE 3 15 BREAKPOINT SET IN CODE StartPage led_message c x w E RBE 9 04 SEF azo ns E 122 T1CON 0x8030 es 123 124 325 while 1 126 127 128 for i 0 i lt 30 i 129 IS PORTA bitmap i 131 132 133 TMR1 0 134 while TMR1 lt SHORT DELAY 135 J 136 137 138 Debug Run the tutorial program again The program will halt at the breakpoint Hover over the bitmap variable to see its values FIGU
80. for project Java related Build Project Build all the files in a project Clean and Build Project Remove clean previously generated project files and then rebuild the files in a project Batch Build Project Build multiple configurations of a project only embedded available Set Project Configuration Selects project configuration should be default Set Main Project Set the main project by selecting from a list of open projects Run File Runs the currently selected file Test File Starts JUnit test for current file Java related Check File Check a file against a standard XML related Validate File Validate a file against a standard XML related Repeat Build Run Run again after halt Stop Build Run End run nn EO ________________ DS50002027C page 188 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Desktop Reference 11 2 8 Debug Menu Below are the menu items in the Debug menu For keyboard shortcuts of some of these menu items see the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Keyboard Shortcuts gt Menu Shortcuts TABLE 11 8 DEBUG MENU OPTIONS Command Action Debug Project Debugs the main or selected project Debug File Starts debugging session for currently selected file Debug Test File Starts debugging test for file in JUnit Java related Discrete Debugger Performs debug operations one step at a time discretely Build Operation
81. function call executes the entire function then stops Step Into Executes one source line of a program If the line is a function call executes the program up to the function s first statement and stops Step Out Executes one source line of a program If the line is a function call executes the functions and returns control to the caller Run to Cursor Runs the current project to the cursor s location in the file and stop program execution D For more on stepping see the NetBeans help topics under C C Fortran Development gt Debugging C C Fortran Applications with gdb gt C C Fortran Debugging Sessions gt Stepping Through Your C C Fortran Program DS50002027C page 62 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Tutorial 3 4 6 Watch Symbol Values Change Watch the values of symbols that you select change in the Watches window Determin ing if these values are as expected during program execution will help you to debug your code To create a new watch 1 Select Debug gt New Watch The New Watch dialog will open see below 2 Enter a Watch expression in this case PORTA and then click OK The Watches window will now appear on the desktop with the symbol OR 1 Right click on PORTA in code and select New Watch 2 The Watches window will open with PORTA in it OR 1 Select Window gt Debugging gt Watches 2 Drag and drop PORTA from the editor window into the Watches window FIG
82. get resources send a chat message or show your contact list e File gt Open Team Project Open an existing team project Collaborate on tracking bugs by using issue tracking systems namely Bugzilla and JIRA plug in required Supporting menu items are e Windows gt Services Right click on Issue Tracker to add an issue tracker e Team gt Find Issues In the Issue Tracker window select the project s issue tracker select criteria and click Search e Team gt Report Issues In the Issue Tracker window select the project s issue tracker specify the issue details and click Submit For more on team projects and issue tracking see the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Collaborative Development To find out more about these tools see the following e Kenai http kenai com e Bugzilla http www bugzilla org e JIRA http www atlassian com software jira 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 131 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 5 21 ADD PLUG IN TOOLS FIGURE 5 13 MPLAB IDE v8 plug in tools like DMCI and MATLAB will be available for MPLAB X IDE from the Plugin Manager Tools gt Plugins The Macro controls which appear under the MPLAB IDE v8 Tools menu are really an editor feature and so exist under the Edit menu for MPLAB X IDE e Add Plug Ins e Upgrade Plug Ins e Configure Update Centers e Plug In Code Location 5 21 1 Add Plug Ins To view and add plug ins
83. guide you through new project set up Click Next gt to move to the next step Step 1 Choose Project Select the Microchip Embedded category and choose from the project type Library Project Step 2 Select Device Select the device you will be using in your application from the Device drop down list To narrow your selection list chose a Family first Step 3 Select Header This step will appear if a header is available for your selected device To determine if a header is required for debug or if your device has on board debug circuitry consult the Processor Extension Pak and Debug Header Specification DS51292 or online help Then choose whether or not to use a header Step 4 Select Tool Select the development tool you will be using to develop your application from the list The level of tool support for the selected device will be displayed next to the tool name That is green for full support yellow for beta support and red for no support yet Step 5 Select Compiler Select the language tool compiler you will be using to develop your application from the list The level of tool support for the selected device will be displayed next to the tool name That is green for full support yellow for beta support and red for no support Step 6 Select Project Name and Folder Select a name and location for your new project You may browse to a location The new project will open in the Projects window 20
84. in this publication regarding device applications and the like is provided only for your convenience and may be superseded by updates It is your responsibility to ensure that your application meets with your specifications MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WRITTEN OR ORAL STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE RELATED TO THE INFORMATION INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION QUALITY PERFORMANCE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PURPOSE Microchip disclaims all liability arising from this information and its use Use of Microchip devices in life support and or safety applications is entirely at the buyer s risk and the buyer agrees to defend indemnify and hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages claims suits or expenses resulting from such use No licenses are conveyed implicitly or otherwise under any Microchip intellectual property rights QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CERTIFIED BY DNV ISO TS 16949 Trademarks The Microchip name and logo the Microchip logo dsPIC FlashFlex KEELOQ KEELOQ logo MPLAB PIC PlCmicro PICSTART PIC logo rfPIC SST SST Logo SuperFlash and UNI O are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U S A and other countries FilterLab Hampshire HI TECH C Linear Active Thermistor MTP SEEVAL and The Embedded Control Solutions Company are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U S A Sil
85. keep hardware tool connected always not just at runtime MPLAB IDE v8 behavior When switching projects with this option selected e g when developing bootloading applications ensure tool and device are the same to avoid error messages Clear tool output window on new session debug program upload Clear out the contents of the Output window when you begin a Run Debug Run or upload Silent build Build without generating messages in the Output window Enable alternate watch list views during debug session Display three watch view diamonds in the Watches window Associate a watch view with a watch variable When you click on a watch view diamond only the variables associated with that view will be displayed So this feature works like a filter Reset Select action on Reset Main Stop at main on Reset Reset Vector Stop at the Reset vector on Reset Debug start up Select action on debug start Run Start execution immediately Main Stop at main Reset Vector Stop at the Reset vector Default Charset Select the default character set for the project 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 221 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 12 12 4 Suppressible Messages Tab Select error and warming messages to suppress Double click on available folders to drill down to available items to suppress 12 12 5 Diagnostics Tab Set up the log file and other diag
86. of choice The editor is aware of the assembler and compiler programming constructs and automatically color keys the source code to help ensure it is syntactically correct The Project Manager enables you to organize the various files used in your application source files processor description header files and library files When the code is built you can control how rigorously code will be optimized for size or speed by the compiler and where individual variables and pro gram data will be programmed into the device You can also specify a memory model in order to make the best use of the microcontroller s memory for your application If the language tools run into errors when building the application the offending line is shown and can be double clicked to go to the corresponding source file for immediate editing After editing you will rebuild and try your application again Often this write compile fix loop is done many times for complex code as the sub sections are written and tested MPLAB X IDE goes through this loop with maximum speed allowing you to get on to the next step When the code builds with no errors it needs to be tested MPLAB X IDE has compo nents called debuggers and free software simulators for all PIC MCU and dsPIC DSC devices to help test the code Even if the hardware is not yet finished you can begin testing the code with the simulator a software program that simulates the execution of the microcont
87. outside source such as from a hex file Initialized Data Data which is defined with an initial value In C int myVar 5 defines a variable which will reside in an initialized data section Instruction Set The collection of machine language instructions that a particular processor understands Instructions sequence of bits that tells a central processing unit to perform a particular operation and can contain data to be used in the operation Internal Linkage A function or variable has internal linkage if it can not be accessed from outside the module in which it is defined International Organization for Standardization An organization that sets standards in many businesses and technologies including computing and communications Also known as ISO Interrupt A signal to the CPU that suspends the execution of a running application and transfers control to an Interrupt Service Routine ISR so that the event may be processed Upon completion of the ISR normal execution of the application resumes Interrupt Handler A routine that processes special code when an interrupt occurs Interrupt Service Request IRQ An event which causes the processor to temporarily suspend normal instruction execution and to start executing an interrupt handler routine Some processors have several interrupt request events allowing different priority interrupts Interrupt Service Routine ISR Language tools A function that handles a
88. page 86 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks 4113 Project Properties Window Librarian Category Open the Project Properties window and click on the librarian under your language tool category Consult your language tool documentation to determine the executable name of your librarian In the left pane click on the name of the linker then in the right pane select the option Libraries Choose library options from this list FIGURE 4 18 SET UP LIBRARIES OPTIONS IN THE LIBRARIAN DE Project Properties MyProject LS Categories for xc324d ae Options for xc v1 11 2 Conf default Option categories Libraries e Reset 2 Real ICE Loading optimization level of Standard Libraries None 2 Libraries System Libraries B Building Pura f ar irectories DD XC32 Global Options ki gt xc32 as Exdude Standard Libraries xc32 gcc Do not link startup code xc32 g EE EE 2 erate 16 bit code 2 xc324d Ge e Exdude floating point library Additional options Option Description Generated Command Line Manage Configurations OK Cancel Apply Help EE EEE ELLE 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 87 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 12 SET FILE AND FOLDER PROPERTIES A project file can be built differently from other files in the project using the File Proper ties dialog Acce
89. program then sounds the alarm The program would possibly have a few other functions such as a user test function and a low battery alert While a personal computer with a sensor and audio output could be programmed to do the same function it would not be a cost effective solution nor would it run on a nine volt battery unattended for years Embedded designs use inexpensive micro controllers to put intelligence into the everyday things in our environment such as smoke detectors cameras cell phones appliances automobiles smart cards and security systems 1 2 2 Components of a Microcontroller The PIC MCU has on chip program memory Figure 1 1 for the firmware or coded instructions to run a program Figure 1 2 A Program Counter PC is used to address program memory including Reset and interrupt addresses A hardware stack is used with call and return instructions in code so it works with but is not part of program memory Device data sheets describe the details of program memory operation vectors and the stack DS50002027C page 12 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc What is MPLAB X IDE FIGURE 1 1 PIC MCU DATA SHEET PROGRAM MEMORY AND STACK PC lt 12 0 gt RETIE RETLW f Stack Level 1 Stack Level 2 e Stack Level 8 Reset Vector 0000h e H lt I Interrupt Vector 0004h 0005h On Chip Ge O7FFh Program 0800h M
90. select an SFR to watch in the Watches window PIC ApplO opens the PIC ApplO window Your debug tool and device must support Application I O See your debug tool documentation for details Program Device for programs the device from a debug image Debugging Main Project The program will immediately begin execution on completion of programming Disassembly opens the disassembly window Disconnect from Debug disconnects communications between MPLAB X IDE and the Tool debug tool To reconnect select Run Debug Run Focus Cursor at PC moves the cursor to the current PC address and centers this address in the window PC Profiling opens the PC Sampling window See MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator documentation for more on PC sampling and profiling Reset resets the device Set PC at Cursor sets the program counter PC value to the line address of the cursor 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 145 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide TABLE 6 3 DEBUG FUNCTIONS CONTINUED Function Details Step Instruction executes one machine instruction If the instruction is a function call executes the function and returns control to the caller Status Toolbar Action displays the status toolbar Launch Debugger Main Project launches the debugger for the main project This is the final step of the discrete build process Build Program Target Launch Debugger
91. select the type of memory displayed in the window by clicking on one of the tabs on the bottom of the window e Code View Program Memory e Data View Data Memory 12 8 7 1 CODE VIEW PROGRAM MEMORY This format displays program memory information as hex code The window will have the following columns e Line Reference line number corresponding to memory address e Address Physical hexadecimal address of the opcode e Opcode Hexadecimal opcode shown in 4 byte blocks The opcode that is highlighted represents the current location of the program counter e Label Opcode label in symbolic format e Disassembly A disassembled version of the opcode mnemonic 12 8 7 2 DATA VIEW DATA MEMORY This format displays data memory information as hex code The window will have the following columns e Address Hexadecimal address of the data in the next column e Data Blocks Hexadecimal data shown in 4 byte blocks e ASCII ASCII representation of the corresponding line of data 12 8 8 Data Memory Window The Data Memory window displays locations in the range of data and or program memory for the currently selected PIC32MX device You may select the type of memory displayed in the window by clicking on one of the tabs on the bottom of the window e Data View Data Memory e Code View Program Memory 12 8 8 1 DATA VIEW DATA MEMORY This format displays data memory information as hex code The window
92. selected in the Project Properties window Note When you Debug or Run your project is built automatically Clean Clean the project by deleting the outputs of previous builds DS50002027C page 216 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs TABLE 12 15 PROJECT CONTEXT MENU ITEMS CONTINUED Menu Item Description Package Package the current project into a zip file While MPLAB X IDE has the ability to zip files up it cannot unzip them So a separate program will be required to unzip the project To package the project this feature examines the project file to determine the location of the project files to include Only files con tained in the project folder and those using relative not absolute paths will be included Items included in the package are the source files makefile and nbproject directory Set Configuration Opens the Project Properties dialog so you can set the project configuration Run Execute the project code For details see Section 4 15 Run Code Debug Execute the project code in a debug environment For details see Section 4 16 Debug Run Code Step In Step through Paused code running in the debug environment For details see Section 4 18 Step Through Code Make and Program Device Program the target device and hold in Reset do not run Set as Main Project Set this project as the main projec
93. the Style Builder window for cascading style sheet rules Other gt Macro Expansion opens the Macro Expansion window to see macro structure Editor opens an empty Editor window Close Window closes the current tab in the current window If the window has no tabs the whole window is closed Maximize Window maximizes the Source Editor or the present window Undock Window detaches the window from the IDE Clone Document clones the active document Close All Documents closes all open documents in the Source Editor Close Other Documents closes all open documents except the active one Documents opens the Documents dialog box in which you can save and close groups of open documents Reset Windows resets windows to their default settings 11 2 12 Help Menu Below are the menu items in the Help menu For keyboard shortcuts of some of these menu items see the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Keyboard Shortcuts gt Menu Shortcuts TABLE 11 12 HELP MENU OPTIONS Command Action Help Contents displays the JavaHelp viewer with all installed help sets Online Docs and Support opens the NetBeans support web page Keyboard Shortcuts Card displays the keyboard shortcuts document Start Page opens or moves the Start Page tab in front of any other open tabs About displays a window about MPLAB IDE nnn EO ________________ DS50002027C page 192 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Desktop Reference 11 3 T
94. the project folder according to the regular expression pattern specified Encoding Change the project encoding This selection will specify the code syntax coloring which can be edited under Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X Fonts and Colors button Syntax tab DS50002027C page 122 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Additional Tasks FIGURE 5 8 PROJECT PROPERTIES GENERAL 9K Project Properties PIC24F_Example 7 Categories Project Location C Users 08227 MCHP MAIN MPLABXProjects PIC24F_Example x F Source Folders Conf default S Real ICE Add Loading Libraries Building XC16 Global Options xcl6 as xci6 gec Ignored Folders Pattern xc16 d nbproject build test 1 Default See also IDE level file filter in Options gt Miscellaneous gt Files Manage Configurations Encoding ISO 8859 1 OK Cancel Apply Help 5 13 SPEED UP BUILD TIMES Depending on the configuration of your computer you may be able to use parallel make see Section 12 12 2 Project Options Tab to speed up your project build times Not all language tools support parallel make Another option is to consider your operating system OS Some OS s have faster file accessing MPLAB X IDE supports Windows Linux and Mac OS s Research which one might be right for you 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 123 MPLAB X ID
95. the selected 16 bit device such as PIC24H or dsPIC33F Macro case should match what is in the relevant header For example config is correct but CONFIG is not Example include p30fxxxx inc Clock switching off Fail safe clock monitoring off Use External Clock config _ FOSC CSW FSCM OFF amp XT_PLL16 Turn off Watchdog Timer config FWDT WDT_ OFF DS50002027C page 232 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Configuration Settings Summary A 7 C30 TOOLCHAIN Two types of compiler macros are used to set device Configuration bits one type for PIC24F MCUs and one type for dsPIC30F and dsPIC33F PIC24H devices A 7 1 PIC24F Configuration Settings Macros are provided in device header files to set Configuration bits _confign value where n Configuration register number value Expression representing the value to which the specified Configuration bits will be set May be literal but usually represented by a macro or macros ANDed together Macros are specified in the device header file n that is located in the Windows OS default directory C Program Files Microchip MPLAB C30 support PIC24F h Macro case should match what is in the relevant header For example CONFIG1 is correct but _config1 is not Example PIC24F MCUs include p24Fxxxx h JTAG off Code Protect off Write Protect off COE mode off WDT off _CONFIG1 JTAGEN OFF amp GCP_OFF amp GWRP OFF amp COE OFF amp FWDTEN
96. to MPLAB X IDE 1 Click on the Available Plugins tab 2 Select your plug in by checking its checkbox 3 Click Install 4 Follow the on screen instructions to download and install your plug in Note Some plugins may be dependent on modules in other plugins in order for the functionality to be implemented The Plugins Manager warns you when this is the case 5 Look for your tool under Tools gt Embedded If you do not see it you may need to close and re open MPLAB X IDE Click the Help button to read more about installing plug ins AVAILABLE MICROCHIP PLUG IN TOOLS x Plugins Updates Available Plugins 15 Downloaded Installed 23 Settings Reload Catalog Install Search Geier Som dsPIC Filter Designer dsPIC Filter Designer MPLAB Plugin hai MPLAB Plugin he DO Community Contributed Plugin MPLAB Plugin GaP MPLAB Plugin GaP Version 1 2 MPLAB Plugin ki Date 7 27 12 ECAN Bit Rate Calculator MPLAB Plugin cP Source Microchip Plugins Proteus VSM Viewer MPLAB Plugin chp Graphics Display Designer X MPLAB Plugin GaP r PIRA MemoryStarterkit MPLAB Plugin ka Plugin Description MPLAB Plugin chp The dsPIC Filter Designer Plug in integrates dsPIC Filter Designer application and lets the MPLAB Plugin OG user to design the filter PBP Tool Chain Tools Gu PicBasic Language Syntax Tools nr CCS Plug in for MPLABX Tools Gu SDCC Toolchain Tools ce DS50002027C page
97. used for PIC18 MCUs excluding PIC18FXXJ devices but the config directive is recommended The syntax is as follows __config expr For a single configuration word or __config addr expr Por multiple configuration word where addr Address of the Configuration Word May be literal but usually represented by a macro Note Macros must be listed in ascending register order expr Expression representing the value to which the specified Configuration bits will be set May be literal but usually represented by a macro or macros ANDed together Macros are specified in the device include file inc that is located in the Windows operating system OS default directory C Program Files Microchip MPLABX mpasmx Directive case does not matter _CONFIGor config is acceptable Macro case should match what is in the header 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 229 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Example PIC10 12 16 MCUs include p16f877a inc Set oscillator to HS watchdog time off low voltage prog off __ CONFIG HS OSC amp WDT OFF amp LVP OFF Example PIC18 MCUs include p18f452 inc Oscillator switch enabled RC oscillator with OSC2 as I O pin __ CONFIG _CONFIG1 OSCS OFF 1 amp RCIO OSC 1 Watch Dog Timer enable Watch Dog Timer PostScaler count 1 128 __ CONFIG _CONFIG3 _WDT ON 3 amp WDTPS 128 3 A 2 2 config The directive config is used for PIC18 MCUs including PIC18FXXJ dev
98. version control system For details see Section 5 19 Control Source Code Local History View or revert to the local history for the project For details see Section 5 19 Control Source Code Properties Set project properties For MPLAB X IDE the Project Properties window is specific to embedded development See Section 12 10 Project Properties Window 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 217 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 12 11 3 Projects Window File Menu Right click on a file name in the Projects window to pop up the File menu Table 12 16 shows the specific menu items TABLE 12 16 FILE CONTEXT MENU ITEMS Menu Item Description Open Open this file in a tabbed Editor window Cut Remove the file from the project but place a copy of it on the clip board Copy Place a copy of the file on the clipboard Paste Paste the clipboard copy of a file into the project Compile File Compile only this file Remove from Project Remove the file from the project This does not delete the file from the PC To the delete the file from the project and the computer use the Delete key Rename Rename the file Save as Template Save this file as a template file Local History View or revert to the local history for the file For details see Section 5 19 Control Source Code Tools File tools include e Apply Diff
99. we have a brand new Developer Help site home page at http imicrochip wikidot com Click on the Software Tools link on the left side to browse the MPLAB X content 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 27 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 1 11 WEBSITE Microchip provides online support via our web site at http www microchip com devtools This web site make files and information easily available to customers For more details see Support 1 12 MPLAB X IDE UPDATES MPLAB X IDE is an evolving program with thousands of users Microchip Technology is continually designing new microcontrollers with new features Many new MPLAB X IDE features come from customer requests and from internal usage Continued new designs and the release of new microcontrollers ensure that MPLAB X IDE will con tinue to evolve MPLAB X IDE is scheduled for a version update approximately every few months to add new device support and new features For projects that are midway through development when a new version of MPLAB X IDE is released it is considered best practice to not update to the new release unless there is a compelling reason to do so such as a bug fix on a bug that inhibits the current efforts The start of a new project is the best time to update to a new release Each new release of the MPLAB X IDE software has new features implemented so the printed documentation will inevitably lag th
100. when the symbol or address stated above is read written or either read or written Read Specific Value Write Specific Value Read or Write Specific Value Break code execution when the symbol or address stated above is read and has the value specified below written with the value specified below or either read or written according to the value specified below Note For dsPIC DSCs there are read and write options for the X and Y buses Value For the Breaks on selection of Read Specific Value Write Specific Value or Read or Write Specific Value enter a hexadecimal value here Value For PIC16F1xxx devices only Comparison Compare to Value as specified Value Equal to value Le Value Not equal to value gt Value Greater than value lt Value Less than value Data Value For PIC16F1xxx devices only Mask Use mask when comparing to Value Enter a value in the range 0x00 to Oxhh where 0x00 No bits compared Oxhh All bits compared 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 199 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide TABLE 12 3 BREAKPOINT TYPE DATA PASS COUNT Item Description Condition Determine when the break specified under Breaks on occurs Always Break Always break when the Breaks on condition is met Break occurs Count Instructions after Event After an event Breaks on condition occurs execute Count Instructions before actually bre
101. you modify or move the default linker script and how to avoid this See Chapter 8 Troubleshooting 8 4 MPLAB X IDE Issues Combined Major Differences and Feature Differences into Chapter 9 MPLAB X IDE vs MPLAB IDE v8 9 2 Major Differences Explained NetBeans platform is open source but MPLAB X IDE is proprietary 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 241 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide In Chapter 9 MPLAB X IDE vs MPLAB IDE v8 updated 9 3 Menu Differences to reflect new functions in MPLAB X IDE and 9 4 Tool Support Differences to reflect new plug in support In Chapter 10 Desktop Reference updated 10 2 Menus to reflect new functions in MPLAB X IDE Split Windows and Dialogs into Chapter 11 MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs and Chapter 12 NetBeans Windows and Dialogs to better delineate the different windows Updated window menus Updated project file structure in Chapter 13 Project Files and Folders 13 2 Files Window View Added information on makefiles Updated discussion of MPLAB XC C compiler configuration bits to reference the common c interface CCI in Chapter 14 Configuration Settings Summary 14 8 XC Toolchains Revision C March 2014 Overall Changes Removed references to old tools Added information on Windows 8 Updated screens and text to match the latest GUI Chapter 1 What is MP
102. 002027C page 271 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Output Window 150 P PACKAGES is ontana ena aas a ai 217 Page Setup pine adi inerte 185 Palette Window 151 Parallel make 4 444444 220 te EE E E 147 185 Paste Formatted 2 4 aiassntens 185 Paths Relative or Absolute 81 PAUSC E E S T 146 189 PG ei ll EE 145 PG Lint Support eege nuire 182 PDF IS eege A Aramis mis re 181 Peripherals bienesta aerae aina 15 Peripherals Memor 104 Peripherals Window 210 PIC ApplO SE a eh MO Al rare reste 145 RICK Support eeh sb esse rest s 182 PICKkit 2 SUpport aniisi keii 182 PICKit 3 Gupport 182 PICSTART Plus Support 182 lte UNE 132 190 Prebuilt Projects sinian 114 Preserve Memon 108 Previous Bookmark 147 187 Previous Error isien ei ierdie 149 187 Printsi aaa E a EN 185 Print to HTML trente mens 185 PRO MATE II Support 182 Bell ME 128 Program a Device 65 108 Program and Data Memory 12 Program Counter 12 Program Device for Debugging 109 Program Device for Debugging Main Project 145 Program Device for Production 109 Program Memory 104 Program Memory Window 204 Programmer Menu Changes 180 Programmer to Go PICKit 3 109 Programmer to Go PICkit 3 Main Project 148 Project Group ege na
103. 002027C page 273 MICROCHIP AMERICAS Corporate Office 2355 West Chandler Blvd Chandler AZ 85224 6199 Tel 480 792 7200 Fax 480 792 7277 Technical Support http www microchip com support Web Address www microchip com Atlanta Duluth GA Tel 678 957 9614 Fax 678 957 1455 Austin TX Tel 512 257 3370 Boston Westborough MA Tel 774 760 0087 Fax 774 760 0088 Chicago Itasca IL Tel 630 285 0071 Fax 630 285 0075 Cleveland Independence OH Tel 216 447 0464 Fax 216 447 0643 Dallas Addison TX Tel 972 818 7423 Fax 972 818 2924 Detroit Novi MI Tel 248 848 4000 Houston TX Tel 281 894 5983 Indianapolis Noblesville IN Tel 317 773 8323 Fax 317 773 5453 Los Angeles Mission Viejo CA Tel 949 462 9523 Fax 949 462 9608 New York NY Tel 631 435 6000 San Jose CA Tel 408 735 9110 Canada Toronto Tel 905 673 0699 Fax 905 673 6509 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 274 Worldwide Sales and Service ASIA PACIFIC Asia Pacific Office Suites 3707 14 37th Floor Tower 6 The Gateway Harbour City Kowloon Hong Kong Tel 852 2401 1200 Fax 852 2401 3431 Australia Sydney Tel 61 2 9868 6733 Fax 61 2 9868 6755 China Beijing Tel 86 10 8569 7000 Fax 86 10 8528 2104 China Chengdu Tel 86 28 8665 5511 Fax 86 28 8665 7889 China Chongqing Tel 86 23 8980 9588 Fax 86 23 8980 9500 China Hangzhou Tel 86 571 2819 3187
104. 1 7 DEVICE PROGRAMMING After the application has been debugged and is running in the development environ ment it needs to be tested on its own A device can be programmed with an in circuit emulator an in circuit debugger a development programmer or a device programmer MPLAB X IDE can be set to the programmer function and the part can be burned The target application can now be observed in its nearly final state Engineering proto type programmers allow quick prototypes to be made and evaluated Some applica tions can be programmed after the device is soldered on the target PC board Using In Circuit Serial Programming ICSP programming capability the firmware can be programmed into the application at the time of manufacture allowing updated revisions to be programmed into an embedded application later in its life cycle Devices that sup port in circuit debugging can even be plugged back into an in circuit debugger after manufacturing for quality tests and development of next generation firmware Production programming can be accomplished using a production programmer and the MPLAB IPE which is installed with MPLAB X IDE 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 23 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 1 8 COMPONENTS OF MPLAB X IDE MPLAB X IDE includes e a full featured programmer s text editor that also serves as a window into the debugger a project manager visible as the Projects window that prov
105. 11 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 119 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 5 7 OTHER EMBEDDED PROJECTS MPLAB X IDE can create a project from selected other embedded projects 1 Select File gt New Project 2 Click on Other Embedded under Categories and select from a list of available embedded projects 3 Continue to create an MPLAB X IDE project This feature imports your existing files into an MPLAB X IDE project Conversion of other embedded project settings or code is not yet available For information on how to work with MPLAB X IDE see e Chapter 3 Tutorial e Chapter 4 Basic Tasks For information on available compilers see http www microchip com xc 5 8 SAMPLE PROJECTS Create a sample project to help you learn about Microchip devices tools and MPLAB X IDE 1 Select File gt New Project 2 Click on Samples gt Microchip Embedded under Categories and select from a list of available embedded projects that blink demo board lights or template projects Read the Description for more information Part numbers for demo boards are as follows Explorer 16 Demo Board DM240001 PICDEM 2 Plus DM163022 1 5 9 WORK WITH OTHER TYPES OF FILES When selecting File gt New you are presented with many types of files Using Microchip compiler files has been explored previously However there are other types of files you can select depending on your project language tool or nee
106. 132 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Additional Tasks FIGURE 5 14 5 21 2 Upgrade Plug Ins Installing a new version of MPLAB X IDE will NOT update your installed plug ins Plug ins are tested against a versioned interface of a release Not all plug ins can be migrated between versions so they are not carried over This is true also for NetBeans To upgrade your plug in to a newer version or add it for a newer version of MPLAB X IDE please us the Plugins dialog in Section 5 21 1 Add Plug Ins 5 21 3 Configure Update Centers To see available plugins you must have one or more update centers configured MPLAB X IDE comes with two Microchip Update Centers already configured e http Aww1 microchip com downloads mplab X plugins updates xml e http Aww1 microchip com downloads mplab X thirdpartyplugins updates xml To configure another Update Center in the Plugin Manager Select Tools gt Plugins and click the Settings tab Click the Add button to open the Update Center Customizer dialog Enter a name for the update center Enter a URL for the update center Click OK a D CONFIGURE MICROCHIP UPDATE CENTER x Plugins Active Advanced Updates Available Plugins 15 Downloaded Installed 23 Settings Configuration of Update Centers F Gi Microchip Third Party Plugins Last Check 11 19 12 2 01PM Automatically Check for Updates Check Interval Every Week Proxy
107. 17 View the Dashboard Display for details 12 8 MEMORY WINDOWS Memory windows Window gt PIC Memory Views display the many types of device memory such as SFRs and Configuration bits Use the Memory and Format drop down boxes to customize your window For more on these controls see Section 4 21 View Change Device Memory including Configuration Bits Available PIC Memory Views 8 and 16 Bit Devices e Program Memory Window e File Registers Window e SFRs Window e Configuration Bits Window e EE Data Memory Window e Other Memory Window Available PIC Memory Views 32 Bit Devices e Execution Memory Window e Data Memory Window e Peripherals Window e Configuration Bits Window e CPU Registers Window e User ID Memory Window Memory Window Context Right Click Menu the following section provides information about the context menu Section 12 8 13 Memory Window Menu 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 203 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide FIGURE 12 2 MEMORY WINDOW WITH CONTENT Progam F Tasks Line Address Opcode Label DisAssy ds 349 002B8 320005 BRA Z Ox2C4 350 002BA A96084 BCLR IFS0 3 2 351 002BC EB0000 CLR WO A 352 002BE 880800 MOV WO TMR1 353 002C0 B3C010 MOV 0x1 WO 354 002C2 370001 BRA 0x2C6 355 002C4 EB4000 CLR B WO 356 002C6 FA8000 ULNK 357 002
108. 2 1 WINDOWS OS Create a shortcut with the userdir option For example 1 Right click on the desktop and select New gt Shortcut 2 Browse to the installed MPLAB X IDE executable by default at C Program Files Microchip MPLABX mplab ide bin mplab ide exe 3 Atthe end ofthe line enter userdir C Documents and Settings MyFiles ApplicationData mplab ide dev beta7Instance2 4 Click OK 2 7 2 2 LINUX OS The installed version run without any parameters clicking on the desktop icon will run with a user directory of HOME mplab ide To change the user directory run the InstallationDir mplab ide bin mplab ide shell script passing the argument userid anydir For example to run MPLAB X IDE in two different instances opt microchip mplabx mplab ide bin mplab ide userdir anydirl amp opt microchip mplabx mplab ide bin mplab ide userdir anydir2 amp You can create desktop icons that have the user ID embedded too 2 7 2 3 MACOS Open a Shell window and type the following command line to execute your installation of MPLAB X IDE example Beta 7 12 in the alternate user directory bin sh Applications microchip mplabx 712 mplab_ide app Contents Resources mplab ide bin mplab ide userdir HOME Library Application Support mplab ide dev beta7 12 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 39 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide NOTES DS50002027C page 40 2011 2014 Microchip T
109. 2 10 PROJECT PROPERTIES WINDOW This window is used to view or change the project device tools and tool settings For more information see e Section 4 4 View or Make Changes to Project Properties e Section 4 5 Set Options for Debugger Programmer or Language Tools e Section 5 4 Loadable Projects and Files e Section 4 11 Add and Set Up Library and Object Files Section 4 13 Set Build Properties 12 11 PROJECTS WINDOW The Projects window is a NetBeans window However it has been customized to show the relevant logical virtual folders for an MPLAB X IDE project Also the context right click menus have been customized with items that are specific to MPLAB X IDE e Projects Window Logical Folders e Projects Window Project Menu e Projects Window File Menu e Projects Window Window Menu FIGURE 12 3 PROJECT WINDOW CONTEXT MENUS Projects T Files Right click on ee a project for Gi Important Files Project menu 7 ES Linker Files ei Source Files EI ege Right click on a file for File d buttons c 1 Wi eeprom c F Medic Right click in EN an empty i PIC24ExplDemo c arenlar the i rtcc c Window ay spimpol c menu F tbanner c T timer c Wi uart2 c ke DS50002027C page 214 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs 12 11 1 Projects Window Logical Folders Additional logical folders have been added that a
110. 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 101 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide To create a new runtime watch Before you add a runtime watch to the Watches window you need to set up the clock 1 Right click on the project name and select Properties 2 Click on the debug tool name e g Real ICE and select the option category Clock 3 Set the runtime instruction speed To add a global symbol or SFR as a runtime watch follow the instructions under To create a new watch using the New Watches dialog except select New Runtime Watch instead of New Watch For all devices except PIC32 MCUs symbols used in a runtime watch must be sized to match the device memory That is you need 8 bit symbols when using an 8 bit device To view symbol changes 1 Debug Run and then Pause your program 2 Click the Watches tab to make the window active 3 For watch symbols continue to Debug Run and Pause to see changing values For runtime watch symbols continue Debug Run and watch the values change as the program executes You must be in a debug session to see the values of symbols global symbols SFRs arrays register bitfields etc To change the radix of a watch symbol e Right click in the line of the symbol and select Display Value As To perform other tasks For more on watches see Section 12 14 Watches Window DS50002027C page 102 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic
111. 3 2 Setting Up the Hardware and Software ccccseecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 42 3 3 Creating and Setting Up a Project 2 0 0 0 cecceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeceneeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeees 43 3 4 Running and Debugging Code ss 59 Chapter 4 Basic Tasks 4 1 Working with MPLAB X IDE Projects AAA 67 4 2 Create a New Projects Mods Ee SE ent Msn ae 68 4 3 View Changes to the Desktop rkKeERERRREEEEEEEREEERRNEEREEEEEEEEEEEEEERREEE ENEE 76 4 4 View or Make Changes to Project Properties cceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneaaes 77 4 5 Set Options for Debugger Programmer or Language Tools 78 4 6 Set Language Tool Locations ENEE 80 4 7 Set Other Tool Options ss 81 4 8 Create a New File tnt ed de te nie a tnt ns AS 82 4 9 Add Existing Files to a Project dEEEEREESE NASA SEAN e 84 4 10 Editor Usage sss cacti ath celia An ee Se tenia eee 85 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 3 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 11 Add and Set Up Library and Object Files 0 0 ec ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 86 4 12 Set File and Folder Properties cccc cccsscceecececcaeecaeceeceeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeess 88 4 13 Set Build Properties see 90 4 14 Builda Project EE 93 AS RUN SO EE 94 4 16 Debug En Be EE 95 4 17 Control Program Execution with Breakpoints ceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 97 4 18 Step Through EE 100 4 19 Watch Symbol
112. 4 1 Code Folding Usage Code folding is enabled by default For most C or assembly code sections of code that may be folded are signified by and icons to the left of the code e Enable and Set Up Code Folding e Expand Collapse Code Folding Code Folding Inline Assembly and MPLAB C18 C 7 4 1 1 ENABLE AND SET UP CODE FOLDING Use the following steps to enable and set up code folding 1 Select Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X to open the Options dialog 2 Click on the Editor button 3 Click on the General tab and check Use code folding 4 Check other options to specify sections to fold If you do not see the type of code you want to fold listed there you can do a custom fold 7 4 1 2 EXPAND COLLAPSE CODE FOLDING Within the editor click the icon next to a method and it folds Click the icon next to a folded method and it expands Folded code is denoted by an ellipsis box Hold the cursor over the ellipsis box and the IDE displays the collapsed method FIGURE 7 1 EXPANDED CODE 80 void LCDProcessEvents void 8111 82 switch _uLCDstate 83 case 1 84 if _uLCDloops _uLCDloops d e5 else _uLCDstate 0 f 86 break 87 case 2 FIGURE 7 2 COLLAPSED CODE 80 void LCDProcessEvents void 816 i 151 152 I 153 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 157 MPLAB X IDE User s Gui
113. 5 Disconnect from Debug Tool 145 189 Discrete Debugger Operation 189 DMA Address sue ceeseeeneecnsenntoneeverneeeveneenst 206 DMCI Support eee eeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeenaeeeeeneees 182 Documentation Conventions arn 8 Ee EE E 7 dsPIC Filter Design Support 182 ASPIC ToolChaini tsnis sites 73 dsPIC Works Support 182 dsPIC30F SMPS Buck Converter 182 dsPIC33F SMPS Buck Boost Converter 182 DTDs and XML Schemas 190 Dual Port Display 206 Duplicate Down 187 D plicat UP srice 187 E Edit Menu nes ae eel ee 185 Edit Menu Changes 177 Editor Toplbat seess etait eae 58 85 Editor Usage gege Eed d e 58 85 EE Data Memory 104 EE Data Memory Window 208 EEPROM a een ten nev seek nent e het rt oe 13 Enable alt watch list views during debug 221 Erase Device Memory Main Project 148 EE 171 Exception Reporter Window 150 Execution Memory Wimdow 209 EXI er E tte dre ee EM ss er ee 185 Experimental Terminal Window 150 Export All Watches to a File 224 Export HEX 22 silent 216 External Makefile nnoasnneneneeee neeese ne nereree reene 142 F Favorites Window 150 File and Folder Properties AAA 88 File MO NU es eccseacsaeeescacten Mt ant A MN Etes 184 File Menu Changes 176 File Path Options 220 File Properties 4 52225 nreesrnninnnennins 218 File
114. 60F512L PIM http www microchipdirect com product MA320001 search aspx Keywords MA320001 You may acquire a free or evaluation edition of this compiler from the microchip website Download the compiler and when installing do not enter a license number 3 2 2 Installation and Set Up See Chapter 2 Before You Begin to install MPLAB X IDE set up the emulator install USB drivers and properly connect to your target and install the 32 bit language tools Then launch MPLAB X IDE and begin this tutorial EE DS50002027C page 42 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Tutorial CREATING AND SETTING UP A PROJECT The following information discusses setting up projects in MPLAB X IDE which are required to develop your application code 3 3 1 Create a New Project MPLAB X IDE is project based so you must set up a project to work on your application New projects can be created by selecting either e Start page Learn amp Discover tab Dive In section Create New Project link e File gt New Project or Ctrl Shift N The New Project Wizard will launch to guide you through new project set up STEP 1 Step 1 asks you to choose a project category This is a NetBeans dialog To work with Microchip products choose Microchip Embedded Secondly choose a project type For this tutorial choose Stand alone Project Click Next gt to move to the next dialog FIGURE 3 1
115. 8 Set Projects Folder A 221 Set Up Build Properties 90 SERS gedet re en eythane adres 13 104 SERS Window saiette t i ti ie edas 207 Shell Scripts se eee dees 120 ll nn M nn amine Ala dirt 187 Shift Right ss estime hr 187 Show Binary Files in Project view 220 Documentation 187 Editor Toolbar 186 Method Parameters AAA 187 Profiler Indicators during Run 220 Profiler Mettes 186 Silent Build E 221 Simulator Analyzer Window 150 Simulator Stimulus 150 SN Serial Number 71 Source Men sinon 187 Sources Window 150 Speed Improvements BU st ne rente etre tree 123 MPLAB GIDE 2 hramehes uen 135 S L HISTONYL Sn unes entrer at aes 149 SQL Keep Prior Tabs ssesneeeeeeneneeesnn neeese nenene 149 Stack BW E E E E TT 12 Make Callee Current 189 Make Caller Current 189 Pop Topmost Call 189 Start execution immediately 221 Start Page E 36 147 192 Start Sampling IDE seeen 147 Status Te 196 Status Toolbar Achon 146 Step Instruction i 146 189 Step INO EE 146 189 Step Outen i nee 146 Step OVEF sensein etetera endaste eataa iaie 146 189 Step Over Expression 146 Step Through Code 62 100 Stop at Mains nee etre nee 221 Stop at main on Reset 221 Stop at the Reset vecto
116. C Miscellaneous Build Tools Project Options Generic Settings Suppressible Messages Toolchain C18 v3 43 C Program Files x86 C32 v2 02 C Program Files x86 Impasm v5 47 C Program Files x8 mpasm v5 46 C Program Files x8 TYPE XC32 XC16 v1 10 C Program Files x86 Base Directory C Program Files x86 Microchip xc32 v 1 11 bin XC32 v1 11 C Program Files XC8 v1 11 C Program Files x86 C Compiler C Program Files x86 Microchip xc32 v 1 11 bin xc32 gcc exe C Compiler C Program Files x86 Microchip xc32 v 1 11 bin xc32 g exe Assembler C Program Files x86 Microchip xc32 v 1 11 pin xc32 as exe Make Command C Program Files x86 Microchip MPLABX gnuBins GnuWin32 bin make exe OK Cancel Help 4 6 1 Add or Change a Toolchain If you do not see your tool listed under Toolchains try the following e Scan for Build Tools Scan the environment path and list the language tools installed on the computer e Add Manually add the tool to the list by entering the path to the directory containing the tool executable s i e base directory Typically this is the bin subdirectory in the tool installation directory If you have more than one version of a compiler available select one from the list To change the path of a tool enter the new path or browse for it DS50002027C page 80 2011
117. C Program Files Microchip MPLABX gnuBins GnuWin32 bin e Windows 64 Bit OS C Program Files x86 Microchip MPLABX gnuBins GnuWin32 bin e Mac OS X Applications microchip mplabx mplab_ ide app Contents Resources mplab ide bin MPLAB X IDE automatically adds the directory containing the make to its own path vari able If you want to build outside of the IDE you must add the directory to the PATH environmental variable The Makefile in the MPLAB X IDE project directory can be called directly to build the default configuration Command Type on a single line Description make clean To remove all intermediate objects and final images make To create the production image Hex file make TYPE _IMAGE DEBUG RUN To create the debug image COF ELF file If the project has more than one configuration then Command Type on a single line Description make f Makefile To remove all intermediate objects and final images CONF Configuration clean for configuration Configuration make f Makefile To create the production image Hex file for CONF Configuration configuration Configuration make f Makefile To create the debug image COF ELF file for CONF Configuration configuration Configuration TYPE IMAGE DEBUG RUN The names of the images by default are with respect to the MPLAB X IDE directory dist CONF_NAME production PROJ_NAME production hex dist CONF NAME deb
118. C32 Global Options xc32 as Option Description Generated Command Line xc32 gcc 2 xc32 g 9 xc324d Additional options If you select an option its description will appear here Manage Configurations L o gd II wen _ mp El 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 141 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 6 5 CREATE USER MAKEFILE PROJECTS Create a project that makes use of an external makefile This is useful if you have an existing project built outside of MPLAB X IDE but you now want to use MPLAB X IDE to do debugging To create the makefile project use the New Project wizard 6 5 1 New Project Setup To open the New Project wizard do one of the following On the Start Page click on the Learn amp Discover tab Dive In section Create New Project link e File gt New Project or Ctrl Shift N A wizard with launch to guide you through new project set up Step 1 Choose Project Select the Microchip Embedded category and choose from the project type User Makefile Project Step 2 Select Device Select the device used in your application from the Device drop down list To narrow your selection list chose a Family first Step 3 Select Header This step will appear if a header is available for your selected device To determine if a header is required for debug or if your device has on board debug circuitry consult the Processor Ext
119. C8 060000 RETURN 358 002CA FA0000 main LNK 0x0 359 002CC 07FFE3 RCALL TimerInit 360 002CE 370001 BRA 0x2D2 361 002D0 000000 NOP 362 002D2 O7FFEE RCALL TimerIsOverflowEvent 363 002D4 SOOFEO SUB WO 0x0 W15 364 002D6 32FFEC BRA Z Ox2D0 365 002D8 FE4000 PWRSAV 0 366 002DA FE6000 CLRWDT 367 002DC 37FFFA BRA Ox2D2 368 002DE 000800 NOP 369 002E0 000002 NOP 370 002E2 000000 NOP 371 002E4 000000 NOP Memory Program we Format E 12 8 1 Program Memory Window The Program Memory window displays locations in the range of program memory for the currently selected processor If external program memory is supported by the selected device and enabled it will also appear in the Program Memory window For the MPLAB X Simulator when a program memory value changes or the processor is halted the data in the Program Memory window is updated For any Microchip hardware debug tool e g MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator when a program memory value changes or the processor is halted the data in the Program Memory window is not updated you must do a Read of device memory You may change the way opcodes are displayed in the program memory window by clicking one of the drop down boxes on the bottom of the window e Hex Code PSV Mixed dsPIC DSC PIC24 devices only e PSV Data dsPIC DSC PIC24 devices only DS50002027C page 204 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs 12 8 1 1 CODE
120. CC version include where version is the version number of the compiler For devices that have more than one Configuration Word location each subsequent invocation of CONFIG will modify the next Configuration Word in sequence Macro case should match what is in the relevant header For htc c _CONFIG is correct but config is not PICC Example include lt htc h gt __CONFIG WDTDIS amp XT amp UNPROTECT Program config word 1 __ CONFIG FCMEN Program config word 2 AA HI TECH PICC 18 TOOLCHAIN A macro specified in the htc h header file is used to set device Configuration Words for PIC18 MCUs __CONFIG n x where n Configuration register number X Expression representing the value to which the specified Configuration bits will be set May be literal but usually represented by a macro or macros ANDed together Macros are specified in the device header file h that is located in the Windows OS default directory C Program Files HI TECH Software PICC version include where version is the version number of the compiler Macro case should match what is in the relevant header For htc c __ CONFIG is correct but config is not PICC 18 Example include lt htc h gt Oscillator switch enabled RC oscillator with OSC2 as I O pin __CONFIG 1 LP Watch Dog Timer enable Watch Dog Timer PostScaler count 1 128 __CONFIG 2 WDTEN amp WDTPS128 2011 2014 Microch
121. CD 3 support Debug Reads Debug Reads are done at target oscillator speeds so if the target is running very slow a read may take a long time You can force a fast ICSP read by finishing the debug ses sion and then doing a read since ICSP reads will always be done when not in a debug session EE LEE 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 107 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 22 VIEW THE CALL STACK For 16 and 32 bit devices a software Call Stack window is available to view CALLS and GOTOs in executing C code This window is not applicable for assembly code It is recommended that code optimization be turned off when using the call stack The Call Stack window displays functions and their arguments listed in the order in which they were called in the executing program To view the call stack 1 Debug Run and then Pause your program 2 Select Window gt Debugging gt Call Stack A Call Stack window will open For more on the call stack see the NetBeans help topic C C Fortran Develop ment gt Debugging C C Fortran Applications with gdb gt Using the C C Fortran Call Stack 4 23 PROGRAM A DEVICE Once your code is debugged you can program it onto a target device 4 23 1 Set Project Programming Properties Set up programming options in the Project Properties window 1 Right click on the project name in the Projects window and select Properties 2 Under Categories Click on the hard
122. CHOOSE PROJECT DE New Project _ Steps Choose Project 1 Choose Project Categories Projects E s Q G Standalone Project D Other Embedded Existing MPLAB IDE v8 Project D S e E Prebuilt Hex Loadable Image Project G Library Project Description Creates a new standalone application project It uses an IDE generated makefile to build your project He SA Next gt Cancel Help DS50002027C page 68 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks 4 2 2 Step 2 Select Device Step 2 is where you select the device you will be using in your application from the Device drop down list To narrow your selection list chose a Family first Click Next gt FIGURE 4 2 PROJECT WIZARD SELECT DEVICE x New Project eS Steps Select Device Choose Project Select Device L 2 3 Select Header Family 32 bit MCUs PIC32 4 Select Tool 5 Select JTAG Plugin Board 6 Select Compiler 7 Select Project Name and Folder Device PIC32MX360F 5121 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 69 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 2 3 Step 3 Select Header Step 3 will appear if a header is available for your selected device To determine if a header is required for debug or if your device has on board debug circuitry consult the Processor Extension Pak and Header Specification DS51292 or online help Then choose w
123. Compiler 1 Choose Project ELN 2 Select Device A Compiler Toolchains 3 Select Header SCH 4 Select Tool C32 v2 02 C Program Files x86 Microchip MPLAB C32 Suite bin 5 Select JTAG Plugin Board r 6 Compiler ee PICC32 None found 7 Select Py t Ni d ae Ng a OF a fe XC32 v1 11 C Program Files x86 Microchip xc32 v 1 11 bin Cseade anext gt n Finish Lol me 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 47 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide STEP 7 Step 7 selects the project name location and other project options Enter the project name MyProject By default projects will be placed in e Windows XP C Documents and Settings UserName MPLABXProject e Windows 7 8 C Users UserName MPLABXProjects e Linux home UserName MPLABXProjects e Mac Users UserName MPLABXProjects If the Project Location does not point here browse to the appropriate location Check Set as main project to make this your main project This tutorial was produced with the encoding set to ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 so you do not need to change this setting When you are done select Finish to complete new project creation FIGURE 3 6 PROJECT WIZARD SELECT PROJECT NAME AND FOLDER E New Project BE Steps Select Project Name and Folder 1 Choose Project 2 Select Device Project Name MyProject 3 Select Header y Sec Te Plugin Board Project Location C User
124. DE v8 had its own proprietary features MPLAB IDE v8 was a pro prietary product As such third party and community development was more difficult eee as 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 175 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 10 3 MENU DIFFERENCES The following tables highlight the menu changes from MPLAB IDE v8 to MPLAB X IDE Due to the changes in MPLAB X IDE not all MPLAB IDE v8 menu items will map identically Major differences are discussed under Comments Additional menu items may be available in MPLAB X IDE See the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics for details TABLE 10 1 FILE MENU DIFFERENCES MPLAB IDE v8 MPLAB X IDE Comments New File gt New File Select associated project in file Add New File to Project wizard Open File gt Open File Close File gt Close Save File gt Save Save As File gt Save As Save All File gt Save All Open Workspace Not available All data saved in projects Save Workspace Save Workspace As Close Workspace Import File gt Import Useful for Hex Import Export Right click on file in project in Project tabbed window select Export Hex Print File gt Print File gt Print to HTML File gt Page Setup Recent Files File gt Open Recent File Recent Workspaces Not available All data saved in projects Exit File gt Exit DS50002027C page 176 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE vs
125. DERS To combine a bootloader with application code 1 Create one project for your application and one project for your bootloader 2 Load the bootloader project or hex file into the application project See Section 5 4 1 Projects Window Loadables Set Up or Section 5 4 2 Project Properties Window Loading Set Up for how to do this The next time you build your application project the resulting hex file will be a combined bootloader application hex file Any debug files will also be combined For build errors see Section 5 4 3 The Preferred Method to Use Loadables or the sections below Consideration 1 MPLAB C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs MPLAB C18 This compiler provides application start up code c018x 0 that begins at the reset vector address 0 for use in initializing the software stack optionally initializing the idata section and jumping to main If this start up code is left in an application there will always be a conflict with the bootloader code reset and you will get a linker error message about a data conflict A resolution would be to edit the start up code to begin at an address other than 0 Consideration 2 MPLAB XC8 PIC18 MCU Example The following Microchip webinar details how to combine a bootloader with application code for a PIC18 MCU using MPLAB XC8 and MPLAB X IDE Linking PIC18 Bootloaders amp Applications DS50002027C page 118 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Add
126. E User s Guide 5 14 USE THE STOPWATCH Use the stopwatch to determine the timing between two breakpoints To use the Stopwatch 1 Add a breakpoint where you want to start the stopwatch 2 Add another breakpoint where you want to stop the stopwatch 3 Select Window gt Debugging gt Stopwatch Click on the Properties icon on the left of the window and select the start and stop breakpoints 4 Debug Run the program again to get the stopwatch timing result FIGURE 5 9 STOPWATCH WINDOW WITH CONTENT arget halted Stopwatch cyde count 0 arget halted Stopwatch cyde count 9655203 Stopwatch cyde count 9655203 The stopwatch has the following icons on the left side of the window Icon Description Properties Set stopwatch properties Select one current breakpoint or trigger to start the stopwatch and one to stop the stopwatch Reset Stopwatch on Run Reset the stopwatch time to zero on the start of a run Clear History Clear the stopwatch window Clear Stopwatch Simulator Only Reset the stopwatch after you reset the device 5 15 VIEW THE DISASSEMBLY WINDOW View disassembled code in this window Select Window gt Output gt Disassembly Listing File to open the window This information may also be found in the listing file produced by the linker Open this file by selecting File gt Open File and browsing for the ProjectName 1st file A quick way to view the entire disassembly
127. FIGURATION BITS COLUMNAR DISPLAY Column Head Definition Address The address of the configuration word byte Name The name of the Configuration Register Value The current value of the configuration word byte Field For configuration bits set in code the field portion of the macro As an example WDTE is the field portion of the macro WDTE OFF Option For configuration bits set in code the option portion of the macro As an example OFF is the option portion of the macro WDTE OFF Category The name of the Configuration bit in the corresponding configuration word byte Setting The current setting of the Configuration bit Use the drop down list to change the setting The Value of the configuration word byte will change accordingly Not all devices supported 12 8 5 EE Data Memory Window The EEPROM window displays EEPROM data for any microcontroller device that has EEPROM data memory e g PIC16F84A Data opcode hex information of the selected device is shown For the MPLAB X Simulator when an EEPROM register value changes or the proces sor is halted the data in the EEPROM window is updated For any Microchip hardware debug tool e g MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator when an EEPROM register value changes or the processor is halted the data in the EEPROM window is not updated you must do a Read of device memory The start of EEPROM data memory needs to be specified for use with program
128. G 1Ah SPBRGH 9Ah CM2CONO 11Ah 19Ah 1Bh BAUDCTL 9Bh CM2CON1 11Bh 19Bh PWM1CON 1Ch 9Ch 11Ch 19Ch ECCPAS 1Dh 9Dh 11Dh PSTRCON 19Dh ADRESH 1Eh ADRESL 9Eh ANSEL 11Eh SRCON 19Eh ADCONO 1Fh ADCON1 9Fh ANSELH 11Fh 19Fh 20h AOh 120h 1A0h General General General Purpose Purpose Purpose Register Register Register 80 Bytes 80 Bytes 96 Bytes EFh 16Fh accesses FOh accesses 170h accesses 1FOh 7Fh 70h 7Fh FFh 70h 7Fh 17Fh 70h 7Fh 1FFh Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 3 oO Unimplemented data memory locations read as o Note 1 Not a physical register Note 2 Address 93h also accesses the SSP Mask SSPMSk register under certain conditions DS50002027C page 14 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc What is MPLAB X IDE In addition to memory the microcontroller has a number of peripheral device circuits on the same chip Figure 1 4 Some peripheral devices are called input output I O ports I O ports are pins on the microcontroller that can be used as outputs and driven high or low to send signals blink lights drive speakers just about anything that can be sent through a wire Often these pins are bidirectional and can also be configured as inputs allowing the program to respond to an external switch sensor or to communicate with some external device
129. Go to type Go to symbol Go to header and Go to declaration Section 11 2 4 Navigate Menu Refactor options rename functions and variables find all functions etc for improving code structure Section 7 5 C Code Refactoring DS50002027C page 154 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Editor 7 3 EDITOR OPTIONS To set editor options 1 Select Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X to open the Options dialog 2 Click on the Editor button Then click on a tab to set up editor features Each tab and its options are listed below TABLE 7 2 GENERAL TAB Item Description Code Folding Check to enable Code Folding and select which types of code to fold For more on Code Folding see Section 7 4 Code Folding Camel Case Behavior Check to enable camel case navigation TABLE 7 3 FORMATTING TAB Item Description Language Select the programming language to which the formatting will apply Category Select a category currently only Tabs and Indents Expand Tabs to Spaces Check to make tabs into spaces Number of Spaces per Indent Enter the equivalent number of spaces per indent Tab Size Enter the size of a tab Right Margin Enter the size of the right margin TABLE 7 4 CODE COMPLETION TAB Item Description Language Select the programming language to which co
130. H C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs XC8 MPLAB XC8 C Compiler 16 Bit Device Language Tools ASM30 MPLAB Assembler Object Linker and Utilities for PIC24 MCUs and dsPIC DSCs C30 MPLAB C Compiler for PIC24 MCUs and dsPIC DSCs C24 MPLAB C Compiler for PIC24 MCUs subset of C30 dsPIC MPLAB C Compiler for dsPIC DSCs subset of C30 HI TECH DSPICC HI TECH C Compiler for PIC24 MCUs and dsPICDSCs XC16 MPLAB XC16 C Compiler 32 Bit Device Language Tools C32 MPLAB C Compiler for PIC32 MCUs HI TECH PICC32 HI TECH C Compiler for PIC32 MCUs XC32 MPLAB XC32 C Compiler Most compilers come with an assembler linker and utilities MPLAB C18 is supported by MPASM No longer included with MPLAB X IDE in v1 30 Please use an assembler that comes with one of the 16 bit compilers For more on each language tool consult the language tool documentation For third party language toolchains CCS etc see the Readme for Third Party Tools htm file on the Start Page Release Notes and Support Documentation kee 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 73 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Select your tool and then click Next gt FIGURE 4 6 PROJECT WIZARD SELECT LANGUAGE TOOL x New Project L ZS Steps Select Compiler 1 Choose Project 2 Select Device Li Compiler Toolchains 3 Select Header LC 3 Select Tool C32 v2 02 C Program Files x86 Microchip MPLAB C32 Suite bin 5 Select JTAG Plugin Board p 6 Sel
131. IDE User s Guide 5 4 1 Projects Window Loadables Set Up Right Click on the Loadables folder in the Projects window Figure 5 2 and select an option e Add Loadable Project Select to add an existing project to your current project Repeat to add additional projects e Add Loadable Files Select to add an existing hex file to your current project Repeat to add additional hex files e Properties Open the Project Properties window for Loading See Section 5 4 2 Project Properties Window Loading Set Up Build your current project to build all projects and combine hex files into one Any debug files will also be combined FIGURE 5 2 PROJECTS WINDOW LOADABLES FOLDER f Projects l Files Classes 3 MyProject Fei Header Files Gi Important Files Linker Files e Source Files e Libraries 7 Add Loadable Project Add Loadable File Properties DS50002027C page 116 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Additional Tasks 5 4 2 Project Properties Window Loading Set Up Open the Project Properties window File gt Project Properties and click on Loading FIGURE 5 3 PROJECT PROPERTIES LOADING x Project Properties MyProject BS Categories 2 General Use this hex file instead of dist default production MyProject X production hex gt Conf default nes Real ICE Extra loadables x keen Item Configuration Build Add Loadable Proje
132. L to guide from Tools menu http netbeans org bugzilla show_bug cgi id 21236 Bug 38211 A problem with using IE external browser in the IDE http netbeans org bugzilla show_bug cgi id 38211 9 7 FORUMS If you do not see your issue here check out our forums at http www microchip com forums f238 aspx Here you will find discussions and recently posted solutions to problems DS50002027C page 172 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 10 MPLAB X IDE vs MPLAB IDE v8 10 1 INTRODUCTION MPLAB X IDE differs considerably from MPLAB IDE v8 and before The topics in this section will help you with migration issues e Major Differences e Menu Differences e Tool Support Differences 10 2 MAJOR DIFFERENCES Because MPLAB X IDE is based on the NetBeans platform many features will be different from MPLAB IDE v8 Please see the following for more detailed information e Chapter 2 Before You Begin e Chapter 3 Tutorial e Chapter 5 Additional Tasks A short list of major feature differences is presented below 1 MPLAB X IDE is based on the open source cross platform NetBeans plat form Third parties can easily add functionality as plug ins MPLAB X IDE components that are specific to Microchip products are still proprietary MPLAB IDE V8 is proprietary and Windows operating system based Third parties can add to v8 with design information from the MPLAB
133. LAB X IDE Updated figure references Mentioned stand alone tool help and the Microchip wiki as resources Chapter 2 Before You Begin Updated information in 2 3 2 USB Driver Installation for Windows XP 7 8 Operating Systems Added compiler licensing information under 2 5 Install the Language Tools Added 2 7 1 Setting Up Hardware Tools to Work with Multiple Instances Chapter 4 Basic Tasks Removed 4 1 Introduction Added 4 6 1 Add or Change a Toolchain and 4 6 2 About Toolchain Paths Added how to exclude file folders from build under 4 12 Set File and Folder Properties Expanded Table 4 3 into sections under 4 13 Set Build Properties Added 4 15 2 Run Considerations Added 4 16 2 Debug Macros Generated and 4 16 3 Debug Considerations Added symbol information in 4 19 Watch Symbol Values Change Updated 4 21 2 Change Device Memory Added 4 23 1 Set Project Programming Properties Chapter 5 Additional Tasks Removed 5 1 Introduction Updates 5 4 Loadable Projects and Files and created a new section 5 5 Loadable Projects and Files Bootloaders Added 5 12 Modify Project Folders and Encoding and 5 13 Speed Up Build Times Updated text to match new display options in 5 17 View the Dashboard Display Fixed using version control steps and updated project files that need to be saved into a repository under 5 19
134. LAB X IDE or stand alone Replaces PRO MATE Il MPLAB REAL ICE In Circuit Emulator Microchip s next generation in circuit emulator that works with MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE See ICE ICD MPLAB SIM Microchip s simulator that works with MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE in support of PIC MCU and dsPIC DSC devices MPLIB Object Librarian Microchip s librarian that can work with MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE MPLIB librarian is an object librarian for use with COFF object modules created using either MPASM assembler mpasm or mpasmwin v2 0 or MPLAB C18 C Compiler MPLINK Object Linker MPLINK linker is an object linker for the Microchip MPASM assembler and the Microchip C18 C compiler MPLINK linker also may be used with the Microchip MPLIB librarian MPLINK linker is designed to be used with MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE though it does not have to be MRU Most Recently Used Refers to files and windows available to be selected from MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE main pull down menus N Native Data Size For Native trace the size of the variable used in a Watch window must be of the same size as the selected device s data memory bytes for PIC18 devices and words for 16 bit devices Nesting Depth The maximum level to which macros can include other macros Node MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE project component Non Extended Mode PIC18 MCUs In Non Extended mode the compiler will not utilize the extended instructions nor the indexed with literal off
135. LE 6 5 HELP FUNCTIONS Function Details Start Page displays the Start Page Individual Help Files display individual pop up help files e g MPLAB X IDE Help Help displays the Help window TABLE 6 6 PROFILE FUNCTIONS Function Details Start Sampling IDE begins sampling for PC Profiling Sampling See MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator documentation for more on PC sampling and profiling 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 147 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 148 TABLE 6 7 PROJECT FUNCTIONS Function Details Programmer to Go PICkit 3 Main Project uses the Programmer to Go feature of PICkit 3 Erase Device Memory Main Project erases device memory for the main project Hold in Reset toggles the device between Reset and Run Make and Program Device Main Project The main project is built if necessary and the device is programmed The program will immediately begin execution on completion of programming Read Device Memory Main Project transfers what is in target memory to MPLAB X IDE Read Device Memory to File transfers what is in target memory to the specified file Build Main Project builds all the files of the main project Build for Debugging Main Project builds all the files of the main project for debugging Clea
136. Mac OS X Fonts and Colors button Syntax tab Based on Encoding set during Project creation Errors are flagged as code is typed C C Fortran Development gt Working with C C Fortran Projects gt Editing Source Files in C C Fortran Proj ects gt Error Highlighting Colored markers provide quick access to multiple symbols errors etc Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X Fonts and Colors button Annotations tab Smart code completion makes suggestions and provides hints Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X Editor button Code Completion tab Assembly and C code may be collapsed and expanded Section 7 4 Code Folding Right clicking on a function delay x finds usages This can limit find within a function e g a local i variable Find Usages dialog Right clicking on a function delay x shows a call graph The call graph has buttons on the side to switch order etc Section 5 16 View The Call Graph Create comments with task keywords example TODO in the source code and tasks will be scanned and added automatically to the Task window IDE Basics gt Basic File Features gt Working with Task Lists File history is available to view recent changes and revert even without a version control system Section 5 19 Control Source Code local history Navigation is simplified with items such as Go to file
137. NS Command Action Projects Opens the Projects window Files Opens the Files window Classes Opens the Classes window Favorites Opens the Favorites window Services Opens the Services window Tasks Opens the Task List window Dashboard Opens the Dashboard window See Section 5 17 View the Dashboard Display Output gt Output Opens or moves to front the Output window Output gt Search Results Opens or moves to front the Search window Output gt Find Usages Results Shows results of Find Usages in window Output gt Versioning Output Shows results of version control action in window Output gt Refactoring Preview Opens a Preview window of refactoring results Output gt Disassembly Listing Opens the disassembly listing for the project Project File Project Project Output gt Call Graph Opens the Call Graph window Navigating gt Navigator Opens the Navigator window Navigating gt Hierarchy Opens a Hierarchy window Debugging gt Variables Opens the Local Variables debugger window Debugging gt Watches Opens the Watches debugger window Debugging gt Call Stack Opens the Call Stack debugger window Debugging gt Breakpoints Opens the Breakpoints window Debugging gt Sessions Opens the Sessions window Debugging gt Sources Opens the Sources window Debugging gt Disassembly Opens the Disassembly window Debugging gt PIC ApplO Opens the Application In Out window See MPLAB
138. OFF Clock switching monitor off Oscillator RC15 on Oscillator in HS mode Use primary oscillator no PLL _CONFIG2 FCKSM CSDCMD amp OSCIOFNC_ON amp POSCMOD HS amp FNOSC PRI A 7 2 dsPIC30F 33F PIC24H Configuration Settings Macros are provided in device header files to set Configuration bits _reg value where _reg Configuration register name macro value Expression representing the value to which the specified Configuration bits will be set May be literal but usually represented by a macro or macros ANDed together Macros are specified in the device header file h that is located in the Windows OS default directory C Program Files Microchip MPLAB C30 support device h where device is the abbreviation of the selected 16 bit device i e PIC24H dsPIC30F or dsPIC33F Macro case should match what is in the relevant header For example FOSCis correct but fosc is not 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 233 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Example dsPIC30F DSCs include p30fxxxx h Clock switching and failsafe clock monitoring off Oscillator in HS mode _FOSC CSW_FSCM OFF amp HS Watchdog timer off _FWDT WDT_OFF Brown out off Master clear on _FBORPOR PBOR_OFF amp MCLR_EN Example dsPIC33F PIC24H Devices include p33fxxxx h Use primary oscillator no PLL _FOSCSEL FNOSC_PRI Oscillator in HS mode _FOSC
139. OOLBARS MPLAB IDE displays different toolbars depending on which features or tools you are using The icons in these toolbars provide shortcuts to routine tasks To add or remove icons from a toolbar or create a new toolbar see Section 6 7 Customize Toolbars Toolbar buttons may be grayed out for various reasons See Section 13 4 Grayed out or Missing Items and Buttons Toolbars Available The following basic toolbars are available File Toolbar Clipboard Toolbar Status Flags Toolbar Undo Redo Toolbar Run Toolbar Debug Toolbar Memory Toolbar Quick Search Toolbar Editor Toolbar Toolbar Features Toolbars have the following features e Hover the mouse pointer over an icon to pop up the icon function e Click and drag the toolbar to another location in the toolbar area e Right click in the toolbar area to show hide a toolbar or change the contents of some toolbars e Select View gt Toolbars to show hide a toolbar change the contents of some toolbars or create a custom toolbar 11 3 1 File Toolbar The File Toolbar currently contains button icons for the following functions These functions are also on the File menu e New File Creates a new file with the New File wizard e New Project Creates a new project with the New Project wizard e Open Project Opens an existing project e Save All Files Saves all open files 11 3 2 Clipboard Toolbar The Clipboard Toolbar currently contains button i
140. PLABXProjects k 5 gt XC32 Global Options ConfName de Fault gt xc32 as ImagePath dist default IMAGE TYPE MyProject X S ImageDir dist default IMAGE TYPE nd xc32 gcc 7 9 xc32 g F a By gt xc324d Execute this line after build Macro Value insert ProjectDir C Users c08227 MCHP MAIN MPLABXProjects ConfName default 4 ImagePath dist default IMAGE TYPE MyProject X A iere mained E CTMACE EEN H D m D Normalize hex file Manage Configurations L oe Ga 1 sx II me eech DS50002027C page 90 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks 4 13 1 Execute this line before after the build Type in a command to be executed at the very beginning or at the very end of the build process These commands are inserted into the nbproject Makefile CONF mk file and allow you to customize the build process If you need to refer to some of the project related items like the image name in the script or program you are calling use the supplied macros You can type the macros yourself or click Insert Macro to copy the macro name into the current position in the edit box Commands are run in the make process with the current directory being set to the MPLAB X IDE project directory The project directory is defined as the project that contains the nbproject folder TABLE 4 3 MACROS Name Function Device Device for the
141. PMADDG x gt ate 64 ps veraties Opet T REAL ICE x PI AAT Example Mudd Load Debegger Comate progr ermet PICIE Eege Phad Lead TOOLBARS ZC cab sab Pe 4 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 183 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 11 2 MENUS Many MPLAB IDE functions are accessible as menu items through the menu bar located across the top of the desktop Menu items followed by ellipses will open a dialog For more on dialogs see Chapter 12 MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs Shortcut keys for menu items are listed next to the menu item Example The shortcut keys for New File are Control N CTRL N More shortcut key information is available in the NetBeans help topic under IDE Basics gt Keyboard Shortcuts Menu items may be grayed out for various reasons See Section 13 4 Grayed out or Missing Items and Buttons Additional context menus are available by right clicking in a window For more on these menus see Section 12 11 Projects Window Available menus are listed below Note See the Start Page My MPLAB IDE gt Extend MPLAB gt Selecting Simple or Full Featured Menus to see all available menus and menu items Not all of these items will be applicable to embedded development File Menu Edit Menu View Menu Navigate Menu Source Menu Refactor Menu Run Menu Debug Menu Team Menu Tools Menu Window Menu Help Menu 11 2 1 File Me
142. POSCMD_HS Watchdog timer off _FWDT FWDTEN OFF JTAG off _FICD JTAGEN OFF DS50002027C page 234 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Configuration Settings Summary A 8 C32 TOOLCHAIN The pragma config directive specifies the device specific configuration settings i e Configuration bits to be used by the application pragma config setting list where setting list A list of one or more setting name value name macro pairs separated by commas Macros are specified in the device header file h that is located in the Windows OS default directory C Program Files Microchip MPLAB C32 pic32mx include proc Pragma case does not matter either PRAGMA CONFIG or pragma config is acceptable Macro case should match what is in the header Example include p32xxxx h Enables the Watchdog Timer Sets the Watchdog Postscaler to 1 128 pragma config FWDTEN ON WDTPS PS128 Selects the HS Oscillator for the Primary Oscillator pragma config POSCMOD HS A 9 XC TOOLCHAINS To create code that is as portable as possible refer to the Common Compiler Interface CCl chapter config macro in each of the following documents MPLAB XC8 C Compiler User s Guide DS52053 or related help file e MPLAB XC16 C Compiler User s Guide DS52071 or related help file e MPLAB XC32 C Compiler User s Guide DS51686 or related help file 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 235
143. Program Target Launch Debugger This is useful for changing the Memory window setting during debug and using starter kits Finish Debugger Session Ends the debugging session Pause Pauses debugging use Continue to resume Continue Resumes debugging after Pause until the next breakpoint or the end of the program is reached Step Over Executes one source line of a program If the line is a function call executes the entire function and then stops Step Into Executes one source line of a program If the line is a function call it executes the program up to the function s first statement and then stops Step Instruction Executes one machine instruction If the instruction is a function call it executes the function and returns control to the caller Run to Cursor Runs the current project to the cursor s location in the file and stop program execution Reset Resets the device Set PC at cursor Sets the program counter PC value to the line address of the cursor Focus Cursor at PC Moves the cursor to the current PC address and centers this address in the window Stack gt Make Callee Current Makes the method being called the current call Only available when a call is selected in the Call Stack window Stack gt Make Caller Current Makes the calling method the current call Only available when a call is selected in the Call Stack window Stack gt Pop Topmost Call Pops the c
144. RE 3 16 PROGRAM EXECUTION HALTED AT BREAKPOINT StartPage led_message c x www ER A aren me 122 T1CON 0x8030 123 124 125 while 1 126 127 128 for i 0 i lt 30 i 129 i gt PORTA bitmap i BE address 0xA0000200 bitmap 0 j 132 address 0xA0000201 bitmap 1 b 133 TMR1 Oladdress 0xA0000202 bitmap 2 b 134 while address 0xA0000203 bitmap 3 135 address 0xA0000204 bitmap 4 0 1 136 address 0xA0000205 bitmap 5 0 d 137 address 0xA0000206 bitmap 6 wv address 0xA0000207 bitmap 7 138 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 61 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide To clear the breakpoint do one of the following e Repeat the step to set a breakpoint Select Debug gt Toggle Breakpoint For more on breakpoints see the NetBeans help topics under C C Fortran Development gt Debugging C C Fortran Applications with gdb gt Setting C C Fortran Breakpoints 3 4 5 Step Through Code Use one of the stepping functions on the Debug menu and Debug toolbar to move through code either from the beginning of code or after a breakpoint halt Examine changes in variable values see next section or determine if the program flow is correct There are several ways to step through code Step Over Executes one source line of a program If the line is a
145. Right click on an existing breakpoint or shift click to select a group of existing breakpoints and right click on the group 2 From the pop up menu go to Complex Breakpoint and select Add a New Sequence 3 Enter a name for your sequence in the dialog box and click OK The breakpoint s will appear under the new sequence 5 To add additional existing breakpoints to the sequence right click on the break point and select Complex Breakpoint gt Add to Name where Name is the name of the sequence 6 To add new breakpoints to the sequence right click on the sequence and select New Breakpoint gt To select the Sequence Order 1 Expand on a sequence to see all items 2 Right click on an item and select Complex Breakpoints gt Move Up or Complex Breakpoints gt Move Down Sequence execution of breakpoints is bottom up the last breakpoint in the sequence occurs first To Remove a Sequence or Breakpoint 1 Right click on the item and select Disable to temporarily remove the item 2 Right click on the item and select Delete to permanently remove the item oO DS50002027C page 98 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks 417 5 Set a Breakpoint Tuple Device Dependent For MPLAB X IDE a tuple represents an ANDed list of breakpoints ANDed break points can be useful when a variable is modified in more than one location and you need to break only when that variabl
146. SELECT PLUGIN x New Project xs Steps Select Plugin Board 3 Select Device OPTIONAL Please select an associated plugin board if present d D J L Ge Select Plugin Board Supported Plugin Board None Select Project Name and Folder A plug in board is a daughter board for the REAL ICE that provides specialized debugging and or programming features NOWPwWN EH un T d 8 lt Back next gt Finis Cancel Help DS50002027C page 72 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks 4 2 6 Step 6 Select Compiler Step 6 involves selecting the language tool either a C compiler or assembler Again the colored circle light in front of the compiler name signifies the device support level Mouse over for text Note If you do not see your language tool listed look under Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X Embedded button Build Tools tab to ensure MPLAB X IDE can find the tool If your tool is listed then your project device may not be supported by your tool Consider selecting or installing another language tool that supports the device TABLE 4 2 MICROCHIP LANGUAGE TOOLS Toolchain Full Name 8 Bit Device Language Tools MPASM MPASM Assembler MPLINK Object Linker and Utilities C18 MPLAB C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs HI TECH PICC HI TECH C Compiler for PIC10 12 16 MCUs HI TECH PICC18 HI TEC
147. Taco ates 145 189 Reset Vector Reset estiment ee ae 221 SHOP nr Men ne rt eine tue 221 Reset Windows sssssssnensseesnnnesserrnsnsrnnnnrsrernrnrsnnte 192 Response File cc ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseenaaes 171 Roam In Out of Compiler Licenses cee 190 RTOS Viewer SUpport 182 R n Code ire rien Ree 60 94 Run Debugger Programmer Self Test 189 RUN IIS Sr RE nent tes 148 188 RUN ICON sue ee mane 145 Run Main Project 148 RUM Mens faites 188 190 um Projects a eae rt 148 188 R n SQL air er terne ne a aeaa 149 Run Time Update Intenal 224 RUM 10 CUrSOF a iiir 146 189 S SAVE mine R R 149 185 Sa EET sie 149 185 Save All Modified Files Before Running Make 220 LE 185 Scan for Gompilerg 219 Scan for external changes 187 Search Window ccccccceceeeeeseteeeeeeeseeseaeeeeeeeaes 151 Segmented Display Designer Support s s s 182 Select Alertes net ees 185 Select Identifier 185 Select in Classes 114nnniitaininssis 187 Select in Favorites 187 Select iN FileSend iiaia 187 Select in Projects 187 Self Tests pie thin aiid iced 189 Services Window 150 Sessions Window 150 Set Configuration 217 DS50002027C page 272 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Index Set Main Project Set PC at Cursor Set PC to Cursor Set Project Configuration 18
148. URE 3 17 WATCHES WINDOW WITH SYMBOL x New Watch Ex Enter or Select Watch Expression PORTA Global Symbols SFR s Le Comet tee _ Watches Name Type Address Value K amp PORTA SFR 1 0x1F886010 i 0x0000047 la SRE m 2 E ech 9 Variables Call Stack Breakpoints Output Tasks To view symbol changes 1 Debug Run and then Pause your program 2 Click the Watches tab to view the window and see the symbol value Red text means a change For more on watches see the NetBeans help topics under C C Fortran Development gt Debugging C C Fortran Applications with gdb gt Viewing C C Fortran Program Information gt Creating a C C Fortran Watch 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 63 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 3 4 7 MPLAB X IDE has flexible abstracted memory windows that provide a customizable view of differing types of device memory From a Memory window you select the type View Device Memory including Configuration Bits of memory and memory format in drop down boxes Begin by viewing Flash memory 1 Select Window gt PIC Memory Views gt Execution Memory 2 The Execution Memory window will open showing the last halt location FIGURE 3 18 MEMORY WINDOW CONTENT f Execution Memory S Watches Output a Line Address Opcode Label DisAssy dei 8265 9D00
149. Values Change us 101 4 20 Watch Local Variable Values Change 103 4 21 View Change Device Memory including Configuration Bits 104 4 22 View The Call Stack ass ner ein te tn Dre nd Rare 108 Se eil 108 Chapter 5 Additional Tasks 5 1 Performing Additional Tasks c cceeceeeseecceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeesecseeeeeeeeeees 111 5 2 Import MPLAB Legacy Project EE See GW eee eae 112 5 3 Prebuilt Projects encrenar cin te dae aiaia E du tr nue transe 114 5 4 Loadable Projects and Files saone di aerate 115 5 5 Loadable Projects and Files Bootloaders sssssssesssnnsseesreerrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrene 118 9 0 LIBFALY Projects gesaten eet Sg 119 5 7 Other Embedded Projects et ene qe ie Ee dee 120 D 8 Sampl Projects stieche ee ea ea e nn t ter ed 120 5 9 Work with Other Types of Files ceeeescecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaneeeeeees 120 5 10 Modify or Create Code Templates c cccceceeeeesecncceeeeeeeesseeeeneeeeeeeneses 121 5 11 Switch Hardware or Language Tools ccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeeeeeees 122 5 12 Modify Project Folders and Encoding cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeees 122 5 13 Speed Up Build Times irrar n a e a a 123 5 14 Use the Stopwatch cccccccccccecccecceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 124 5 15 View the Disassembly WindOW eesscccceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeees 124 5 16 View The Call Graph ss 125
150. able Binary Show binary formatted value Char Show character formatted value Decimal Show decimal formatted value Type Show type of watch variable Value Show value of watch expression in hexadecimal 12 14 3 3 ACTIONS Actions are on buttons on the left side of the window TABLE 12 27 NAME COLUMN ICONS Button Action Toggle button Show verbose qualified names of member fields Show brief relative names of member fields ged Import watches from list file Right click for options Export all watches to list file ei Ei Set the default numeric format for the Value field gr d 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 225 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 12 15 WIZARD WINDOWS MPLAB X IDE uses many NetBeans windows However some windows have been modified or created specifically for embedded use e New Project wizard see Section 4 2 Create a New Project e New File wizard see Section 4 8 Create a New File e Import ImageFile wizard see Section 5 3 3 Import Image File Wizard ees DS50002027C page 226 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 13 NetBeans Windows and Dialogs 13 1 INTRODUCTION MPLAB IDE windows are a combination of basic NetBeans windows and MPLAB IDE specific windows Dialogs open when selected from menu items As with windows MPLAB IDE dialogs are a c
151. ader Files Library Files Es Linker Files Es Object Files Es Source Files mW Important Files H Libraries G Loadables a H Header Files H E Library Files EB Linker Files E Object Files JG Source Files H Important Files H Libraries 1 JE Loadables Active Projects Projects may be made active by clicking on them in the Projects window Main Project One project is selected as the main project by doing one of the following e right clicking the project name and selecting Set as Main Project e selecting Run gt Set Main Project The main project name will then appear in bold You can also work without setting an active project In that case the IDE will know which project you are working on by context i e if you set the editor focus on a file then the project that owns that file will become the project that receives the actions e g when you press the Debug Run button It is your choice whether to explicitly make a project the main project or you use the editor focus to select the main project If you have set a main project and wish to remove it 1 Right click in an empty area of the Projects view 2 Use Set Main Project to change the active project or to select no active project eee 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 137 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide To work with multiple projects 1 Create File gt New Project or open File gt Open Project
152. age tool documentation See the NetBeans help topic C C Fortran Development gt Working with C C For tran Projects gt Setting Project Properties for additional help FIGURE 4 11 LANGUAGE TOOL SET UP PAGE Er Options for xc32 gcc v1 11 Conf default Option categories General 2 Real ICE 2 Loading Have symbols in production build 9 Libraries Enable App 10 Building 2 XC32 Global Options 2 xc32 as Place data into its own section Isolate each function in a section gt xc32 gcc Use indirect calls 2 xc32 g xc324d Generate 16 bit code Exdude floating point library Preprocessor macros Indude directories Additional options Option Description Generated Command Line Manage Configurations 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 79 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 6 SET LANGUAGE TOOL LOCATIONS To see what language tools are available to MPLAB X IDE and view or change their paths e For Mac OS X Access the build tools from mplab_ide gt Preferences gt Embedded gt Build Tools from the main menu bar e For Other OS Access the build tools from Tools gt Options gt Embedded gt Build Tools The window should automatically populate with all installed toolchains FIGURE 4 12 LANGUAGE TOOL COMPILER LOCATIONS Ss E a ER e General Editor Fonts amp Colors Keymap C
153. aking Event must occur Count times An event Breaks on condition must occur Count times before actually breaking Count According to the Condition specified enter either a count for the number of instructions after an event or the number of events See also Section For some devices PIC16F1xxx MCUs enhanced event break points actions are available TABLE 12 4 BREAKPOINT TYPE DATA Item Description Trigger Options For PIC16F1xxx devices only Select when to trigger either e Do not trigger out when breakpoint is reached e trigger out when breakpoint is reached Interrupt For PIC16F1xxx devices only Context Interrupt Context qualifier for address data breakpoints Select from e Always break break in both ISR and main code e Break in main line non interrupt context only break in main code only e Break in interrupt context only break in ISR code only 12 4 4 Address Breakpoints The following options are available for program memory breakpoints TABLE 12 5 BREAKPOINT TYPE ADDRESS SETTINGS Item Description Project Select an open project from the drop down list This is the project in which code will contain the breakpoint Enable Range Address Check to set a range breakpoint Uncheck to set a single breakpoint Address Depending on the selection of Enable Range Address this Address Start item may be Address or Address Sta
154. all on top of the stack Toggle Line Breakpoint Adds a line breakpoint or removes the breakpoint at the cursor location in the program New Breakpoint Sets a new breakpoint at the specified line exception or method New Watch Adds the specified symbol to watch New Run Time Watch Adds the specified symbol to watch that will change value as the program runs executes Disconnect from Debug Disconnects communications between MPLAB X IDE and the Tool debug tool To reconnect select Run Debug Run Run Debugger Program Performs a debug tool self test mer Self Test For tools that support a self test follow the tool documentation to set up the hardware and then run this test to confirm proper operation 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 189 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 11 2 9 Team Menu Below are the menu items in the Team menu For keyboard shortcuts of some of these menu items see the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Keyboard Shortcuts gt Menu Shortcuts TABLE 11 9 TEAM MENU OPTIONS Command Action CVS Mercurial Subversion displays submenus that are specific to each version manage ment system Please see the product documentation for more on the submenu options Local History show local history of a file or revert file to history version Find Issues find an issue in a version control system Report an Issue report an issue to a version contr
155. als produce precise waveforms even automatically reset the microcontroller if it gets nung or lost due to a power glitch or hardware malfunction e Other peripherals detect when the external power is dipping below dangerous levels so that the microcontroller can store critical information and safely shut down before power is completely lost The peripherals and the amount of memory an application needs to run a program largely determine which PIC MCU to use Other factors could include the power con sumed by the microcontroller and its form factor i e the size and characteristics of the physical package that must reside on the target design Figure 1 5 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 15 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide FIGURE 1 5 EXAMPLE PIC MCU DEVICE PACKAGE ET F A microcontroller becomes active when power is applied and an oscillator begins gen erating a clocking signal Figure 1 6 Depending on the microcontroller there may be several internal and external oscillator operational modes FIGURE 1 6 PIC MCU DATA SHEET TIMING EXCERPT ole as la Ion o 08 a4 a o o o i E TOSI ANA RAR AAR AAA AA APRA OSCH EE Internal Tc a i i l i i i i System SVS VSN I I VI VWI VI NIN e 7 Clock TDLY i i A i i i scs i i f i OSCCON lt 0 gt Ge i i i i i j f l Progam Ce Re Wy
156. and forth between MPLAB IDE v8 xx and MPLAB X IDE 2 3 2 5 IF MPLAB IDE V8 XX IS NOT INSTALLED ON YOUR SYSTEM You do not need to do anything the USB drivers will be preinstalled when MPLAB X IDE is installed Once you plug your tool into a computer USB port a New Hardware Found notification should appear Then either the install will proceed automatically or your will have to follow a wizard and choose to Automatically select driver However if either procedure fails to install the drivers you will need to install the drivers manually For instructions and driver locations see Section 2 3 2 6 If You Need to Manually Install the Drivers DS50002027C page 32 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Before You Begin 2 3 2 6 IF YOU NEED TO MANUALLY INSTALL THE DRIVERS If you need to install the drivers manually 1 Open the Device Manager under Control Panel Look under Microchip Tools for your tool or if you cannot find it there under Other Devices for Unknown Device 2 Right click on your tool name or Unknown Device and select Update Driver Software 3 In the Update Driver Software dialog select Browse my computer for driver software Note DO NOT select Search automatically for updated driver software This will install the wrong device driver If you accidentally select this back out or exit and repeat these steps to install the correct driver 4 Loca
157. ans of communication between a program and its user based solely on textual input and output Compiled Stack A region of memory managed by the compiler in which variables are statically allocated space It replaces a software or hardware stack when such mechanisms cannot be efficiently implemented on the target device Compiler A program that translates a source file written in a high level language into machine code Conditional Assembly Assembly language code that is included or omitted based on the assembly time value of a specified expression Conditional Compilation The act of compiling a program fragment only if a certain constant expression specified by a preprocessor directive is true Configuration Bits Special purpose bits programmed to set PIC microcontroller modes of operation A Configuration bit may or may not be preprogrammed Control Directives Directives in assembly language code that cause code to be included or omitted based on the assembly time value of a specified expression CPU See Central Processing Unit 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 251 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Cross Reference File A file that references a table of symbols and a list of files that references the symbol If the symbol is defined the first file listed is the location of the definition The remaining files contain references to the symbol D Data Directives Data directives are tho
158. ar Icons Uses small icons on the toolbars when selected checked Toolbars gt Reset Toolbars Resets to the default toolbar setup Toolbars gt Customize Customizes the items on an existing toolbar and allows creation of a new one Show Editor Toolbar Shows the editor toolbar on the File tab when selected checked Show Line Numbers Shows line numbers when selected checked Show Diff Sidebar Shows the DIFF sidebar when selected checked Show Versioning Labels Shows versioning labels when selected checked Synchronize Editor with Views Synchronizes the editor with open views when selected checked Show Profiler Metrics Shows the profiler metrics when selected checked Full Screen Expand window to full length and breadth of screen 11 2 4 Navigate Menu Below are the menu items in the Navigate menu For keyboard shortcuts of some of these menu items see the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Keyboard Shortcuts gt Menu Shortcuts TABLE 11 4 NAVIGATE MENU OPTIONS Command Action Go to File Finds and opens a specific file Go to Type Finds and opens a specific class or interface Go to Symbol Finds the symbol name as specified Go to Previous Document Opens the document last opened before the current one Go to Source Displays the source file containing the definition of the selected class Go to Declaration Jumps to the declaration of the item under the cursor Go to Super Implementati
159. ar processor is known as its instruction set Machine Language A set of instructions for a specific central processing unit designed to be usable by a processor without being translated 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 257 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Macro Macro instruction An instruction that represents a sequence of instructions in abbreviated form Macro Directives Directives that control the execution and data allocation within macro body definitions Makefile Export to a file the instructions to Make the project Use this file to Make your project outside of MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE i e with a make Make Project A command that rebuilds an application recompiling only those source files that have changed since the last complete compilation MCU Microcontroller Unit An abbreviation for microcontroller Also uC Memory Model For C compilers a representation of the memory available to the application For the PIC18 C compiler a description that specifies the size of pointers that point to program memory Message Text displayed to alert you to potential problems in language tool operation A message will not stop operation Microcontroller A highly integrated chip that contains a CPU RAM program memory I O ports and timers Microcontroller Mode One of the possible program memory configurations of PIC18 microcontrollers In microcontroller mode only internal executio
160. ardware tool that is dif ferent from the one you specified in your project MPLAB X IDE will pop up a dialog asking if you would like to make the new hardware tool the project tool FIGURE 5 7 SWITCH HARDWARE TOOL DIALOG HW Tool not Found x HW Tool SN xxxx was selected in the project configuration but does not appear to be connected HW Tool SN yyyy is currently connected Would you like to use this HW Tool instead OK Cancel You may also plug in two or more hardware tools and switch between them in the Project Properties dialog File gt Project Properties To switch between different versions of compiler toolchains language tools again use the Project Properties dialog 5 12 MODIFY PROJECT FOLDERS AND ENCODING When you created your project you specified the project folder and encoding Once the project is created you may add or ignore project folders and change the project encod ing using the General category in the Project Properties window TABLE 5 4 PROJECT PROPERTIES GENERAL CATEGORY Option Description Project Location View the current project location See Section 8 8 Moving Copying or Renaming a Project to change the project location Source Folders Add folders for MPLAB X IDE to search to look for project files Note Adding files outside the project folder may make the project less portable Ignored Folders Pattern Ignore folders in
161. ation Extension c e Project MyProject Folder Browse Created File C Users c08227 MCHP MAIN MPLABXProjects MyProject X MyFile c R The file will appear in the File pane under the project specified and a tab with the file s name will appear in the Editor pane Enter your file content under this tab The text in the file will have syntax color based on its file type FIGURE 4 15 NEW FILE MYFILE C Projects Files_ Classes StertPage MyFile c 3 MyProject SEHR ECH Header Files 10 EI Important Files 3 D Ce Linker deg 3 5 ko Source Files 4 a MyFile c 5 E Libraries 6 E Loadables 7 SEI 9 10 11 12 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 83 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 9 ADD EXISTING FILES TO A PROJECT Existing files can be added to a project by doing one of the following e Right clicking on the project in the Project File window and selecting Add Existing Item e Right clicking on a logical folder e g Source Files in the Project File window and selecting Add Existing Item 4 9 1 Files in Project Folder When adding a file you can choose whether to add it as e Auto Let MPLAB X IDE decide how best to locate the file e Relative Specify the file location relative to the project Most portable project e Absolute Specify the file location by an absolute path
162. avorites enables you to access any file or folder on your computer or network whether or not it is in a project When you first open the Favorites window it only contains your computer s home directory e To add a file or folder you can right click in the Favorites window and choose Add to Favorites e To add a file you can right click on the file name in the Project window and select Tools gt Add to Favorites For more on this window see the NetBeans help topic Favorites Window 8 5 CLASSES WINDOW VIEW For compilers that support C you can view the class files in your project using the Classes window Window gt Classes For more on this window see the NetBeans help topic C C Fortran Develop ment gt Working with C C Fortran Projects gt Navigating Source Files and Proj ects gt Using the Classes Window as used with C code projects 8 6 VIEWING USER CONFIGURATION DATA The MPLAB X IDE user directory userdir stores user configuration data such as win dow layouts editor settings menu and toolbar customizations and various module set tings such as the list of known compilers In addition when you install plugins Tools gt Plugins the plugin information code is stored in the userdir not in the MPLAB X installation directory To find out where your user directory is located select Help gt About and find the path next to Userdir This information is created and managed by MPLAB X IDE nn EO
163. button press the lt F1 gt key If no help can be found select Helo gt Help Contents and click the help file s Search tab to search for information on that dialog To open most dialogs see Section 11 2 Menus 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 227 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide NOTES DS50002027C page 228 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Appendix A Configuration Settings Summary A 1 INTRODUCTION Examples of how to set Configuration bits in code for different language tools and related devices are shown below For more information on how to set Configuration bits see your language tool documentation For some language tools a configurations settings document is available listing all configuration settings for a device Otherwise consult your device header file for macros Another option is to use the Configuration Memory window to set bits and then click Generate Source Code to Output See Section 4 21 4 Set Configuration Bits e MPASM Toolchain HI TECH PICC Toolchain HI TECH PICC 18 Toolchain C18 Toolchain ASM30 Toolchain C30 Toolchain C32 Toolchain XC Toolchains A2 MPASM TOOLCHAIN Two types of assembler directives are used to set device configuration bits config and config DO NOT mix __ config and config in the same code A 2 1 __ config The directive config is used for PIC10 12 16 MCUs It may be
164. conceptual representation of the layout of program memory The program counter increments by 2 for each instruction word In an executable section 2 program counter units are equivalent to 3 bytes In a read only section 2 program counter units are equivalent to 2 bytes Program Memory MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE The memory area in a device where instructions are stored Also the memory in the emulator or simulator containing the downloaded target application firmware 16 bit assembler compiler The memory area in a device where instructions are stored Project A project contains the files needed to build an application Source code linker script files etc along with their associations to various build tools and build options 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 261 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Prologue A portion of compiler generated code that is responsible for allocating stack space preserving registers and performing any other machine specific requirement specified in the runtime model This code executes before any user code for a given function Prototype System A term referring to a user s target application or target board Psect The OCG equivalent of a GCC section short for program section A block of code or data which is treated as a whole by the linker PWM Signals Pulse Width Modulation Signals Certain PIC MCU devices have a PWM peripheral Q Qualifier An address or an add
165. cons for the following functions These functions are also on the Edit menu e Cut Deletes the current selection and places it on the clipboard Copy Copies the current selection to the clipboard e Paste Pastes the contents of the clipboard into the insertion point 11 3 3 Status Flags Toolbar The Status Flags Toolbar contains PC Program Counter PC current value 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 193 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 11 3 4 Undo Redo Toolbar The Undo Redo Toolbar currently contains button icons for the following functions These functions are also on the Edit menu e Undo Reverses one at a time a series of editor actions except Save e Redo Reverses one at a time a series of Undo commands 11 3 5 Run Toolbar The Run Toolbar currently contains button icons for the following functions These functions are also on the Run Debug and project context menus Set Project Configuration Selects project configuration Choose default or Customize Build Project Builds all the project files Click on down arrow for other related options Clean and Build Project Deletes files from previous builds and then builds the all project files Click on down arrow for other related options Make and Program Device Project Builds programs the target and Runs the selected project Click on down arrow for other related options Hold in Reset
166. crochip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs 12 4 2 Line Breakpoints The following options are available for breakpoints specified on a line of code TABLE 12 1 BREAKPOINT TYPE LINE SETTINGS Item Description Settings Create a new Line break point with a left mouse click on the Editor gutter next to the file line Or select Toggle Line Breakpoint from the Editor context menu 12 4 3 Data Breakpoints The following options are available for data memory breakpoints TABLE 12 2 BREAKPOINT TYPE DATA SETTINGS Item Description Project Select an open project from the drop down list This is the project in which code will contain the breakpoint Symbols Enter the name of a global symbol or SFR or browse to one by clicking Symbols Accessing this symbol according to Breaks on triggers a pause in code execution Enable Range Check to set a range breakpoint Address Uncheck to set a single breakpoint Address Depending on the selection of Enable Range Address this item can be Address Start Address or Address Start Enter a hexadecimal address in data memory Accessing this address according to Breaks on triggers a pause in code execution Address End _ If Enable Range Address is checked this box is enabled Enter a hexadecimal address in data memory Breaks on Read Write Read or Write Break code execution
167. ct gt oaks EEGENEN Add Loadable rie 2 XC32 Global Options lt a gt xc32 as Deia xc32 gcc Remove 2 xc32 g gt xc324d Manage Configurations Ca Come ree Cr To combine the current project with other projects 1 Click Add Loadable Project Browse to a project select it and click Add 2 Select a build configuration to use for this project in the drop down box under Configuration If you have not added different configurations to this project you will only see default 3 Ensure the Build checkbox is checked if you want to build this project when you build the current project 4 Ifyou have added more than one project the order shown here will determine the order in which the hex files will be added to the current project s hex file Use Up and Down to change the order 5 Click Apply or OK to accept the changes The next time you build the current project the projects listed here will also be built if Build is checked and their hex files will be combined with the current project s hex file to create a single output hex file Any debug files will also be combined To combine the current project hex file with other hex files 1 Click Add Loadable File Browse to a hex file select it and click Add 2 If you have added more than one file the order shown here will determine the order in which the hex files will be added to the cur
168. ct Files Loadables Projects and files to combine with or replace your project hex files For more information see Section 5 4 Loadable Projects and Files KEE 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 215 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 12 11 2 Projects Window Project Menu Right click on a project name in the Projects window to pop up the Project menu Menu items are shown in Table 12 15 TABLE 12 15 PROJECT CONTEXT MENU ITEMS Menu Item Description New Add a new item For MPLAB X IDE embedded file types are available Add Existing Item Add an existing file to the project The path to the file may be auto selected by MPLAB X IDE absolute or relative Additionally you may choose to copy the file into the project folder Add Existing Items from Add all files contained in the specified folder s Folders You may also specify a pattern to ignore certain folders from inclusion Click Default to see the default pattern See also Tools gt Options Miscellaneous button Files tab Files ignored by the IDE New Logical Folder Create a new logical folder To view actual folders see the Files window Locate Headers Locates all the header files h called out in the C code project files and presents them in a checklist window so they may be added to the project There are several reasons why you might want to add headers to your project e The files can be opened fr
169. ction Usages You can use the Find Usages command to determine everywhere a function is used in your projects source code To find where a function is used in your project 1 In the Navigator window or the Source Editor window right click the function name and choose Find Usages AIt F7 2 The Find Usages command displays the code lines that call the function In the Find Usages dialog box click Find The Usages window displays the file name and the line of code for each usage found in that file To jump to a specific occurrence of the function do one of the following actions e In the Usages window use the up and down arrow buttons in the left pane to navigate from one occurrence of the function to the next e Double click a line of code to open the file and position the cursor on that particular line of code Additional IDE Find Mechanisms The other IDE tools that enable you to search for all the places where specific text is used in a project include Finding and Replacing Text Searches for all the places where specific text is used in a source file that is open in the Editor Choose Edit gt Find to open the Find dialog box or choose Edit gt Replace to open the Replace dialog box These com mands finds all matching strings regardless of whether the string is a C code element Find in Projects As with the Find command the Find in Projects command searches for matching strings regardless of whether the string is a func
170. cture does not require you to use MPLAB X IDE DELETING A PROJECT To delete a project in MPLAB X IDE 1 Inthe Projects window right click on the project name and select Delete 2 Inthe Delete Project dialog you can delete the project file from the computer or the project file with all of the source files Make your selection and click Yes 3 The project will be deleted so that MPLAB X IDE can no longer see it However some makefile information will remain on the computer To delete all project files from the computer 1 Delete or close your project in MPLAB X IDE 2 Exit MPLAB X IDE see Note below 3 Delete the files Note MPLAB X IDE does not release all resources assigned to a project when closed MPLAB X IDE runs on Java so releasing resources does not occur immediately Under Java it is best to let the JRE decide when to call the garbage collection GC within the software code However you can force GC by enabling the memory toolbar and clicking on it eee ssa 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 167 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide NOTES DS50002027C page 168 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLABE X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 9 Troubleshooting 9 1 INTRODUCTION This section is designed to help you troubleshoot any problems errors or issues you encounter while using MPLAB X IDE If none of this information helps you see Support for wa
171. d to create a specific file TABLE 5 3 FILE TYPES Category File Type Microchip Embedded Files for language tools that are supported in MPLAB X IDE Select your compiler folder to see the available file types C Generic C files C Generic C files Assembler Generic assembly files Shell Scripts Shell script files Bash C Korn etc Makefiles Makefile files XML XML files Other Other types of files such as HTML JavaScript etc If you do not see the type of file you want listed here select Empty File In the next window name the file with the desired extension DS50002027C page 120 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Additional Tasks 5 10 MODIFY OR CREATE CODE TEMPLATES When you create a file to add to your project Section 4 8 Create a New File a tem plate is used for the new file To change this template select Tools gt Templates and then Open in Editor to edit a template You may also use Add or Duplicate in this dialog to create new templates New Folder can be used to create a new folder to hold templates Be aware that MPLAB X IDE filters out all but Microchip Embedded Shell Scripts Makefiles and Other so files or folders should be created under those folders FIGURE 5 5 TEMPLATE MANAGER DE Template Manager ES Templates F D Assembler j A New Folder D icenses SS Ob cade duplicate a Di Microc
172. de 7 4 1 3 CODE FOLDING INLINE ASSEMBLY AND MPLAB C18 C Code folding does not work for inline assembly code in MPLAB C18 when the _asm and _endasm directives are used The work around is to put the code block near the end of the codeffile 7 4 2 Custom Code Folding To fold your own area of code you can use customized code folding e Custom Code Folding C e Custom Code Folding ASM e Expand Collapse Custom Code Folding 7 4 2 1 CUSTOM CODE FOLDING C To custom fold C code do one of the following e Type the following comments around your code lt editor fold defaultstate collapsed desc user description gt C code block to fold lt editor fold gt OR e Type fcom and press the lt Tab gt key to automatically enter the comment text above After the comment has been entered customize it for your code defaultstate Enter either collapsed or expanded desc Enter a description of the code Once collapsed this description can still be seen for reference An example of custom code folding is shown below FIGURE 7 3 EXPANDED CODE 54 int main void ssi 56 cs 57 _display state DISP HELLO 58 AD1PCFG Oxffff 59 SPIMPolInit 60 EEPROMInit 61 UART2Init 62 TimerInit 63 mLCDInit 64 Btninit 65 ADCInit 66 BannerStart 67 RTCCInit 68 p 69 while 1 70 LCDProcessEvents TE ADCProcessEvents DS50002027C page
173. de completion will apply Completion Check to enable code completion options For more on code completion see options the NetBeans help topic C C Fortran Development gt Working with C C Fortran Projects gt Editing Source Files in C C Fortran Projects gt Using Code Completion TABLE 7 5 CODE TEMPLATES TAB Item Description Language Select the programming language to which the template will apply Templates Enter template information for the language specified above Abbreviation Enter an abbreviation to type into the editor Expanded Text After typing the abbreviation and the Expand template on character s expand the abbreviation to this text in the editor Description Add an optional description of the template item For more on code templates see the NetBeans help topic C C Fortran Development gt Working with C C Fortran Projects gt Editing Source Files in C C Fortran Projects gt Using Code Templates Expand template on Select character s that will be typed into the editor to expand the abbreviated text to the expanded text 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 155 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide TABLE 7 6 HINTS TAB Item Description Language Select the programming language to which the hints will apply Hint Window In the Hint window select an occurrence and specify the hint you wish to receive in th
174. de for Information Interchange is a character set encoding that uses 7 binary digits to represent each character It includes upper and lower case letters digits symbols and control characters Assembly Assembler Assembly is a programming language that describes binary machine code ina symbolic form An assembler is a language tool that translates assembly language source code into machine code Assigned Section A GCC compiler section which has been assigned to a target memory block in the linker command file Asynchronously Multiple events that do not occur at the same time This is generally used to refer to interrupts that may occur at any time during processor execution Asynchronous Stimulus Data generated to simulate external inputs to a simulator device Attribute GCC Characteristics of variables or functions in a C program which are used to describe machine specific properties Attribute Section GCC Characteristics of sections such as executable readonly or data that can be specified as flags in the assembler section directive B Binary The base two numbering system that uses the digits 0 1 The rightmost digit counts ones the next counts multiples of 2 then 4 etc Bookmarks Use bookmarks to easily locate specific lines in a file Select Toggle Bookmarks on the Editor toolbar to add remove bookmarks Click other icons on this toolbar to move to the next or previous bookmark Brea
175. diately begin execution on completion of programming Program Device for Debugging The device is programmed from a debug image The pro gram will immediately begin execution on completion of programming Program Device for Production The device is programmed from a production image The program will immediately begin execution on completion of programming Programmer to Go PICkit 3 Use the Programmer to Go feature of PICkit 3 Read Device Memory Transfer what is in target memory to MPLAB X IDE Read Device Memory to File Transfer what is in target memory to the specified file Read EE Flash Data Memory to a File Transfer what is in target data memory to the specified file Hold In Reset Toggle the device between Reset and Run Note Not all programming functions are in the MPLAB X IDE For additional programming support see the MPLAB IPE included with the MPLAB X IDE installation 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 109 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide NOTES DS50002027C page 110 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLABE X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 5 Additional Tasks 5 1 PERFORMING ADDITIONAL TASKS The following steps shows how to perform more tasks in MPLAB X IDE 1 Open an MPLAB IDE v8 project in MPLAB X IDE by using the Import MPLAB Legacy Project wizard 2 Opena prebuilt image Hex COF or ELF u
176. dware tools close this window Use the SFR or Watch window instead You may change the way data is displayed in the file register window by clicking one of the buttons on the bottom of the window e Hex Symbol e Dual Port dsPIC33FJ DSC PIC24HJ MCU devices only e XY Data dsPIC DSC devices only 12 8 2 1 HEX This format displays file register information as hex data The window has the following columns e Address Hexadecimal address of the data in the next column e Data Blocks Hexadecimal data shown in 1 or 2 byte blocks e ASCII ASCII representation of the corresponding line of data 12 8 2 2 SYMBOL This format displays each file register symbolically with corresponding data in hex decimal binary and character formats The window has the following columns e Address Data hexadecimal address Symbol Name Symbolic name for the data e Radix Information Hex Decimal Binary Char Radix information is displayed in these four columns Hex is shown in 1 or 2 byte blocks 12 8 2 3 DUAL PORT dsPIC33FJ DSC PIC24HJ MCU DEVICES ONLY This format displays file register information as hex data The window has the following columns e Address Data hexadecimal address e DMA Address Offset from the silicon DMA address e Data Blocks Hexadecimal data shown in 1 or 2 byte blocks e ASCII ASCII representation of the corresponding line of data For information on dsPIC33F DSC and PIC24H
177. e TABLE 12 7 BREAKPOINT TYPE ADDRESS Item Description Trigger Options For PIC16F1xxx devices only Select when to trigger either e Do not trigger out when breakpoint is reached e trigger out when breakpoint is reached Interrupt Context For PIC16F1xxx devices only Interrupt Context qualifier for address data breakpoints Select from e Always break break in both ISR and main code e Break in main line non interrupt context only break in main code only e Break in interrupt context only break in ISR code only 12 4 5 Event Breakpoints The following options are available for event breakpoints TABLE 12 8 BREAKPOINT TYPE EVENT Item Description Project Select an open project from the drop down list This is the project whose code will contain the breakpoint Break on clock mode switch Break when the clock mode switches Break on Reset instruction Break when a device Reset instruction occurs Break on Sleep Break when Sleep is entered Break on stack over underflow Break when the stack either overflows or underflows Break on wake up Break when the device wakes up from sleep Break when watchdog timer has Break when the watchdog timer period has ended expired Break on execution out of Break when the program attempts to move out of normal bounds program memory space Break on MCLR Reset Break on a Master Clear MCLR Reset Break on trigger in signal Break when
178. e OSCO Pin Enabled FPBDIV DIV2 Peripheral Clock Divisor _Pb_Ckis Sys_Ck 2 _ _FCKSM _CSDCMD__Clock Switching and Monitor Selection Clock Switch Disable FSCM Disabled nn WDTPS PS1048576 Watchdog Timer Postscaler 1 1048576 FWDTEN OFF Watchdog Timer Enable WDT Disabled SWDTEN Bit Controls 1FCO_2FFC DEVCFGO 7FFFFFFF DEBUG OFF Background Debugger Enable Debugger is disabled ICESEL ICS_PGx2 ICE ICD Comm Channel Select ICE EMUC2 EMUD2 pins shared with PGC2 PGD2 MAIN NEC Des nro Clack Miritn Menta ot Diashla Es Memory configuration Bits v Format Read Write he ererat sourcecode wouput Generate Source Code to Output DS50002027C page 106 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks 421 5 Refresh Selected Memory Windows For Memory windows showing program EEPROM user ID or configuration bits mem ory you can refresh the view by doing the following 1 If you are debugging halt your program unless your tool and device support Debug Reads see below 2 Click on the icon named Read Device Memory Banani Read Device Memory Icon Debug Reads For most devices you must halt your program Finish Debugger Session before you can read device memory For some devices you can read while in debug mode Debug Read You will know that this is available as the Read Device Memory icon will not be grayed out when you are debugging Currently MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator and MPLAB I
179. e Trailing Spaces Removed spaces at the end of the line Shift Left Moves the selected line or lines one tab to the left Shift Right Moves the selected line or lines one tab to the right Move Up Moves the selected line or lines one line up Move Down Moves the selected line or lines one line down Duplicate Up Copies the selected line or lines one line up Duplicate Down Copies the selected line or lines one line down Toggle Comment Toggles the commenting out of the current line or selected lines Complete Code Shows the code completion box Insert Code Pops up a context aware menu that you can use to generate common structures such as constructors getters and setters Fix Code Displays editor hints The IDE informs you when a hint is available when the light bulb is displayed Show Method Parameters Selects the next parameter You must have a parameter selected highlighted for this shortcut to work Show Documentation Shows documentation for item under the cursor Insert Next Matching Word Generates the next word used elsewhere in your code as you type its beginning characters Insert Previous Matching Generates the previous word used elsewhere in your code as you Word type its beginning characters Scan for external changes Scans file for changes made outside of MPLAB IDE 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 187 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 11 2 6 Below are the menu it
180. e event of the occurrence Error Warning or Warning on current line TABLE 7 7 MACROS TAB Item Description Macros Add delete and define editor macros To create a new macro click the New button enter the name for the new macro then select the new macro in the list and enter the code in the Macro Code editor To set a keyboard shortcut for a macro select a macro from the list click the Set Shortcut button and enter the shortcut in the dialog box Use this short cut to run your macro e To remove a macro select a macro from the list and click the Remove button e To modify the macro code select a macro from the list and edit the code in the Macro Code editor Macro Code Click on the macro name above and then type in your macro code For a list of macro keywords see https netbeans org kb docs ide macro keywords html Note It is generally easier to add a new macro by recording it than by adding one manually in the Macro Code editor Use Edit gt Start Stop Macro Recording DS50002027C page 156 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Editor 7 4 CODE FOLDING Code folding allows you to hide some sections of code so you can focus on others Sec tions of C or assembly code may be collapsed hidden or expanded displayed depending on your selected options e Code Folding Usage e Custom Code Folding e Custom Code Folding ASM e Expand Collapse Custom Code Folding 7
181. e include MPLAB Starter Kit boards PICDEM demo boards and various other evaluation boards D THE MICROCHIP WEB SITE Web Site http www microchip com Microchip provides online support via our web site This web site is used as a means to make files and information easily available to customers Accessible by using your favorite Internet browser the web site contains the following information Product Support Data sheets and errata application notes and sample programs design resources user s guides and hardware support documents latest software releases and archived software General Technical Support Frequently Asked Questions FAQs technical support requests online discussion groups Microchip consultant program member listing Business of Microchip Product selector and ordering guides latest Microchip press releases listing of seminars and events listings of Microchip sales offices distributors and factory representatives DS50002027C page 246 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Support MICROCHIP FORUMS Forums http www microchip com forums Microchip provides additional online support via our web forums Currently available forums are e Development Tools e 8 bit PIC MCUs 16 bit PIC MCUs e 32 bit PIC MCUs CUSTOMER SUPPORT Users of Microchip products can receive assistance through several channels e Distributor or Representative e Local Sales Office e Field Application Engin
182. e is modified in one particular location Only two breakpoints can be ANDed and these must consist of one program memory breakpoint and one data memory breakpoint Breakpoint 1 AND breakpoint 2 must occur at the same time before a program halt To create a Breakpoint Tuple 1 Click on the icon in the upper left of the Breakpoints window to open the New Breakpoint dialog Create an address breakpoint Click OK to add it to the Breakpoints window Repeat steps 1 and 2 to create a data breakpoint Right click on one breakpoint and select Complex Breakpoint gt Add to New Tuple Enter a name for your tuple in the dialog box and click OK The breakpoint will appear under the new tuple Right click on the other breakpoint and select Complex Breakpoint gt Move to Name where Name is the name of the tuple NO aR WN To Remove a Tuple or Breakpoint 1 Right click on the item and select Disable to temporarily remove the item 2 Right click on the item and select Delete to permanently remove the item 4 17 6 Breakpoint Applications To determine the timing between breakpoints e Use the stopwatch see Section 5 14 Use the Stopwatch To determine breakpoint resources e Open the Dashboard window see Section 5 17 View the Dashboard Display to see the number of available and used breakpoints and whether software break points are supported 417 7 Breakpoint Usage Considerations Starter kits in circuit debuggers
183. e of MPLAB X IDE to Appendix B Working Outside the IDE Chapter 9 Troubleshooting Added information to 9 6 Errors Chapter 10 MPLAB X IDE vs MPLAB IDE v8 Clarified under 10 2 Major Differences item 3 MPLAB X IDE allows multiple tool selection and item 9 MPLAB X IDE uses configuration bits set in code Other minor updates for MPLAB X IDE additional selections Chapter 11 Desktop Reference 11 2 10 Tools Menu updated for plug ins and compiler licensing Other minor updates for MPLAB X IDE additional selections Chapter 12 MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs Added 12 2 MPLAB X IDE Windows Management In 12 3 MPLAB X IDE Windows with Related Menus and Dialogs added new windows to table and moved windows subsections to their own sections Added 12 4 Breakpoints Window and 12 6 Licenses Window Extensive updates to add descriptions of different memory windows under 12 8 Memory Windows 12 11 Projects Window menus updates 12 12 Tools Options Embedded Window options update including the addition of 12 12 5 Diagnostics Tab 12 14 Watches Window content broken up into three sections Appendix A Configuration Settings Change from Chapter 14 to an appendix Added information about the Configuration Memory window Appendix B Working Outside the IDE B 1 Building a Project Outside of MPLAB X IDE from Chapter 8 Proj
184. e online help The online help is the best source for any questions about MPLAB X IDE To be notified of updates to MPLAB X IDE and its components subscribe to the Development Tools section of myMICROCHIP Personalized Notification Service on http www microchip com pcn For more details see Support DS50002027C page 28 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLABE X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 2 Before You Begin 2 1 INTRODUCTION Before you can use MPLAB X IDE you must do the following e Install JRE and MPLAB X IDE e Install the USB Device Drivers For Hardware Tools e Connect to a Target For Hardware Tools e Install the Language Tools e Launch the IDE e Launch Multiple Instances of the IDE 2 2 INSTALL JRE AND MPLAB X IDE When you install MPLAB X IDE based on the NetBeans platform the correct Java Runtime Environment JRE for Windows operating system OS or Linux OS will be installed For Mac OS if the correct JRE is already installed the MPLAB X IDE install will proceed If not you will be prompted by a dialog to acquire the correct version Follow the instructions install the JRE and then install MPLAB X IDE 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 29 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 2 3 INSTALL THE USB DEVICE DRIVERS FOR HARDWARE TOOLS For correct tool operation you might need to install USB drivers 2 3 1 USB Driver Installation for Mac or Linux Operating Sys
185. e option and the New Project option e 5 2 1 1 START PAGE OPTION e On the Start Page click on the Learn amp Discover tab Dive In section Import MPLAB Legacy Project link Or Select File gt Import gt MPLAB IDE v8 Project e The Import Legacy Project wizard opens 5 2 1 2 NEW PROJECT OPTION To open the New Project wizard do one of the following e On the Start Page click on the Learn amp Discover tab Dive In section Create New Project link e File gt New Project or Ctrl Shift N A wizard with launch to guide you through new project set up e Step 1 Choose Project Select the Microchip Embedded category and choose from the project type Existing MPLAB IDE v8 Project e The Import Legacy Project wizard opens 5 2 2 Import Legacy Project Wizard Follow the steps below to import your MPLAB IDE v8 project Click Next gt to move to the next step e Step 1 or 2 Import Legacy Project Enter or browse to the legacy project e Step 2 or 3 Select Device Select the device you will be using in your application from the Device drop down list To narrow your selection list chose a Family first DS50002027C page 112 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Additional Tasks 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Step 3 or 4 Select Header This step will appear if a header is available for your selected device To determine if a header is required for debug or if
186. e resources Readme for MPLAB IDE For the latest information on using MPLAB X IDE read the release notes under the Release Notes and Support Documentation heading on the Start page The release notes contain update information and known issues that may not be included in this user s guide Readme Files For the latest information on using other tools read the tool specific Readme files in the Readmes subdirectory of the MPLAB X IDE installation directory The Readme files contain update information and known issues that may not be included in this user s guide Online Help Files Comprehensive help files are available for MPLAB X IDE MPLAB Editor and MPLAB SIM simulator Tutorials functional descriptions and reference material are included Device Data Sheets and Family Reference Manuals See the Microchip web site http www microchip com for complete and updated ver sions of PIC MCU and dsPIC DSC data sheets and related device family reference manuals 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 9 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide NOTES DS50002027C page 10 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLABE X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 1 What is MPLAB X IDE 1 1 INTRODUCTION MPLAB X IDE is a software program that is used to develop applications for Microchip microcontrollers and digital signal controllers Experienced embedded systems designers may want to skip to the next
187. eassembled and the target device must be programmed with this code before trace will work Trigger Output Trigger output refers to an emulator output signal that can be generated at any address or address range and is independent of the trace and breakpoint settings Any number of trigger output points can be set Trigraphs Three character sequences all starting with that are defined by ISO C as replacements for single characters U Unassigned Section A section which has not been assigned to a specific target memory block in the linker command file The linker must find a target memory block in which to allocate an unassigned section Uninitialized Data Data which is defined without an initial value In C int myVar defines a variable which will reside in an uninitialized data section Upload The Upload function transfers data from a tool such as an emulator or programmer to the host PC or from the target board to the emulator DS50002027C page 266 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Glossary USB Universal Serial Bus An external peripheral interface standard for communication between a computer and external peripherals over a cable using bi serial transmission USB 1 0 1 1 supports data transfer rates of 12 Mbps Also referred to as high speed USB USB 2 0 supports data rates up to 480 Mbps V Vector The memory locations that an application will jump to when either a Reset or interrupt occurs
188. echnology Inc MPLAB X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 3 Tutorial 3 1 INTRODUCTION This tutorial provides a guided example for working with an MPLAB X IDE project Setting Up the Hardware and Software Tutorial Equipment Installation and Set Up Creating and Setting Up a Project Create a New Project View Changes to the Desktop View or Make Changes to Project Properties Set Options for Debugger Programmer or Language Tools Set Language Tool Locations Add An Existing File to the Project Editor Usage Configuration Bits Running and Debugging Code Build a Project Run Code Debug Run Code Control Program Execution with Breakpoints Step Through Code Watch Symbol Values Change View Device Memory including Configuration Bits Program a Device 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 41 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 3 2 SETTING UP THE HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE The following information discusses preparation to begin using the MPLAB X IDE 3 2 1 Tutorial Equipment The products used in this tutorial are Tool Web Page Order Number MPLAB X IDE http Awww microchip com mplabx Free MPLAB XC32 C http www microchip com xc SW006023 1 Compiler Standard Version MPLAB REAL ICE http Awww microchip com realice DV244005 in circuit emulator Explorer 16 http Awww microchip com explorer16 DM240001 Development Board PIC32MX3
189. ect Compiler n PICC32 None found 7 Select Project Name and Folder feXC32 v1 11 C Program Files x86 Microchip xc32 v 1 11 bin l lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Help DS50002027C page 74 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks 4 2 7 Step 7 Select Project Name and Folder Step 7 involves selecting the project name location and other project features When you are done select Finish to complete new project creation Project Name Location and Folder Enter the project name By default the name will be appended with x This is not required and simply a convention You can delete this if you wish in the Project Folder text box Browse to a folder location You can create a new project folder if you need one By default projects will be placed in e Windows XP C Documents and Settings UserName MPLABXProject e Windows 7 8 C Users UserName MPLABXProjects e Linux home UserName MPLABXProjects e Mac Users UserName MPLABXProjects However you may choose to put them in your own location Main Project Check Set as main project to specify this project as your main project Encoding Select the encoding for the project The default is ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 character set This selection will specify the code syntax coloring which can be edited under Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X Fonts and Colors button
190. ect Files and Folders Added B 2 Compiling for Debug Outside of MPLAB X IDE Appendix C Revision History This chapter updated for major changes from version B to C 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 243 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide NOTES DS50002027C page 244 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Support INTRODUCTION Please refer to the items discussed here for support issues Warranty Registration myMicrochip Personalized Notification Service The Microchip Web Site Microchip Forums Customer Support Contact Microchip Technology WARRANTY REGISTRATION Web Site http Awww microchipdirect com Registering your development tool entitles you to receive new product updates Interim software releases are available at the Microchip web site 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 245 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide myMICROCHIP PERSONALIZED NOTIFICATION SERVICE myMicrochip htto Avww microchip com pcn Microchip s personal notification service helps keep customers current on their Microchip products of interest Subscribers will receive e mail notification whenever there are changes updates revisions or errata related to a specified product family or development tool Please visit myMicrochip to begin the registration process and select your preferences to receive personalized notifications A FAQ and regist
191. ect Local History gt Revert to The Revert to dialog opens with any previous versions of the document Select one and click OK to revert to that version If you prefer to use a full version control system support is available for CVS Subversion and Mercurial To use source version control 1 Team menu Select a version control program from the submenus and set up that version control program 2 Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X Miscellaneous Ver sioning Set up version control options see Figure 5 12 3 Window gt Versioning Open version control windows FIGURE 5 12 VERSION CONTROL OPTIONS x Options L x 4 E a E e General Editor Fonts amp Colors Keymap C C Embedded Appearance Diff Files Issue Tracking JavaScript Spellchecker Tasks Terminal Versioning Versioning Systems CNS Local History Status Label Format status tag Add Variable Mercurial Subversion Apply Exdude From Commit On New Files Automatically Wrap Commit Messages To characters V Automatically prune directories after checkout E Cre Ca Co Gee 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 129 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Project files that need to be saved into a repository The following table lists project files that either need or do not need to be committed to a version control repositor
192. ed project New Hex Prebuilt Project Import the hex file from a prebuilt project for another tool Demos and Tutorials Minute Videos View short videos explaining MPLAB X IDE operation Difference from MPLAB v8 View differences between MPLAB X IDE and MPLAB IDE v8 All Tutorials View all available tutorials Community Forums Go to the Microchip forums web page MPLAB X IDE Forum Register for the MPLAB X IDE forum MPLAB X IDE Wiki Open the MPLAB X IDE developer s help center TABLE 2 2 MY MPLAB X IDE Recent Projects MyProject c List of recently opened projects Extend MPLAB Selecting Simple or Full On initial start up MPLAB X IDE displays simple menus For more Featured Menus features follow these instructions Install More Plug Ins Open the plug ins dialog Notes and Newsletters ANxxxx TBxxxx Featured application notes and technical briefs microSOLUTIONS Featured newsletters E newsletter All App Notes View all available Newsletters References and Featured Links Data Sheets etc Click a link to go to the item described DS50002027C page 36 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Before You Begin TABLE 2 3 WHAT S NEW Data Sheets and Errata Data Sheet Silicon List of featured data sheets and errata To see a list of all these Errata documents all click All Data Sheets or All Errata R
193. eer FAE e Technical Support Technical support is available through the web site at http support microchip com Documentation errors or comments may be emailed to docerrors microchip com CONTACT MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY You may call or fax Microchip Corporate offices at the numbers below Voice 480 792 7200 Fax 480 792 7277 EES 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 247 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide NOTES DS50002027C page 248 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE USER S GUIDE MICROCHIP Glossary A Absolute Section A GCC compiler section with a fixed absolute address that cannot be changed by the linker Absolute Variable Function A variable or function placed at an absolute address using the OCG compiler s address syntax Access Memory PIC18 Only Special registers on PIC18 devices that allow access regardless of the setting of the Bank Select Register BSR Access Entry Points Access entry points provide a way to transfer control across segments to a function which may not be defined at link time They support the separate linking of boot and secure application segments Address Value that identifies a location in memory Alphabetic Character Alphabetic characters are those characters that are letters of the arabic alphabet a b Z A B Z Alphanumeric Alphanumeric characters are comprised of alphabetic characters and decimal d
194. eference Manuals and Programming Spec Family Reference Man List of featured reference manuals and programming specifica ual Device Program tions To see a list of all these documents all click All Reference ming Spec Manuals or All Programming Specs Recently Released Software Source code List of recent software supporting Microchip device development To see a list of all these documents all click All Recently Released Software Product and Corporate News New stuff new news List of featured Microchip products and news To see a list of all these documents all click All News KEENT 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 37 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 2 7 LAUNCH MULTIPLE INSTANCES OF THE IDE Some setup is required before using hardware tools PICkit 3 etc with an instance of MPLAB X IDE After any hardware tool setup an instance of the IDE may be invoked from its own directory e Setting Up Hardware Tools to Work with Multiple Instances e Invoking Instances of the IDE 2 7 1 Setting Up Hardware Tools to Work with Multiple Instances By default you can work with up to five 5 instance of the IDE If you want to have more instances you will need to manually modify the mchpdefport file 2 7 1 1 USE AND FORMAT OF MCHPDEFPORT FILE The mchpdefport file provides the information necessary for tool hot plug use to both the IDE and to t
195. embler and or compiler and linker to convert your code into ones and zeros machine code for the PIC MCUs This machine code will eventually become the firmware the code pro grammed into the microcontroller 3 Test your code Usually a complex program does not work exactly the way imagined and bugs need to be removed from the design to get proper results The debugger allows you to see the ones and zeros execute related to the source code you wrote with the symbols and function names from your program Debugging allows you to experiment with your code to see the value of variables at various points in the program and to do what if checks changing variable values and stepping through routines 4 Burn the code into a microcontroller and verify that it executes correctly in the finished application Of course each of these steps can be quite complex The important thing is to concen trate on the details of your own design while relying upon MPLAB X IDE and its com ponents to get through each step without continuously encountering new learning curves 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 17 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Step 1 is driven by the designer although MPLAB X IDE can help in modeling circuits and code so that crucial design decisions can be made MPLAB X IDE really helps with steps 2 through 4 Its Programmer s Editor helps write correct code with the language tools
196. emory Page 1 OFFFh 1000h Access 0 FFFA 1FFFh FIGURE 1 2 PIC MCU DATA SHEET INSTRUCTIONS EXCERPT RRNCF Rotate Right f no carry Syntax n RANCF ftida Operands f lt 266 j e 90 1 a a 0 1 Operation fer fel f 7 gt Status Affected N Z Encoding rm om ee ee Description The contests of register T are rotated one Dit to the right It d the reit is placed in Vy f dis Me result is placed beck in register T deta If a ie the Access Au s Baak selected werrkling the vale H L then the bank wil be selected as per the BSR value viet ft Vita to destination Example t Betore Instruction REG e Aer Insiructior REG Aer netructior REG The microcontroller also has data or file register memory This memory consists of Special Function Registers SFRs and General Purpose Registers GPRs as shown in Figure 1 4 SFRs are registers used by the CPU and peripheral functions for con trolling the desired operation of the device GPRs are for storage of variables that the program will need for computation or temporary storage Some microcontrollers have additional data EEPROM memory As with program memory device data sheets describe the details of data memory use and operation 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 13 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide
197. ems in the Refactor menu The items you see are dependent on the type of object variable function etc you are refactoring For more information Refactor Menu see Section 7 5 C Code Refactoring For keyboard shortcuts of some of these menu items see the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Keyboard Shortcuts gt Menu Shortcuts TABLE 11 6 REFACTOR MENU OPTIONS Command Action Rename Enables you to change the name of a variable or function to something more meaningful In addition it updates all source code in your project to reference the element by its new name Move Moves a class to another package or into another class In addition all source code in your project is updated to reference the class in its new location Copy Copies a class to the same or a different package Safely Delete Checks for references to a code element and then automatically deletes that element if no other code references it Change Function Parameter Changes the amount and name of parameters for the selected function Undo Undoes refactoring Redo Redoes refactoring 11 2 7 Run Menu Below are the menu items in the Run menu For keyboard shortcuts of some of these menu items see the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Keyboard Shortcuts gt Menu Shortcuts TABLE 11 7 RUN MENU OPTIONS Command Action Run Project Runs the main or selected project Test Project Starts JUnit test
198. en e Open the Project Properties dialog by right clicking on the project name and selecting Properties FIGURE 6 2 PROJECT CONFIGURATION DROP DOWN BOX In the Project Properties dialog click Manage Configurations to open the Configurations dialog Existing configurations can be renamed or a new configuration can be added or duplicated from an existing one When more than one configuration is created for a project the active one can be selected from Manage Configurations or from the drop down menu FIGURE 6 3 PROJECT PROPERTIES CONFIGURATIONS DIALOG x Project Properties MyProject Categories Configuration gt General gt Conf default Family Device Real ICE All Families v PIC18F45K22 a 2 Loading 2 Libraries Cr gt Building Jone onfigurations Sg Bed Configurations 2 al Files x86 Microchip r Bund id am Files x86 Microchil fam Files x86 Microchij Files x86 Microchip 5 Microchip xc8 v1 20 Microchip xc8 v 1 121 Tip double dick on serial number SN to use a friendly name FN instead Manage Configurations Ce Ho ren Le eee 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 139 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 6 4 1 Add a New Configuration If a new configuration is added some items must be assigned in the Project Proper
199. ension Pak and Debug Header Specification DS51292 or online help Then choose whether or not to use a header Step 3 or 4 Select Tool Select the development tool you will be using to debug your application from the list The level of tool support for the selected device will be displayed next to the tool name That is green for full support yellow for beta support and red for no support yet Step 4 or 5 Create User Makefile Project Enter information to set up your makefile project For details see Section 6 5 2 User MakeFile Project Settings Step 5 or 6 Select Project Name and Folder Select a name and location for your new project You may browse to a location D D The new project will open in the Projects window For information on exporting a project as hex see Section 12 11 2 Projects Window Project Menu DS50002027C page 142 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Advanced Tasks 6 5 2 User MakeFile Project Settings Select Makefile project settings in the User Makefile Project Settings window of the New Project wizard Change Makefile project settings in the Project Properties window Makefile category after the project is created Each window has the same items TABLE 6 1 USER MAKEFILE PROJECT SETTINGS Item Description Working Directory Specify the location of the external project This is the default loca tion for the build debug build and clean commands Build
200. ent occurs 12 5 CUSTOMIZE TOOLBARS WINDOW You can customize MPLAB X IDE toolbars using the Customize Toolbars window Select View gt Toolbars gt Customize to open the window For customization instructions see Section 6 7 Customize Toolbars ees DS50002027C page 202 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs 12 6 LICENSES WINDOWS MPLAB X IDE provides two pop up windows for managing network compiler licenses Select Tools gt Licenses to open these windows Note The license manager cannot detect whether or not a network server con nection exists before it tries to connect If you are using Windows OS and attempt to connect to a network when no network connection is available you will experience delays TABLE 12 9 NETWORK COMPILER LICENSE WINDOWS Tools gt License Menu Item Window Description Roam Network License Network License Roam a network license in or out Management Note For roam out there is a 60 min ute delay before the server license can be used by other clients Activate Network License Activate Network License Enter an activation key to active a net work compiler license For details on network licenses see Installing and Licensing MPLAB XC C Compilers DS50002059 12 7 DASHBOARD WINDOW The Dashboard window contains general project information such as checksums memory usage and breakpoint resources See Section 5
201. ents from the assembler com piler and libraries into the proper memory areas of the embedded controller and ensure that the modules function with each other or are linked This entire operation from assembly and compilation through the link process is called a project build Properties specified for the language tools can be invoked differently for each file if desired and a build process integrates all of the language tools operations FIGURE 1 8 MPLAB X IDE PROJECT MANAGER Source Files Individual Build Options Object File Libraries Assembler Compiler Linker Script Linker x Ce Debug Executable File File The source files are text files that are written conforming to the rules of the assembler or compiler The assembler and compiler convert them into intermediate modules of machine code and placeholders for references to functions and data storage The linker resolves these placeholders and combines all the modules into a file of exe cutable machine code The linker also produces a debug file which allows MPLAB X IDE to relate the executing machine codes back to the source files A text editor is used to write the code It recognizes the constructs in the text and uses color coding to identify various elements such as instruction mnemonics C language constructs and comments The editor support
202. eo ege eier 192 GCheCkSUM sis Re iter nastesi tons aeit 126 Add Existing Files to a Project eee 54 84 GHeCKSUMS cesses uen tive 126 Add Library and Other Files to a Project 86 Class ESen eean autos mimbtsssnheies simhatensr as 150 Add to Favorites 190 Clean and Build 93 Add Toolbar Button 145 Clean and Build for Debugging ce eeeeeeeeeeeeee 93 Alternate Project Hex File cceeeeseeereeees 115 Clean and Build Main Project 148 Amount of Memory 127 Clean and Build Project 148 188 AN851 Bootloader Support 182 Clean Main Project 148 AN901 BLDC Tuning Interface Support 182 Clean Only Icon 145 AN908 ACIM Tuning Interface Support 182 Clean Project sud 148 Apply Code Changes s ssssessensnensnreesseerneneerene 146 Clear Document Bookmarks 147 Apply Diff Se EE 190 Clear output window before build 221 ASM30 Toolchain 73 Clear tool output window on new session 221 Assembler File Tvpes reene 120 Click for Simulated Peripherals AA 127 Attach Debugger sssssssssssesssessrensssrnnrnssrrrnrsnesrn ne 146 Close All Projects AAA 184 B Close open source file on project close 221 Close Projecten aed ieee cies 184 REE LM at nn ane ts Sadat BS ne ner hes 186 Code Folding 186 Batch Build Project 188
203. epping If Freeze Peripherals On Halt is selected the I O port bits in the SFR or the Watch windows will not update when single stepping The pin will be modified but the read request to retrieve the new value is blocked by the freeze and cannot be updated until the next step or run command Data is displayed in the following columns e Address SFR physical hexadecimal address e Virtual SFR virtual hexadecimal address as defined by the Bus Matrix e Name Symbolic name for the SFR e Radix Information Hex Decimal Binary Char You may add radix information to the display by right clicking on the column header bar Hex is shown in 4 byte blocks 12 8 10 Configuration Bits Window Same as Section 12 8 4 Configuration Bits Window DS50002027C page 210 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs 12 8 11 CPU Registers Window The CPU Registers window displays the contents of the SFRs that relate to the device CPU To view only a few CPU SFRs you may prefer to use a Watch window which may help with speed issues when using hardware debug tools i e faster window update rate Whenever a break occurs the contents of the CPU Registers are updated Visible Registers If a data memory register is not physically implemented on a device it may not appear in the SFR list Some tools such as simulators may allow you to see registers that do not exist on the actual device suc
204. ersions of the MPLAB C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs Then access the Project properties to easily switch between versions of compiler toolchains MPLAB IDE v8 does not allow multiple language tool version selection 5 MPLAB X IDE allows multiple debug and programming sessions MPLAB X IDE allows you may have multiple debug sessions active in one IDE For more information see Section 6 3 Work with Multiple Projects MPLAB IDE v8 allowed one debug or programming session MPLAB IDE v8 allowed you to have multiple projects open in the IDE However you could only debug or program with one project at a time 6 MPLAB X IDE allows multiple build configurations MPLAB X IDE allows more than one build configuration For more information see Section 6 4 Work with Multiple Configurations MPLAB IDE v8 allowed only two configurations MPLAB IDE v8 allowed you to select only between Release or Debug from the Build Configuration drop down box and have use of DEBUG in your own code To recreate the MPLAB IDE v8 functionality in MPLAB X IDE you can create your own Debug configuration and DEBUG macro by following the example in Section 6 4 2 Add a Duplicate Configuration 7 MPLAB X IDE provides multi step options to debug and program MPLAB X IDE has a Debug Project icon that builds programs a target device with your program and a debug executive for hardware tools and runs your code in Debug mode in one click Also
205. es the selected line or lines one tab to the left Shift Right Moves the selected line or lines one tab to the right Start Macro Recording Start recording keystrokes Stop Macro Recording Stop recording keystrokes Comment Makes selected line into a comment by adding Uncomment Makes selected comment into a line by removing A Go to Header Source Moves between the header and related source code 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 195 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 11 4 STATUS BAR The status bar will provide up to date information on the status of your MPLAB IDE session Currently only editor information is provided 11 5 GRAYED OUT OR MISSING ITEMS AND BUTTONS There are several reasons why a menu item toolbar button or status bar item may be grayed out unavailable or missing The item button is related to a device feature that the selected device does not have e g the PIC16F877A does not support external memory The item button is related to a tool feature that the selected tool does not have e g Step Out is not available on MPLAB ICD 3 The item button is project related and no project has been selected e g project build will not be available No Active Project The item button is not supported for the selected device or tool The item button is performing its function and so cannot be selected again e g Run Project is grayed out when the progra
206. essEvents Wy BannerProcessEvents H Uy TBannerProcessEvents H a VBannerProcessEvents GA TBannertsSetup H GA Rannertnit e eee 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 125 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 5 17 VIEW THE DASHBOARD DISPLAY Select Window gt Dashboard to display project information FIGURE 5 11 DASHBOARD DISPLAY PIC24FJ_Power Dashboard T amp 2 io PIC24F _Power Q Device fi PIC24F128GA010 S Checksum OxF8CC 4 F Compiler Toolchain XC16 v1 10 C Program Files x86 Microchip xc16 v 1 10 bin License Workstation Best PRO 2 Kai Memory E RAM 9820 0x265C bytes 0 HEC RAM Reserved Production Image Gg Flash 44030 0xABFE words 0 SE Debug Resources E Program BP Used 0 Free 4 D Data BP Used 0 Free 4 E Data Capture BP Used 0 Free 4 E Unlimited BP S W Disabled Debug Tool EN Real ICE DEFAULT The project displayed will either be s The active project in the Projects window if no main project is selected Run gt Set Main Project gt None Click on a project in the Projects window to make it active e The main project No other project active or inactive will be displayed Features of the Dashboard window are listed in the tables below TABLE 5 5 DASHBOARD GROUPS Group Definition and Content Device The project device Any status flags generated during a Run or Debug Run The
207. et 3 For simulators the application will simply execute with no debugging capability Run progress will be visible in the Output window 4 15 2 Run Considerations When running your program consider 1 MPLAB X IDE operation connects to the hardware tool at runtime Run or Debug Run This means that settings made in MPLAB X IDE will only be passed to the tool at runtime Settings changed during a halt will be updated only when runtime is again initiated To always be connected to the hardware tool like MPLAB IDE v8 see Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X Embedded button Generic Settings tab Maintain active connection to hardware tool checkbox 2 See Section 4 23 Program a Device 4 15 3 Running Your Application Code 1 Inthe Projects window select your project or make it the main project right click on the project and select Set as main project 2 Click on the Make and Program Device icon or select Run gt Run Project to run your program Make and Program Device Run progress will be visible in the Output window DS50002027C page 94 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks 4 16 DEBUG RUN CODE If your code does not run successfully you will need to debug it Running the code in debug mode is called a Debug Run 416 1 How Debug Run Works On clicking the Debug Project toolbar button 1 A build will occur if the make process determines i
208. ew Project Ee 82 C File Types EEN Edel diese 120 Cross Platform Issues 169 CFE File TYPE ta a eea ae eea iaaa 120 Customer Support sessoseseeeeeeereeeseeee rererere enseeeen ne 247 C18 Toolchains isss che dee aes 73 Customize Zoom 150 C24 T olchain 22 288 esse T 73 CAD Toon 73 OT LR 147 185 E EE 190 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 269 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide D Dashboard VWWimdow esses 126 150 Data Conflict Error 118 Data EEPROMe aa tn Rien ere 13 Data Entry in Windows seeeeeeeeeereerernrernne 197 Data Memory 104 Data Memory Wimdow 209 Debug Build Configuration eee 174 179 Debug Configuration 141 Debug Filets minis in 146 189 Debug Main Project 146 Debug Menu 189 Debug Project 96 189 Debug Read 107 Debug Run Code i eeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeetnteeeeaaes 60 95 Debug Test File cceecseseseceeeseeeeresereeseteee gt 146 189 Debugger Menu Changes 180 Debugger Programmer Options 51 Delete scien nel ea alae AEB Mers 147 185 Delete All Watches eee eeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeenneeeen 224 Desktopa a e a e 35 183 Component iinr titine 183 Pae Siuita aat eh 49 76 Device IR 213 Diff te tte ate ated olan eee ed 190 Disassembly Listing File 124 150 Disassembly Window 124 14
209. ew or Make Changes to Project Properties in the Project Properties Project dialog Also Set Options for Debugger Programmer or Language Tools in the same dialog 3 Set Language Tool Locations and Set Other Tool Options in the Tools Options dialog 4 Create a New File to add to your project or Add Existing Files to a Project Enter or edit your application code to the File window 5 Discover other features for Editor Usage 6 Add and Set Up Library and Object Files 7 Set File and Folder Properties to keep or exclude individual files or entire folders from the build 8 Set Build Properties for pre and post build steps and loading an alternative hex file on build 9 Build a Project 1 Run Code with the Run menu 2 Debug Run Code with the Debug menu Execute Code 1 Create a New Project by using the New Project wizard Then View Changes N 1 Control Program Execution with Breakpoints Set breakpoints in line or via Oh the Breakpoint window Debug Code 2 Step Through Code as the program executes Di Watch Symbol Values Change in the Watches and Variables windows 4 View Change Device Memory including Configuration Bits Memory types are dependent on the device selected 5 Use View The Call Stack to navigate function calls 1 Program a Device using simple toolbar buttons Program a Device 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 67 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 2 CREATE A NEW
210. ext about support Light Color Support Green Full Implemented and fully tested Yellow Beta Implemented but not fully tested e Red None For some tools there are two lights next to the tool name where the first light is the left most light and the second light is to the right of the first Light No Debug Tools Simulator 1 Debugger Support Core Instruction Set Support 2 Programmer Support Peripheral Support For the hardware tools you will notice that a serial number SN is specified below any tool that is connected to your computer This allows you to select from several connected hardware tools Select your tool and then click Next gt FIGURE 3 3 PROJECT WIZARD SELECT TOOL x New Project ES Steps Select Tool 1 Choose Project S 2 Select Device 1 Hardware Tools a 3 Select Header oo ICD 3 E Select e AGI e Board enoa Selec lugin Boar 4 6 Select Compiler b det 7 Select Project Name and PMS Folder Zoo Real ICE SN DEFAULT E 0 Simulator Microchip Starter Kits MCHV MICROSTICK SKDE 33 AUDIO o SKDE Memory SKDE PIC18FJ SKDE PIC24F 1 o SKDF PIC24H SENSOR Cosi Cane Cr 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 45 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide STEP 5 Step 5 only appears if MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator is selected as the tool For the MPLAB REAL ICE in circui
211. file is to right click in the disassembly win dow and select Disassembly Listing File Note The disassembly window will disassemble each instruction but has no history of banking associated with the instruction Therefore SFR names displayed in the window will be for Bank 0 DT DS50002027C page 124 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Additional Tasks 5 16 VIEW THE CALL GRAPH The Call Graph window displays a tree view of either the functions called from a selected function or the functions that call that function To view the call graph Right click on a function and select Show Call Graph from the drop down menu For more information see the NetBeans help topic C C Fortran Development gt Working With C C Fortran Projects gt Navigating Source Files and Projects gt Using the Call Graph FIGURE 5 10 CALL GRAPH OF MAIN FUNCTION Start Page OL PIC24ExpiDemo c D y w S S Ae9Ore tiguies auas KE define DISP HELLO D gt a 49 define DISP_CLOCK 2 50 define DISP VOLTAGE i 51 a 52 unsigned char _display st te 53 54 int main void 55 d 56 57 _Gisplay state DISP HELLO se main Call Graph x Output men a a Ke PMPollnit ADCProcessEvents rer ere Q UARTZAnit 2 Es H Qy Timernit Ki i ai H Bplret H Qi ADCinet te H GA BannerStart H Q RTOC H Qa LODProcessEvents H y ADCProcessEvents H Qi TmerlsOverfion vent H GA BtrProc
212. forced NOP cycle is the second cycle of a two cycle instruction Since the PIC microcontroller architecture is pipelined it prefetches the next instruction in the physical address space while it is executing the current instruction However if the current instruction changes the program counter this prefetched instruction is explicitly ignored causing a forced NOP cycle Frame Pointer A pointer that references the location on the stack that separates the stack based arguments from the stack based local variables Provides a convenient base from which to access local variables and other values for the current function DS50002027C page 254 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Glossary Free Standing An implementation that accepts any strictly conforming program that does not use complex types and in which the use of the features specified in the library clause ANSI 89 standard clause 7 is confined to the contents of the standard headers lt float h gt lt is0646 h gt lt limits h gt lt stdarg h gt lt stdbool h gt lt stddef h gt and lt stdint h gt G GPR General Purpose Register The portion of device data memory RAM available for general use H Halt A stop of program execution Executing Halt is the same as stopping at a breakpoint Heap An area of memory used for dynamic memory allocation where blocks of memory are allocated and freed in an arbitrary order determined at runtime Hex Code Hex F
213. g Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X The Options window is a NetBeans window However it has been customized for MPLAB X IDE projects through the addition of an Embedded button After clicking on this button the following tabs and options will be available e Build Tools Tab e Project Options Tab e Generic Settings Tab e Suppressible Messages Tab e Diagnostics Tab e Other Tab 12 12 1 Build Tools Tab The information on this tab is accessed differently for Mac computers Access the build tools from mplab_ide gt Preferences from the main menu bar See Section 3 3 5 Set Language Tool Locations Ensure that you have INSTALLED THE LANGUAGE TOOL or it will not show up on the Toolchain list If you Know you have installed it but it is not on the list click Scan for compilers If it is still not found click Add to add the tool to the list The following language tools are included with MPLAB X IDE e MPASM toolchain includes MPASM assembler MPLINK linker and utilities Other tools may be obtained from the Microchip web site www microchip com or third parties TABLE 12 18 BUILD TOOLS TAB ITEMS Item Description Toolchain Shows a list of language tools installed on your computer Select the tool for your project and ensure that the paths that apply to the right are correct Base directory Path to the tool s main folder C compiler Path to the C compiler if available Assemble
214. g a session MPLAB X IDE only connects debug or programmer tools to the target during a debug or programming session Otherwise they are not connected MPLAB IDE v8 debug tools were always connected MPLAB IDE v8 con nected to the debug and programmer tools as soon as the tool was selected This configuration did not allow for multiple sessions To maintain this connection at all times in MPLAB X IDE like MPLAB IDE v8 go to Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X Embedded Generic Settings tab and check Maintain active connection to hardware tool 11 MPLAB X IDE information is consolidated in one display MPLAB X IDE has a Dashboard window that contains breakpoint resources checksum and mem ory gauge information See Section 5 17 View the Dashboard Display This window organizes this and future information in one place MPLAB IDE v8 information is spread over several displays MPLAB IDE v8 had a breakpoint resources toolbar checksum toolbar and memory gauge window Each feature was accessed differently 12 MPLAB X IDE has many NetBeans features MPLAB X IDE has many Net Beans editing and debug features See NetBeans Help for more details Peri odically MPLAB X IDE will update the NetBeans platform it is based upon Then the IDE will be updated to the new NetBeans features The MPLAB X IDE release notes will specify the NetBeans platform version that each version of MPLAB X IDE is built upon MPLAB I
215. gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X Embedded button Generic Settings tab and check Maintain active connection to hardware tool Click the Refresh Debug Tool Status button to see hardware debug tool firmware versions and current voltage levels Simulator When the simulator is selected as your project debug tool there will be an extra entry called Click for Simulated Peripherals Click on this item to see what device peripherals are supported TABLE 5 6 SIDEBAR ICONS Icon Function Si Project Properties Display the Project Properties dialog Refresh Debug Tool Status Click this to see hardware debug tool details el Toggle Software Breakpoint Enabled Disabled Click to alternately enable or disable software breakpoints The state of this feature is shown in the icon Red center Disabled Green center Enabled Black center Not supported combination of debug tool and device capabilities Open Device Data sheets Get a device data sheet from the Microchip web site http www microchip com Click to either open a saved local data sheet or open a browser to go to the Microchip web site to search for a data sheet Compiler Help Click to open the Master Index if available for documents in the docs folder of the compiler installation directory 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 127 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide
216. h as prescalers Single Stepping If Freeze Peripherals On Halt is selected the I O port bits in the SFR or the Watch windows will not update when single stepping The pin will be modified but the read request to retrieve the new value is blocked by the freeze and cannot be updated until the next step or run command Data is displayed in the following columns e Address SFR physical hexadecimal address e Name Symbolic name for the SFR e Radix Information Hex Decimal Binary Char You may add radix information to the display by right clicking on the column header bar e Virtual SFR virtual hexadecimal address as defined by the Bus Matrix 12 8 12 User ID Memory Window Some devices have memory locations where you can store checksum or other code identification ID numbers These locations are readable and writable during pro gram verify Depending on the device they also may be accessible during normal execution through the TBLRD and TBLWT instructions Data is displayed in the following columns e Address User ID hexadecimal address Right click to view either the Virtual Address or Physical Address e User ID Contents in hex of User ID memory Consult your device programming specification to determine what values may be entered here For most devices this sets the low nibble of the device ID word the high nibble is set to 0 The high nibble can be only be written to programmatically
217. he low level USB library DLL so or dylib file The format for this file is as follows localhost 30000 30002 30004 30006 30008 The first line indicates the host name on which the IDE is running The other lines represent port or socket numbers through which the low level library communicates with the upper level IDE Each instance of the IDE will be assigned to a different port or socket All communications between the instances of the IDE should be hidden from the user For up to five 5 instances of MPLAB X IDE you do not need to alter this file If you want more than five instances you can edit the file to add more port or socket numbers 2 7 1 2 LOCATION OF THE MCHPDEFPORT FILE Within a default installation of the IDE the mchpdefport file can be found in the follow ing places OS Location Windows 64 bit C Windows system32 and C Windows SysWOW64 Both occurrences of mchpdefport must be modified Windows 32 bit C Windows system32 Linux etc mplab ide Mac OSX etc mplab ide DS50002027C page 38 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Before You Begin 2 7 2 Invoking Instances of the IDE MPLAB X IDE requires each instance to have its own user directory Therefore preferences set or plug ins added to one instance will not be reflected in another In order to invoke multiple instances launch the IDE with the userdir option and specify a directory 2 7
218. hether or not to use a header Click Next gt when done Note You can select a header later if one is available using the Project Proper ties window FIGURE 4 3 PROJECT WIZARD SELECT HEADER DE New Project Xd Steps Select Header 1 Choose Project 2 Select Device OPTIONAL Please select an associated debug header if present 3 Select Header 4 Select Tool 5 Select Plugin Board Supported Debug Header AC244035 6 Select Compiler 7 Select Project Name and Folder A debug header is a device made especially for debugging It provides extras pins and in some cases extra debugging capabilities Ex he Fest Cons Ce DS50002027C page 70 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks 4 2 4 Step 4 Select Tool Step 4 involves selecting the tool Tool support for the selected device is signified by the colored circles lights in front of the tool name If you cannot see the colors mouse over a light to pop up text about support Light Color Support Green Full Implemented and fully tested Yellow Beta Implemented but not fully tested e Red None For some tools there are two lights next to the tool name where the first light is the left most light and the second light is to the right of the first Light No Debug Tools Simulator 1 Debugger Support Core Instruction Set Support 2 Programmer Support Peripheral
219. hin it Terminal opens the Terminal window Remote Terminal opens the Remote Terminal window Terminal Experimental opens the Experimental Terminal window Stopwatch opens the Stopwatch window Trace opens the Trace window Disassembly Listing File opens the disassembly listing file in an editor window Project Environment opens the Project Environment Dashboard window Analyzer opens the Simulator Analyzer window Stimulus opens the Simulator Stimulus window Services opens the Services window Output opens the Output window Properties opens the Project Properties window Call Graph opens the Call Graph window Hierarchy View opens the Include Hierarchy window This lets you inspect all header and source files that are directly or indirectly included in a source file or all source and header files that directly or indirectly include a header file Macro Expansion View opens the Macro Expansion window This window expands macros in code Thread Map opens the Threads window Reporter Result opens the Exception Reporter window for exception breakpoints Favorites opens the Favorites window Test Results opens the unit Test Results window for C C projects Chat opens a Team Chat window Team opens a team project For more on team server projects See NetBeans help IDE Basics gt Collaborative Development Navigator o
220. hip Embedded Rename i J ASM30 Assembler J C18 Compiler J C30 Compiler e a C32 Compiler J HI TECH Compiler 2 11 MPASM assembler ES Di XC16 Compiler a Open in Editor Close You may set template options by selection Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X Editor button Code Templates tab as shown below An option of note for C code is the fcom option In an Editor window type fcom and then press Tab to insert the following text into the source code lt editor fold defaultstate collapsed desc comment gt lt editor fold gt This option allows you to hide view sections of code FIGURE 5 6 TEMPLATE OPTIONS x Options x By lon e gt d n E a 5 G e F General Editor Fonts amp Colors Keymap C C Embedded Miscellaneous General Formatting Code Completion Code Templates Hints Macros Language C Templates Abbreviation Expanded Text Description New er error a Remove i fcom UI lt editor fold defaultstate collapsed des fori lint IDX newVarName default for I Creates foroop that iterates through an ar lifd ifdef Expanded Text Description 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 121 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 5 11 SWITCH HARDWARE OR LANGUAGE TOOLS When you open an existing project and you have connected a h
221. ho We are in production goto end debug echo We are in debug end 4 13 2 Insert checksum in user ID memory If supported by the device check to use the checksum number generated after a build as the user ID 4 13 3 Normalize hex file A hex file is normalized when line addresses are in incremental order and data is buffered to be one size 16 bytes where possible For example the following lines records are from the file myfile hex output from the MPLAB XC16 C compiler linker 0801 800361e0000361e000057 020000040000fa 10020800361e0000361e0000361e0000361e000096 When this file is normalized the file data looks like this 10022800361E0000361E0000361E0000361E000076 10023800361E0000361E0000361E0000361E000066 10024800361E0000361E0000361E0000361E000056 which is of the format bbaaaarrdd ddcc where Start record bb Byte count aaaa Address rr Record type dd Data cc Checksum In MPLAB X IDE the application HEXMATE is used to normalize Intel hex files When the Normalize hex file option is checked the following is called after a build hexmate myfile hex omyfile hex Essentially HEXMATE unpacks the entire hex file and arranges the data at the addresses specified by the hex file It then repackages the resulting memory image into a new hex file In the resulting file all the data is ascending order and is contiguous If there is a gap in the addresses then there will also be a gap in the outpu
222. how much memory the IDE is using by enabling the Memory monitor Either right click on an empty space in the toolbar area and select memory or select View gt Toolbars gt Memory het The upper number will not go beyond 512 MB unless you change the value in mplab ide conf It is recommended that you change the Xms512m setting in 128 MB increments If you have a lot of memory you can increase it by more than 128 MB but make sure you leave enough memory for the rest of the system 6 2 2 Debug Tool Usage When using debug tools slows down MPLAB X IDE 1 Only display windows you need view The MPLAB X IDE debugger will examine each open window when a debug tool is used 2 Reduce updates on Stack window during debug stepping In the Tools gt Options window Embedded button Generic Settings tab check Disable auto refresh for call stack view during debug sessions and On mouse over structure and array expressions evaluate integral members only DS50002027C page 136 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Advanced Tasks 6 3 WORK WITH MULTIPLE PROJECTS MPLAB X IDE allows you to work with more than one project If you need to work on more than one project at a time multiple projects may be opened in MPLAB X IDE and viewed in the Projects window For more on this window see Section 12 11 Projects Window FIGURE 6 1 MULTIPLE PROJECTS IN THE PROJECTS WINDOW Projects 0 X Files GE PIC32Project Di Ee He
223. ices The syntax is as follows config setting value setting value where setting Macro representing a Configuration bit or bits value Macro representing the value to which the specified Configuration bit s will be set Multiple settings may be defined on a single line separated by commas Settings for a single configuration byte may also be defined on separate lines Macros are specified in the device include file inc that is located in the Windows OS default directory C Program Files Microchip MPLABX mpasmx Directive case does not matter _CONFIGor config is acceptable Macro case should match what is in the header Example PIC18 MCUs include p18f452 inc Oscillator switch enabled RC oscillator with OSC2 as I O pin CONFIG OSCS ON OSC LP Watch Dog Timer enable Watch Dog Timer PostScaler count 1 128 CONFIG WDT ON WDTPS 128 DS50002027C page 230 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Configuration Settings Summary A3 HI TECH PICC TOOLCHAIN A macro specified in the htc h header file is used to set device Configuration Words for PIC10 12 16 MCUs __ CONFIG x where ke Expression representing the value to which the specified Configuration bits will be set May be literal but usually represented by a macro or macros ANDed together Macros are specified in the device header file h that is located in the Windows OS default directory C Program Files HI TECH Software PI
224. icon Storage Technology is a registered trademark of Microchip Technology Inc in other countries Analog for the Digital Age Application Maestro BodyCom chipK IT chipKIT logo CodeGuard dsPICDEM dsPICDEM net dsPICworks dsSPEAK ECAN ECONOMONITOR FanSense HI TIDE In Circuit Serial Programming ICSP Mindi MiWi MPASM MPF MPLAB Certified logo MPLIB MPLINK mTouch Omniscient Code Generation PICC PICC 18 PICDEM PICDEM net DICK PICtail REAL ICE rfLAB Select Mode SQI Serial Quad I O Total Endurance TSHARC UniWinDriver WiperLock ZENA and Z Scale are trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U S A and other countries SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U S A GestIC and ULPP are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Germany II GmbH amp Co KG a subsidiary of Microchip Technology Inc in other countries All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their respective companies 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Incorporated Printed in the U S A All Rights Reserved al Printed on recycled paper ISBN 978 1 62077 799 2 Microchip received ISO TS 16949 2009 certification for its worldwide headquarters design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and Tempe Arizona Gresham Oregon and design centers in California and India The Company s quality system processes and procedures are for its PIC MCUs and dsPIC DSCs KEELOQ code ho
225. ides integration and communication between the IDE and the language tools a number of assembler linker suites for the development of firmware for your proj ect s device a debugger engine that provides breakpoints single stepping Watch windows and all the features of a modern debugger The debugger works in conjunction with debug tools both software and hardware a software simulator for all PIC MCU and dsPIC DSC devices The simulator is actually composed of several device specific simulator executables MPLAB X IDE decides which one to use based on your project s device D D D Optional components can be acquired or purchased to work with the MPLAB X IDE e Compiler Language Tools MPLAB XC C compilers from Microchip provide fully integrated optimized code for PIC MCUs and dsPIC DSCs Along with compilers from microEngineering Labs CCS and SDCC they are invoked by the MPLAB X IDE project manager to compile code that is automatically loaded into the target debugger for instant testing and verification e Programmers MPLAB ICD 3 in circuit debugger MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator and MPLAB PM3 programmer are capable of the production programming of code into target devices PICkit 3 in circuit debugger is capable of the development programming of code into target devices All of these tools may be used with MPLAB X IDE to control programming of both code and data as well as the Configuration bits to set the var
226. ific Shows tool firmware version device ID and action status Build Load Shows information and status on the build and program loading Clean Build Load Shows information and status on the clean build and program loading Peripheral Output Shows technical output from peripherals such as the UART with the Simulator as the debug tool Right clicking in the Output window will display various options as shown below TABLE 12 14 OUTPUT WINDOW MENU ITEMS Menu Item Description Copy Copy selected text from the Output window to the clipboard Paste Paste selected text from the clipboard to the Output window Find Find the selected text or enter other text to find in the Output window You may use regular expressions and match case Find Next Find the next occurrence of the Find text Find Previous Find the previous occurrence of the Find text Filter Filter the output by text or regular expression Wrap Text Wrapped the text in the Output window Larger Font Make the font larger Smaller Font Make the font smaller Choose Font Select the font type style and size Save As Save the selected text to a file Clear Clear all text in the Output window tab Close Close the Output window 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 213 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 1
227. igits 0 1 9 ANDed Breakpoints Set up an ANDed condition for breaking i e breakpoint 1 AND breakpoint 2 must occur at the same time before a program halt This can only be accomplished if a data breakpoint and a program memory breakpoint occur at the same time Anonymous Structure 16 bit C Compiler An unnamed structure PIC18 C Compiler An unnamed structure that is a member of a C union The members of an anonymous structure may be accessed as if they were members of the enclosing union For example in the following code hi and 1o are members of an anonymous structure inside the union caster union castaway int intval struct char lo accessible as caster lo char hi accessible as caster hi k caster 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 249 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide ANSI American National Standards Institute is an organization responsible for formulating and approving standards in the United States Application A set of software and hardware that may be controlled by a PIC microcontroller Archive Archiver An archive library is a collection of relocatable object modules It is created by assembling multiple source files to object files and then using the archiver librarian to combine the object files into one archive library file An archive library can be linked with object modules and other archives libraries to create executable code ASCII American Standard Co
228. ile Hex code is executable instructions stored in a hexadecimal format code Hex code is contained in a hex file Hexadecimal The base 16 numbering system that uses the digits 0 9 plus the letters A F or a f The digits A F represent hexadecimal digits with values of decimal 10 to 15 The rightmost digit counts ones the next counts multiples of 16 then 162 256 etc High Level Language A language for writing programs that is further removed from the processor than assembly l ICE ICD In Circuit Emulator In Circuit Debugger A hardware tool that debugs and programs a target device An emulator has more features than an debugger such as trace In Circuit Emulation In Circuit Debug The act of emulating or debugging with an in circuit emulator or debugger ICE ICD A device MCU or DSC with on board in circuit emulation or debug circuitry This device is always mounted on a header board and used to debug with an in circuit emulator or debugger ICSP In Circuit Serial Programming A method of programming Microchip embedded devices using serial communication and a minimum number of device pins IDE Integrated Development Environment as in MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE Identifier A function or variable name IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 255 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Import Bring data into the MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE from an
229. ile Write the displayed window contents to a text file Specify a range of data to output in the Output to File Range dialog Import Table Import tabular data from a file into a Memory window Specify a range of data to import in the Import Table Range dialog Export Table Export tabular data from a Memory window into a file Specify a range of data to export in the Export Table Range dialog Also specify if the export is to be in a single column Print Print the contents of this window NOTE If you have a large memory device the number of pages printed can become very large A suggestion is to print the window contents to a file Print dialog General tab Print to File checkbox and then select which pages from the file you need to print Adjust Table Columns Auto adjust the columns Right clicking on the Window tab will display other options such as Close Maximize Minimize window and Dock Undock window DS50002027C page 212 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs 12 9 OUTPUT WINDOW The Task pane contains many windows some inherited from NetBeans and some that are specific to MPLAB X IDE The Output window contains the MPLAB X IDE output information It is shown on tabs within the window TABLE 12 13 OUTPUT WINDOW TAB ITEMS Item Description Debugger Console Shows main debug actions such as User program running Tool spec
230. imported project For example if the MPLAB IDE v8 format is 950 ANSI OEM Traditional Chinese Big5 then select Big5 from the drop down list FIGURE 5 1 IMPORT LEGACY SELECT PROJECT NAME AND FOLDER D Raro O O OOO Steps Select Project Name and Folder 1 Choose Project 2 pas ly IDE v8 Project Project Name int16c77 3 ze SE Project Location C Projects32 PIC16C77 Browse d Ke Eat Plugin Board Project Folder C Projects32 PIC 16C77 int16c77 X 7 Select Compiler ae Sch 8 Select Project Name and idee Folder Also dei 9 Summary ie Set as main project Encoding ISO 8859 1 RPLREX Cest T Con Ce e Step 7 or 8 Summary Review the summary before clicking Finish If anything is incorrect use the Back button to go back and change it The legacy project will open in the Projects window DS50002027C page 113 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 5 3 PREBUILT PROJECTS Create a project from a prebuilt loadable image Hex COF or ELF files by using the Import Image File wizard Note To program a prebuilt image into a device you will click the Make and Program Device button even though it will only program the device no make There are two ways to open this wizard the Start Page option and the New Project option 5 3 1 Start Page Option On the Start Page click on the Learn amp Discover tab Dive In section
231. in Projects Finds specified text object names object types within projects Replace in Projects Replaces text object names object types within projects Start Macro Recording Start recording keystrokes Stop Macro Recording Stop recording keystrokes To manage macros select Tools gt Options Editor button Macros tab e 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 185 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 11 2 3 View Menu Below are the menu items in the View menu For keyboard shortcuts of some of these menu items see the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Keyboard Shortcuts gt Menu Shortcuts TABLE 11 3 VIEW MENU OPTIONS Command Action Editors Select an available editor to view your files Code Folds gt Collapse Fold If the insertion point is in a foldable section of text collapses those lines into one line Code Folds gt Expand Fold If the currently selected line in the Source Editor represents several folded lines expands the fold to show all of the lines Code Folds gt Collapse All Collapses all foldable sections of text in the Source Editor Code Folds gt Expand All Expands all foldable sections of text in the Source Editor Web Browser Opens the default web browser to the NetBeans home page IDE Log Opens the MPLAB IDE log file in a tab of the Output window Toolbars gt File etc Shows the associated toolbar when selected checked Toolbars gt Small Toolb
232. indow is open you may further modify your view by selecting the type of memory and memory format in drop down boxes FIGURE 4 26 MEMORY AND MEMORY FORMAT SELECTION Memory Program Format Code TABLE 4 8 MEMORY WINDOW OPTIONS 8 AND 16 BIT DEVICES Option Value Description Memory File Registers All file register memory on the device Program All program memory on the device SFR All Special Function Registers SFRs Configuration Bits All Configuration registers EEPROM All EEPROM memory User ID User ID memory Format Data Data Memory RAM Code Program Memory ROM DS50002027C page 104 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks TABLE 4 9 MEMORY WINDOW OPTIONS 32 BIT DEVICES Option Value Description Memory RAM Memory All RAM memory on the device Flash Memory All Flash memory on the device Peripheral All Special Function Registers SFRs Configuration Bits All Configuration registers CPU Memory All CPU memory Memory All memory User ID User ID memory Format Data Data Memory RAM Code Program Memory ROM 4 After a Debug Run and then Pause the window will populate with the memory chosen 5 Close the window by clicking the x on that window s tab FIGURE 4 27 MEMORY WINDOW CONTENT Execution Memory 9 x Watches Output Line Address Opcode Label DisAssy ds 6265 9D00 34038030
233. ing the stopwatch Chapter 6 Advanced Tasks describes how to use the advanced features of MPLAB X IDE e g working with multiple projects and project configurations Chapter 9 Troubleshooting discusses troubleshooting techniques Chapter 10 MPLAB X IDE vs MPLAB IDE v8 explains the major feature menu and tool support differences between MPLAB X IDE and MPLAB IDE v8 Chapter 11 Desktop Reference provides a reference to MPLAB X IDE desktop items including menus toolbars and the status bar Chapter 12 MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs references NetBeans windows and dialogs and discusses the windows and dialogs that are unique to MPLAB X IDE Chapter 8 Project Files and Folders explains the folder structure and locations of project files Appendix A Configuration Settings Summary shows how to set Configu ration bits in code for supported language tools This is required in MPLAB X IDE as the Configurations Settings window only temporarily sets the bits for debug 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 7 CONVENTIONS USED MPLAB X IDE User s Guide The following conventions may appear in this documentation DOCUMENTATION CONVENTIONS Description Represents Examples Arial font Italic Referenced books MPLAB IDE User s Guide Emphasized text is the only compiler Initial caps A window the Output window A dia
234. instructions e ADDFSR ADDULNK CALLW MOVSF MOVSS PUSHL SUBFSR and SUBULNK and the indexed with literal offset addressing External Label A label that has external linkage External Linkage A function or variable has external linkage if it can be referenced from outside the module in which it is defined External Symbol A symbol for an identifier which has external linkage This may be a reference or a definition External Symbol Resolution A process performed by the linker in which external symbol definitions from all input modules are collected in an attempt to resolve all external symbol references Any external symbol references which do not have a corresponding definition cause a linker error to be reported External Input Line An external input signal logic probe line TRIGIN for setting an event based upon external signals External RAM Off chip Read Write memory F Fatal Error An error that will halt compilation immediately No further messages will be produced File Registers On chip data memory including General Purpose Registers GPRs and Special Function Registers SFRs Filter Determine by selection what data is included excluded in a trace display or data file Fixup The process of replacing object file symbolic references with absolute addresses after relocation by the linker Flash A type of EEPROM where data is written or erased in blocks instead of bytes FNOP Forced No Operation A
235. ion gt C and C Variables and Expressions in the IDE 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 103 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 21 VIEW CHANGE DEVICE MEMORY INCLUDING CONFIGURATION BITS MPLAB X IDE has flexible abstracted memory windows that provide a more customized view of the different types of device memory during debug You must Pause from a Debug Run to be able to see updated values in this window 4 21 1 1 2 View Device Memory Click a window in a pane to make the pane active The memory window will open in this pane Select a memory view from Window gt PIC Memory Views The available choices are explained in the following tables TABLE 4 6 MEMORY VIEWS 8 AND 16 BIT DEVICES Type Description Program Memory File Registers SFRs Peripherals Configuration Bits EE Data Memory User ID Memory All program memory ROM on the device All file register RAM memory on the device All Special Function Registers SFRs All SFRs by Peripheral All Configuration registers All EE Data memory on the device User ID memory TABLE 4 7 MEMORY VIEWS 32 BIT DEVICES Type Description Execution Memory Data Memory Peripherals Configuration Bits CPU Memory User ID Memory All Flash memory on the device All RAM memory on the device All Special Function Registers SFRs All Configuration registers All CPU memory User ID memory Once a Memory w
236. ious operating modes of the target microcontrollers or digital signal controllers In addition all of these tools may be used with MPLAB IPE to program code data and configuration bits MPLAB IPE is designed more for production programming and its interface is simplified to do just that e In Circuit Debuggers and Emulators PICkit 3 and MPLAB ICD 3 in circuit debuggers and MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emu lator can be used to debug application code on target devices By using some of the on chip resources these can download code into a target microcontroller inserted in the application set breakpoints single step and monitor registers and variables The emulator includes additional debug features such as trace e Plug In Tools Several plug ins are available to add to the capabilities for MPLAB X IDE For example the Data Monitor and Control Interface DMCI provides a mechanism to view and con trol variables in code and change their values real time It also allows you to view output data in a graphical format For more on the plug in tools supported see Section 5 21 Add Plug In Tools DS50002027C page 24 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc What is MPLAB X IDE 1 9 MPLAB X IDE ONLINE HELP MPLAB X IDE is built upon the NetBeans platform Therefore many of the NetBeans functions are now MPLAB X IDE functions Please refer to all help files for a complete understanding of MPLAB X IDE behavior To launch help
237. ip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 231 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide A 5 C18 TOOLCHAIN The pragma config directive specifies the device specific configuration settings i e Configuration bits to be used by the application pragma config setting list where setting list A list of one or more setting name value name macro pairs separated by commas Macros are specified in the device header file h that is located in the Windows OS default directory C program files microchip mplabc18 version h Pragma case does not matter either PRAGMA CONFIG or pragma config is acceptable Macro case should match what is in the header Example include lt p18cxxx h gt Oscillator switch enabled RC oscillator with OSC2 as I O pin pragma config OSCS ON OSC LP Watch Dog Timer enable Watch Dog Timer PostScaler count 1 128 pragma config WDT ON WDTPS 128 Ap ASM30 TOOLCHAIN A macro specified in the device include file is used to set Configuration bits config reg value where __reg Configuration register name macro value Expression representing the value to which the specified Configuration bits will be set May be literal but usually represented by a macro or macros ANDed together Macros are specified in the device include file inc that is located in the Windows OS default directory C Program Files Microchip MPLAB ASM30 Suite Support device inc where device is the abbreviation of
238. itcher program to switch from MPLAB IDE v8 drivers to MPLAB X IDE drivers which are installed the first time your switch The Switcher program is a GUI application called MPDDSwitch 32 bit OS or MPDDSwitch64 64 bit OS This should be available as the desktop icon MPLAB Driver Switcher FIGURE 2 1 SWITCHER UTILITY A MPLAB Device Driver Switcher Lx Tool Group Driver Selection Tool Group and Action Group Driver Selection to be Applied Real ICE No Change re nc MPLAB8 MPLABX Do Not Change PM3 No Change pas e Changes Close PIC32 SK No Change 2 Apply Chang Make sure that the tool you want to switch is plugged into your system MPDDSwitch64 v1 04 03 Plug in ONLY the tools you want switched All other tools should be unplugged Advanced gt gt 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 31 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 1 Plug your desired tool into USB connector on your personal computer 2 Open the computer s Device Manager window For example on a personal com puter running Windows XP right click on the My Computer icon and select Prop erties In the System Properties dialog click the Hardware tab and then click the Device Manager button 3 Expand the Microchip Tools section to view the current driver for your tool The name should be of the form Microchip Too Name 4 Goto the MPLAB X IDE install folder and find the Switcher folder
239. itional Tasks 5 6 LIBRARY PROJECTS Create a new library project that uses an IDE generated makefile to build your project as a library file instead of an executable FIGURE 5 4 LIBRARY PROJECT EXAMPLE make f nbproject Makefile default mk SUBPROJECTS build conf make 1 Entering directory cygdrive c Documents and Settings c08227 MPLABXProjects MyPIC32Lib D make f nbproject Makefile default mk dist default mypic32lib a make 2 Entering directory cygdrive c Documents and Settings c08227 MPLABKXProjects MyPIC32Lib mkdir p build default production rm f build default production library32 0 d C Program Files Microchip MPLAB C32 bin pic32 gcc exe x C c mprocessor 32MX360F512L MMD MF build de mkdir p dist default C Program Files Microchip MPLAB C32 bin pic32 ar exe xr dist default mypic32lib a build default productior make 2 Leaving directory cygdrive c Documents and Settings c08227 MPLABXProjects MyPIC32Lib C Program Files Microchip MPLAB C32 bin pic32 ar exe creating dist default mypic32lib a make 1 Leaving directory cygdrive c Documents and Settings c08227 MPLABXProjects MyPICS2Lib BUILD SUCCESSFUL total time 938ms To begin open the New Project wizard by doing one of the following e On the Start Page click on the Learn amp Discover tab Dive In section Create New Project link e File gt New Project or Ctrl Shift N A wizard will launch to
240. ject MyProject a 4 17 1 Set Clear a Simple Breakpoint To set a breakpoint on a line do one of the following e Click the left margin of the line in the Source Editor e Press Ctrl F8 To clear the breakpoint do one of the following e Repeat the step to set a breakpoint Select Debug gt Toggle Breakpoint 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 97 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 17 2 Set Breakpoints with the Breakpoint Dialog To set a breakpoint with the New Breakpoint dialog 1 Select Debug gt New Breakpoint 2 Select the breakpoint type and other options in the New Breakpoint dialog Options available for each breakpoint type as discussed in detail under Section 12 4 1 New Breakpoint Dialog 417 3 Set Clear Breakpoints in the Breakpoints Window To view and toggle the breakpoint in the Breakpoints window 1 Select Window gt Debugging gt Breakpoints 2 Toggle the breakpoint by checking unchecking the checkbox To set a breakpoint with the New Breakpoint dialog 1 Click on the icon in the top left of the window 417 4 Set a Breakpoint Sequence Device Dependent breakpoint sequence is a list of breakpoints that execute but do not halt until the last breakpoint is executed Sequenced breakpoints can be useful when there is more than one execution path leading to a certain instruction and you only want to exercise one specific path To create a Breakpoint Sequence 1
241. kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk kkkkkkxkk Ak Ak Ak Ak Ak Ak Ak Ak k 71 FileName led_message c Dependencies p32xxxx h Processor PIC32 Complier MPLAB C32 MPLAB IDE v8 0 Company Microchip Technology Inc Software License Agreement The software supplied herewith by Microchip Technology Incorporated the Company for its PIC32 Microcontroller is intended and supplied to you the Company s customer for use solely and exclusively on Microchip PIC32 Microcontroller products The software is owned by the Company and or its supplier and is protected under applicable copyright laws All rights are reserved Any use in violation of the foregoing restrictions may subject the user to criminal sanctions under applicable laws as well as to civil liability for the breach of the terms and conditions of this license THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED IN AN AS IS CONDITION NO WARRANTIES WHETHER EXPRESS IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE THE COMPANY SHALL NOT IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER Id led message c 5898 2007 10 23 19 39 48Z rajbhartin BRK KK RR RR KK RR RR KK RR RK RR RR RR RK RR RR k k KK RK k kk Message in a bottle Explorer16 version long delays Thanks to Lucio DiJasio for letting us use this example
242. kpoint Hardware Breakpoint An event whose execution will cause a halt Software Breakpoint An address where execution of the firmware will halt Usually achieved by a special break instruction DS50002027C page 250 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Glossary Build Compile and link all the source files for an application C C C C is a general purpose programming language which features economy of expression modern control flow and data structures and a rich set of operators C is the object oriented version of C Calibration Memory A special function register or registers used to hold values for calibration of a PIC microcontroller on board RC oscillator or other device peripherals Central Processing Unit The part of a device that is responsible for fetching the correct instruction for execution decoding that instruction and then executing that instruction When necessary it works in conjunction with the arithmetic logic unit ALU to complete the execution of the instruction It controls the program memory address bus the data memory address bus and accesses to the stack Clean Clean removes all intermediary project files such as object hex and debug files for the active project These files are recreated from other files when a project is built COFF Common Object File Format An object file of this format contains machine code debugging and other information Command Line Interface A me
243. l instructions generated by the line of the high level C statement Skew The information associated with the execution of an instruction appears on the processor bus at different times For example the executed opcodes appears on the bus as a fetch during the execution of the previous instruction the source data address and value and the destination data address appear when the opcodes is actually executed and the destination data value appears when the next instruction is executed The trace buffer captures the information that is on the bus at one instance Therefore one trace buffer entry will contain execution information for three instructions The number of captured cycles from one piece of information to another for a single instruction execution is referred to as the skew Skid When a hardware breakpoint is used to halt the processor one or more additional instructions may be executed before the processor halts The number of extra instructions executed after the intended breakpoint is referred to as the skid Source Code The form in which a computer program is written by the programmer Source code is written in a formal programming language which can be translated into machine code or executed by an interpreter Source File An ASCII text file containing source code Special Function Registers SFRs The portion of data memory RAM dedicated to registers that control I O processor functions I O status timers or other m
244. lder In the Projects window right click on the Libraries folder to see these options e Add Library Project Make a project that produces a library as its output required for your project i e establish a dependency For more on this see the NetBeans help topic C C Fortran Development gt C C Fortran Project Basics gt Building C C Fortran Projects gt Creating Dependencies Between C C Fortran Proj ects e Add Library Object File Add an existing library file or pre built object file to the project e Properties Open the project s Properties window to select additional options see next section 4 11 2 Project Properties Window Libraries Category Open the Project Properties window and click on the Libraries category Any files added to the Libraries folder in the Projects window will be visible here You may add additional files and manage these files using the buttons on the right The order of the files here determines their link order FIGURE 4 17 MANAGE LIBRARY OBJECT FILES AND SET UP LINK ORDER x Project Properties MyProject BS Categories General Libraries Conf default Item Configuration Build Add Library Project 2 Loading gt Libraries Add B T Building M XC32 Global Options Duplicate 9 xc32 as Remove 2 xc32 gcc 2 xc32 g gt xc324d Manage Configurations wel Ge ane aco Gree DS50002027C
245. led_message c to the project directory MyxProject X Existing files can be added to a project by doing one of the following e Right clicking on the project in the Project File window and selecting Add Existing Item e Right clicking on a logical folder e g Source Files in the Project File window and selecting Add Existing Item When adding a file you can choose whether to add it as e Auto Let MPLAB X IDE decide how best to locate the file e Relative Specify the file location relative to the project Recommended Relative paths will help portability when moving a project to another computer e Absolute Specify the file location by an absolute path e Copy Copy the specified file to the project folder The file will appear in the File pane under the project specified and a tab with the file s name will appear in the Editor pane FIGURE 3 12 LED MESSAGE C IN FILE PANE Projects Files Classes StartPage 2 led_message c x B E MyProject Si SE 4 E Header Files G G Important Files Ce Linker Files Ceci Source Files A led_message c Libraries Loadables ou OD A nn Go NN pP ro DS50002027C page 54 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Tutorial Code Listing for Led message c BR KK KR RR RR RH A A KR RR RK HR ee Re RK RRR RR RR KR Re RR RR KK A k k k Message via 8 LEDs kkkkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
246. linking is its value in memory Symbol Absolute Represents an immediate value such as a definition through the assembly equ directive System Window Control The system window control is located in the upper left corner of windows and some dialogs Clicking on this control usually pops up a menu that has the items Minimize Maximize and Close 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 265 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide T Target Refers to user hardware Target Application Software residing on the target board Target Board The circuitry and programmable device that makes up the target application Target Processor The microcontroller device on the target application board Template Lines of text that you build for inserting into your files at a later time The MPLAB Editor stores templates in template files Tool Bar A row or column of icons that you can click on to execute MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE functions Trace An emulator or simulator function that logs program execution The emulator logs program execution into its trace buffer which is uploaded to MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE s trace window Trace Memory Trace memory contained within the emulator Trace memory is sometimes called the trace buffer Trace Macro A macro that will provide trace information from emulator data Since this is a software trace the macro must be added to code the code must be recompiled or r
247. local label is one that is defined inside a macro with the LOCAL directive These labels are particular to a given instance of a macro s instantiation In other words the symbols and labels that are declared as local are no longer accessible after the ENDM macro is encountered Logic Probes Up to 14 logic probes can be connected to some Microchip emulators The logic probes provide external trace inputs trigger output signal 5V and a common ground Loop Back Test Board Used to test the functionality of the MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator LVDS Low Voltage Differential Signaling A low noise low power low amplitude method for high speed gigabits per second data transmission over copper wire With standard 1 0 signaling data storage is contingent upon the actual voltage level Voltage level can be affected by wire length longer wires increase resistance which lowers voltage But with LVDS data storage is distinguished only by positive and negative voltage values not the voltage level Therefore data can travel over greater lengths of wire while maintaining a clear and consistent data stream Source http www webopedia com TERM L LVDS html M Machine Code The representation of a computer program that is actually read and interpreted by the processor A program in binary machine code consists of a sequence of machine instructions possibly interspersed with data The collection of all possible instructions for a particul
248. location of the program counter Line Reference line number Address Opcode hexadecimal address PSV Address Data space hexadecimal address of the opcode Data Opcode formatted as data Opcode Hexadecimal opcode shown in 3 byte blocks Label Opcode label in symbolic format Disassembly A disassembled version of the opcode mnemonic For more information see the dsPIC30F Family Reference Manual DS70046 12 8 1 4 PSV DATA dsPIC DSC PIC24 DEVICES ONLY This format displays program memory as file registers for when program space is visible in data space CORCON register PSV bit set The window will have the following columns e Address Program space hexadecimal address of the data PSV Address Data space hexadecimal address of the data e Data Blocks Hexadecimal data shown in 3 byte blocks The highlighted data block represents the current location of the program counter e ASCII ASCII representation of the corresponding line of data For more information see the dsPIC30F Family Reference Manual DS70046 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 205 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 12 8 2 File Registers Window The File Register window displays all the file registers of the selected device When a file register value changes or the processor is interrogated the data in the File Register window is updated Note To speed up debugging with certain har
249. log the Settings dialog A menu selection select Enable Programmer Quotes A field name in a window or Save project before build dialog or an individual menu item Underlined italic with right A path in text File gt Save angle bracket between text Right angle bracket between A path in a table cell File gt Save text Bold characters A dialog button Click OK A tab Click the Power tab Text in angle brackets lt gt A key on the keyboard Press lt Enter gt lt F1 gt Courier New font Plain Sample source code define START Filenames autoexec bat File paths e mec18 h Keywords _asm _endasm static Command line options Opa Opa Bit values 0 1 Constants OxFF A Italic A variable argument file o where file can be any valid filename Square brackets Optional arguments mpasmwin options file options Curly brackets and pipe character Choice of mutually exclusive arguments an OR selection errorlevel 0 1 Ellipses Replaces repeated text var_name Represents code supplied by user var_name void main void DS50002027C page 8 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Preface RECOMMENDED READING This user s guide describes how to use MPLAB X IDE Other useful documents are listed below The following Microchip documents are available and recommended as supplemental referenc
250. lows you to debug code without stepping into subroutines When stepping over a CALL instruction the next breakpoint will be set at the instruction after the CALL If for some reason the subroutine gets into an endless loop or does not return properly the next breakpoint will never be reached The Step Over command is the same as Single Step except for its handling of CALL instructions Step Out Step Out allows you to step out of a subroutine which you are currently stepping through This command executes the rest of the code in the subroutine and then stops execution at the return address to the subroutine Stimulus Input to the simulator i e data generated to exercise the response of simulation to external signals Often the data is put into the form of a list of actions in a text file Stimulus may be asynchronous synchronous pin clocked and register Stopwatch A counter for measuring execution cycles Storage Class Determines the lifetime of the memory associated with the identified object Storage Qualifier Indicates special properties of the objects being declared e g const Symbol A symbol is a general purpose mechanism for describing the various pieces which comprise a program These pieces include function names variable names section names file names struct enum union tag names etc Symbols in MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE refer mainly to variable names function names and assembly labels The value of a symbol after
251. m is running The item button is mutually exclusive to another item e g Pause is available when the program is running while Continue is grayed out and Continue is available when the program is halted while Pause is grayed out DS50002027C page 196 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 12 MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs 12 1 INTRODUCTION The MPLAB X IDE desktop is divided into panes containing tabbed windows Not all of these are visible until a feature has been selected As an example when you first open MPLAB X IDE only the Start Page is open After you open a project the basic windows open namely Project and Files in the top left pane Navigator in the bottom left pane and Output in the bottom right pane The Start Page window moves into the top right pane MPLAB X IDE windows are a combination of basic NetBeans windows and MPLAB X IDE specific windows Dialogs open when selected from menu items As with windows MPLAB X IDE dialogs are a combination of basic NetBeans dialogs and MPLAB X IDE specific dialogs For information on NetBeans windows and dialogs see Chapter 13 NetBeans Windows and Dialogs 12 2 MPLAB X IDE WINDOWS MANAGEMENT Information on managing IDE windows may be found in the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Configuring the IDE gt Configuring the IDE s Workspace gt Managing IDE Windows Additional window informa
252. make It is recommended to leave this property selected because modifi cations to files in the IDE are not recognized by make unless they are first saved to disk Show binary files in Proj ect view If selected the Projects view shows all files in a directory tree including binary objects This option is most relevant to projects created with existing sources which might place sources and bina ries in the same location Deselect this option to more easily see your C source files and header files Show profiler indicators during run new projects only If selected profiler tools such as CPU Usage and Memory Usage are set up to run by default when newly created projects are run The tools that are shown are determined by the Profile Configura tion selected in Tools gt Profiler Tools Use parallel make make j 2n If selected make will execute several processes at a time where j or jobs is the option to run in parallel and 2n is the number of processes where n is the number of processors available on your computer If your computer does not support parallel process ing parallel make will be disabled If you wish you can specify more processes by using Make Options Example j 10 Note 1 For MPLAB XC16 or MPLAB C30 Procedural Abstraction needs to be turned off to use parallel make File gt Project Proper ties compiler category Optimizations option category uncheck Unlimited proced
253. make all the files in the project Add a debug executive to the built image To view errors in the Output window 1 Right click in the Output window and select Filter 2 Inthe Filter dialog check Match and enter error to show only errors in the Output window that stopped the build 3 Toggle the filter on and off using lt Ctrl gt lt G gt See you language tool documentation for a discussion of errors To view checksum information e Open the Dashboard window see Section 5 17 View the Dashboard Display to see the checksum after a build For more information on building your project also see the NetBeans help topic C C Fortran Development gt C C Fortran Project Basics gt Building C C Fortran Projects Eh 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 93 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 15 RUN CODE Once the code builds successfully you can attempt to run the application 4 15 1 How Run Works On clicking the Run Project toolbar button 1 A build if the make process determines it is necessary 2 For in circuit debuggers emulators and programmers the target device will auto matically be programmed with the image no debug executive and the device will then be released to run i e no breakpoints or other debug features will be enabled To hold a device in Reset after programming click Hold in Reset instead of Run Project Hold in Res
254. mers The table below shows some generic values but please check the programming spec ification for your selected device to determine the correct address TABLE 12 11 PROGRAMMER EEPROM START ADDRESS Device Address Most PIC1X MCUs 0x2100 PIC16F19XX MCUs 0x1E000 PIC18F MCUs 0xF00000 PIC24F MCUs 0x7FFE00 This display format shows data in the following columns e Address Hexadecimal address of the data in the next column e Data Blocks Hexadecimal data shown in 1 2 or 4 byte blocks selectable from the menu e ASCII ASCII representation of the corresponding line of data DS50002027C page 208 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs 12 8 6 Other Memory Window This is a flexible memory window that allows you to select the other windows by using the Memory drop down list on the bottom of the window 12 8 7 Execution Memory Window The Execution Memory window displays locations in the range of program and or data memory for the currently selected PIC32MX device For the MPLAB X Simulator when an execution memory value changes or the processor is halted the data in the Execution Memory window is updated For any Microchip hardware debug tool e g MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator when an execution memory value changes or the processor is halted the data in the Execution Memory window is not updated you must do a Read of device memory You may
255. mpile build project files TABLE 6 10 TERMINAL FUNCTIONS Function Details org netbeans modules dlight opens the Terminal window terminal action LocalTerminal org netbeans modules dlight opens the Remote Terminal window terminal action RemoteTerminal TABLE 6 11 TOOLS FUNCTIONS Function Details Check CVS select CVS version control items For more on CVS see http Awww nongnu org cvs 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 149 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide TABLE 6 12 VIEW FUNCTIONS Function Details Web Browser opens the NetBeans download page in your default browser IDE Log shows the same information as View gt IDE Log Classes opens the Classes window Customize Zoom customize zoom on data Zoom In zoom in on data Zoom Out zoom out on data TABLE 6 13 WINDOW FUNCTIONS Function Details Debug gt Breakpoints opens the Breakpoints window Debug gt Call Stack opens the Call Stack window Debug gt Variables opens the Variables window Debug gt Sessions opens the Sessions window Debug gt Sources opens the Sources window Debug gt Threads opens the Threads window This window lists all threads in the current debugging session Debug gt Watches opens the Watches window Select Document In gt Select In Favorites opens Favorites window and selects current document wit
256. mulator Right clicking on a trace column in the window will pop up the context menu Table 12 22 Depending on the tool you are using you may or may not see all menu items Dialogs associated with trace are defined in Table TABLE 12 22 TRACE WINDOW CONTEXT MENU Menu Item Description Symbolic Mode For the Instruction column toggle between displaying literal register addresses e g 0x5 or symbolic register macros e g PORTA Go To Trigger Move to the trigger line 0 Top Move to the top trace line Bottom Move to the bottom trace line Trace Line Specify and go to a trace line location Opens a Go To dialog Go To Source Line Select a trace line and then select this option to go to the corresponding line in source code Display Time For the Cycle column will display if not previously visible As Hex Cycle Count Display cycle count as hexadecimal As Decimal Cycle Count Display cycle count as decimal In Seconds Elapsed Display cycle count in seconds elapsed In Engineering Format Display cycle count in the appropriate engineering format powers of 10 Clear Trace File Clear the data in the trace display Find Find items in trace display Opens a Find dialog Output To File Save the trace data to a file Opens Define Range dialog which opens a Save dialog Print Print the data Opens a Print dialog Adjust Table Col Auto adjust the columns in the trace di
257. multiple simultaneously active instances This may happen due to either direct or indirect recursion or through execution during interrupt processing DS50002027C page 262 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Glossary Relaxation The process of converting an instruction to an identical but smaller instruction This is useful for saving on code size MPLAB XC16 currently knows how to relax a CALL instruction into an RCALL instruction This is done when the symbol that is being called is within 32k instruction words from the current instruction Relocatable An object whose address has not been assigned to a fixed location in memory Relocatable Section 16 bit assembler A section whose address is not fixed absolute The linker assigns addresses to relocatable sections through a process called relocation Relocation A process performed by the linker in which absolute addresses are assigned to relocatable sections and all symbols in the relocatable sections are updated to their new addresses ROM Read Only Memory Program Memory Memory that cannot be modified Run The command that releases the emulator from halt allowing it to run the application code and change or respond to I O in real time Run time Model Describes the use of target architecture resources Runtime Watch A Watch window where the variables change in as the application is run See individual tool documentation to determine how to set up a ru
258. n and Build Main Project cleans removes all generated files and then rebuilds all the files of the main project Build Project builds all the files of the selected project Clean Main Project cleans removes all generated files of the main project Clean Project cleans removes all generated files of the selected project Compile File compiles the selected file using the project compiler New File launches New File wizard New Project launches New Project wizard Open Project opens an existing project Clean and Build Project cleans removes all generated files and then rebuilds all the files of the selected project Run Main Project The main project is built if necessary and the device is programmed The program will immediately begin execution on completion of programming Same as Make and Program Device Main Project Run Project The selected project is built if necessary and the device is programmed The program will immediately begin execution on completion of programming Run File runs the currently selected file Test Project starts JUnit test for current project Java related Test File starts JUnit test for current file Java related Open Required Projects opens dependent projects Projects opens the Projects window Files opens the Files window Advanced Tasks TABLE 6 8 CVS FUNCTIONS Function
259. n be used instead of modifying the Makefile itself buila The intermediate files folder Files are contained in subfolders depending on project configuration usage and location The build files are e Run files o e Dependency files 0 d HI TECH intermediate files p1 dist 4 The output files folder Files are contained in subfolders depending on project configuration usage and location The distribution files are e Executable files hex e ELF or COFF object files e1 or cof e library files a or 1ib nbproject The makefile and metadata folder Contains these files e Project makefile e Configuration specific makefiles project xm1 IDE generated metadata file configurations xml metadata file default MyConfig 2 The project configurations folders If no configurations are created by the developer all code is in default production debug 2 The production and debug versions folders _ext 2 The external project files folder If a file is referenced outside the project folder it is listed here Note 1 You do not need to check these folders into source control A build will create them See also Section 5 19 Control Source Code 2 These items are not shown in Figure 8 2 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 165 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 8 4 FAVORITES WINDOW VIEW The Favorites window Window gt F
260. n gt Set Main Project Quickbuild Not supported A project is required for all development Package in zip Right click on project in Project tabbed window select Package Clean Right click on project in Project tabbed window select Clean and Build Locate Headers Right click on project name in Projects window and select Locate Headers Export Makefile Not yet available Build All Make Run gt Run Project Debug gt Debug Project Programmer build run Debug build run Build Configuration File gt Project Group Run gt Set Project Configuration There used to be only two con figurations Release and Debug Now you determine how many you need Build Options File gt Project Properties Language tool set up Save Project File gt Save File gt Save All Save Project As File gt Save As Add Files to Project Right click on folder in project in Project tabbed window select Add Existing Item Add New File to Project File gt New File Remove File from Project Right click on file in project in Project tabbed window select Remove From Project Select Language Toolsuite File gt Project Properties Set Language Tool Loca tions Tools gt Options Embedded Use mplab_ide gt Preferences instead of Tools gt Options for Mac OS X Version Control Tools gt Options Miscellaneous Versioning tab
261. n interrupt MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE User generated code that is entered when an interrupt occurs The location of the code in program memory will usually depend on the type of interrupt that has occurred Interrupt Vector Address of an interrupt service routine or interrupt handler L L value An expression that refers to an object that can be examined and or modified An l value expression is used on the left hand side of an assignment Latency The time between an event and its response Library Librarian See Archive Archiver DS50002027C page 256 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Glossary Linker A language tool that combines object files and libraries to create executable code resolving references from one module to another Linker Script Files Linker script files are the command files of a linker They define linker options and describe available memory on the target platform Listing Directives Listing directives are those directives that control the assembler listing file format They allow the specification of titles pagination and other listing control Listing File A listing file is an ASCII text file that shows the machine code generated for each C source statement assembly instruction assembler directive or macro encountered in a source file Little Endian A data ordering scheme for multibyte data whereby the least significant byte is stored at the lower addresses Local Label A
262. n is allowed Thus only the on chip program memory is available in microcontroller mode Microprocessor Mode One of the possible program memory configurations of PIC18 microcontrollers In microprocessor mode the on chip program memory is not used The entire program memory is mapped externally Mnemonics Text instructions that can be translated directly into machine code Also referred to as opcodes Module The preprocessed output of a source file after preprocessor directives have been executed Also known as a translation unit MPASM Assembler Microchip Technology s relocatable macro assembler for PIC microcontroller devices KeeLoq devices and Microchip memory devices MPLAB Language Tool for Device Microchip s C compilers assemblers and linkers for specified devices Select the type of language tool based on the device you will be using for your application e g if you will be creating C code on a PIC18 MCU select the MPLAB C Compiler for PIC18 MCUs DS50002027C page 258 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Glossary MPLAB ICD Microchip in circuit debugger that works with MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE See ICE ICD MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE Microchip s Integrated Development Environment MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE comes with an editor project manager and simulator MPLAB PM3 A device programmer from Microchip Programs PIC18 microcontrollers and dsPIC digital signal controllers Can be used with MPLAB IDE MP
263. n the Editor window and select one of the following 1 Code Folds gt Collapse Fold to hide the block of code 2 Code Folds gt Expand Fold to display the block of code 3 Code Folds gt Collapse All to hide all folding blocks of code 4 Code Folds gt Expand All to display all folding blocks of code For pictures of unfolded expanded and folded collapsed code see Figure 7 3 and Figure 7 4 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 159 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 7 5 C CODE REFACTORING Note To see this feature refer to the Start Page My MPLAB IDE tab Extend MPLAB section Selecting Simple or Full Featured Menus topic Refactoring is the use of small transformations to restructure code without changing any program behavior Just as you factor an expression to make it easier to understand or modify you refactor code to make it easier to read simpler to understand and faster to update And just as a refactored expression must produce the same result the refactored program must be functionally equivalent with the original source Some common motivations for refactoring code include e Making the code easier to change or easier to add a new feature e Reducing complexity for better understanding e Removing unnecessary repetition e Enabling use of the code for other needs or more general needs e Improving the performance of your code The IDE s refactoring features simplify code restr
264. ndow 198 12 5 Customize Toolbars Window eene 202 12 6 LICENSES lu ele EEN 203 12 7 Dashboard Window 203 12 8 Memory WINK OWS shit han ei itech eae 203 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 5 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 12 9 Output Window ire 213 12 10 Project Properties Window sssstsahis nnesmematnsntiiee 214 12 11 Projects WINd OW A hike Re ne Ae plier ne nr cn 214 12 12 Tools Options Embedded Window c cceccsecseccceceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 219 12 13 Trace WIND EE 223 12 14 Watches Window iii 224 12 15 Wizard Windows iii 226 Chapter 13 NetBeans Windows and Dialogs 13 BIAtroduCtion egene Ee E ee EE Ee 227 13 2 NetBeans Specific Windows and Window Menus sssssssssssesseessessseessene 227 13 3 NetBeans Specific Dialogs E 227 Appendix A Configuration Settings Summary 229 AcTAntroduction sine AR ei MA Oe E a eos 229 A2 MPASM TOOICRAIN EE nr cn tases etek en er hr te 229 A 3 HIFTECH PIGG Toolchain eieiei en nee 231 AHI TECH PICC 18 M Toolchain is at d bte Orne 231 Ree UE 232 PG ASMS0 TOOICMAIN EE 232 ASEC30 TOOICNAIM Se EE EE 233 AS C32 ToolChain inner M ee 235 A9 XC TOOICNAINS semis ii mnt Murielle tee 235 Appendix B Working Outside the IDE ss 237 B 1 Introductions eme otre a tee Mr Sie 237 B
265. nostic features See Section 6 6 Log Data TABLE 12 21 GENERIC SETTINGS TAB ITEMS Item Description Logging Level Set the message logging level OFF No logging SEVERE Log severe error messages only WARNING Log warning messages only INFO Log informational messages only CONFIG Log configuration information only FINE Log some module to module communication FINER Log more module to module communication FINEST Log all module to module communication Log File Path and name of log file USB Circular Log Applies only to MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator MPLABICD3 and PICKkit3 Start New Logging Ses Click buttons to begin a new logging session or pause the logging sion Pause Logging session in progress Circular USB log file loca Specify the path for the log file tion Circular USB log file max Specify the size of the log file size in KBs 12 12 6 Other Tab Edit the lists of accepted file extensions for C C and assembler source files and header files Also set the default extension for each type Note MPLAB X IDE does not support Fortran programming ees DS50002027C page 222 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs 12 13 TRACE WINDOW Tracing allows you to record the step by step execution of your code and examine this recording Trace is currently available for the following tools e Simulator e MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit e
266. not already open to see the checksum after a build 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 59 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 3 4 2 Run Code Once the code builds successfully you can attempt to run the application Click on the Make and Program Device Project icon or select Run gt Run Project to run your program Make and Program Device Project Icon The lights on the demo board should be flickering Wave the board back and forth to see the word Hello Run progress will be visible in the Output window as well Use the Hold in Reset button to toggle between device Reset and running Hold in Reset Icon You can add a Run Project icon to the toolbar if you wish View gt Toolbars gt Customize gt Run Icon 3 4 3 Debug Run Code For this tutorial the code used has been tested and runs However your own code may need to be debugged as you develop your application To Debug Run the tutorial code click on the Debug Project icon or select Debug gt Debug Project or Debug gt Step Into to begin a debug session ER Debug Run Icon Debug Run progress will be visible in the Output window To halt your application code Click on the Pause icon or select Debug gt Pause to halt your program execution To run your code again Click on the Continue icon or select Debug gt Continue to start your program execution again To
267. ntime watch Not all tools support runtime watches S Scenario For MPLAB SIM simulator a particular setup for stimulus control Section The GCC equivalent of an OCG psect A block of code or data which is treated as a whole by the linker Section Attribute A GCC characteristic ascribed to a section e g an access section Sequenced Breakpoints Breakpoints that occur in a sequence Sequence execution of breakpoints is bottom up the last breakpoint in the sequence occurs first Serialized Quick Turn Programming Serialization allows you to program a serial number into each microcontroller device that the Device Programmer programs This number can be used as an entry code password or ID number Shell The MPASM assembler shell is a prompted input interface to the macro assembler There are two MPASM assembler shells one for the DOS version and one for the Windows operating system version 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 263 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Simulator A software program that models the operation of devices Single Step This command steps though code one instruction at a time After each instruction MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE updates register windows watch variables and status displays so you can analyze and debug instruction execution You can also single step C compiler source code but instead of executing single instructions MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE will execute all assembly leve
268. nu Below are the menu items in the File menu D D D For keyboard shortcuts of some of these menu items see the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Keyboard Shortcuts gt Menu Shortcuts TABLE 11 1 FILE MENU OPTIONS Command Action New Project Creates a new project with the New Project wizard New File Creates a new file with the New File wizard Open Project Opens an existing project Open Recent Project Displays a list of all recently opened projects for selection Import To import one of the following Hex ELF Prebuilt File built with another tool MPLAB IDE v8 Project launch Import Legacy Project wizard Open Team Project Opens a team project For more information on team server projects see NetBeans help IDE Basics gt Collaborative Development Close Project Closes the current project Close All Projects Closes all open projects DS50002027C page 184 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Desktop Reference TABLE 11 1 FILE MENU OPTIONS CONTINUED Command Action Open File Opens an existing file Open Recent File Displays a list of all recently opened files for selection Project Group Associates the current project with a group Project Properties Opens the Project Properties dialog Save Saves the current file Save As Saves the current file under a new path and or name Save All Saves all open files If the Compile on Sa
269. nu see Section 12 8 13 Memory Window Menu 4 21 4 Set Configuration Bits You must set Configuration bits in code To aid you in developing your Configuration bit settings you can use the Configuration Bits window see Section 4 21 1 View Device Memory You can temporarily change Configuration bits during a debug session in the Configu ration Bits window see Section 4 21 2 Change Device Memory Once you have the settings you want select Generate Source Code to Output You can then copy the code from the Output window into your code You cannot edit the Configuration bits if you are not in a debug session Also if you rebuild all changes in the Configuration Bits window will be lost For a summary of Configuration bits settings for different devices see Appendix A Configuration Settings Summary FIGURE 4 28 CONFIGURATION BITS WINDOW eetmegeteOEVCFG3 FFFFFFFF USERID F ja 1FC0_2FF4 DEVCFG2 FFF8FFD9 FPLLIDIV DIV2 PLL Input Divider 2x Divider FPLLMUL MUL_20 PLL Multiplier 8 20x Multiplier FPLLODIV DIV_1 System PLL Output Clock Divider PLL Divide by 1 1FCO_2FF8 DEVCFG1 FF7FDEDB FNOSC PRIPLL Oscillator Selection Bits Primary Osc w PLL XT HS EC PLL FSOSCEN OFF Secondary Oscillator Enable Disabled E IESO ON __Internal External Switch Ouer __ o Enabled _ POSCMOD HS Primary Oscillator Configuration ___HS osc mode OSCIOFNC ON CLKO Output Signal Active on th
270. odes or peripherals SQTP See Serialized Quick Turn Programming Stack Hardware Locations in PIC microcontroller where the return address is stored when a function call is made Stack Software Memory used by an application for storing return addresses function parameters and local variables This memory is dynamically allocated at runtime by instructions in the program It allows for reentrant function calls Stack Compiled A region of memory managed and allocated by the compiler in which variables are statically assigned space It replaces a software stack when such mechanisms cannot be efficiently implemented on the target device It precludes reentrancy MPLAB Starter Kit for Device Microchip s starter kits contains everything needed to begin exploring the specified device View a working application and then debug and program you own changes DS50002027C page 264 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Glossary Static RAM or SRAM Static Random Access Memory Program memory you can read write on the target board that does not need refreshing frequently Status Bar The Status Bar is located on the bottom of the MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE window and indicates such current information as cursor position development mode and device and active tool bar Step Into This command is the same as Single Step Step Into as opposed to Step Over follows a CALL instruction into a subroutine Step Over Step Over al
271. ol system Create Build Job create a build using a version control system 11 2 10 Tools Menu Below are the menu items in the Tools menu For keyboard shortcuts of some of these menu items see the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Keyboard Shortcuts gt Menu Shortcuts TABLE 11 10 TOOLS MENU OPTIONS Command Action Embedded visible if a plug in has been added select the plug in from the submenu Licenses e allows roaming in and out of compiler licenses e allows activation of a license For more information see XCLM documentation under your compiler install path in the docs directory Apply Diff Patch select the Diff patch file and apply to your code Diff compares two files selected in the IDE Add to Favorites adds selected file to Favorites window Templates opens the Template Manager DTDs and XML Schemas opens the DTDs and XML Schemas Manager Plugins opens the Plugins Manager For details see NetBeans help IDE Basics gt Plugins gt About Managing Plugins Options opens the Options dialog For Mac OS X Use mplab_ide gt Preferences EEE ess DS50002027C page 190 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Desktop Reference 11 2 11 Window Menu Below are the menu items in the Window menu For keyboard shortcuts of some of these menu items see the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Keyboard Shortcuts gt Menu Shortcuts TABLE 11 11 WINDOW MENU OPTIO
272. olders as you wish FIGURE 4 20 FOLDER PROPERTIES x Folder Properties SourceFiles Categories Folder Configuration 2 Conf default 2 Conf Debug Device PIC24FJ128GA010 Tool Simulator Compiler XC16 This configuration inherits its device tool and compiler from a project configuration None of these parameters may change You may however use the checkboxes to exclude the selected files from the build entirely Select the files to exclude E A Source Files a Ea de banner c d buttons c de tbanner c de vbanner c E WW memory eeprom c WW periphs dc adc c rtc spimpol c timer c uart2 c e PIC24xplDemo c 1 o II cancel 11 a L ne 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 89 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 13 SET BUILD PROPERTIES Before building the project you may want to set up additional build properties e Execute this line before after the build e Insert checksum in user ID memory e Normalize hex file FIGURE 4 21 MAKE OPTIONS BUILD PROPERTIES BE Project Properties MyProject x Categories Note pre and post step commands are run from the project directory ProjectDir macro below 2 General Execute this line before build 2 Conf default gt Real ICE 2 loading Macro Value gt Libraries Insert Macro PIC32MX360F512L gt nn ProjectDir C Users c08227 MCHP MAIN M
273. om the Projects window under Header Files instead of hunting for them on your computer e The project created by Save Project As will not contain header files unless they are added to the project therefore this project may not build if any user generated header files are required e The zipped project created by Package Project as zip will not contain header files unless they are added to the project there fore the unzipped project may not build if any user generated header files are required This feature is able to locate user generated header files for all Microchip toolchains Add Item to Important Add an existing item to the project The path to the file may be auto Files selected by MPLAB X IDE absolute or relative Additionally you may choose to copy the file into the project folder This is useful for adding simulator files data sheet PDFs and other files to the project for your reference Export Hex Export the project build as a Hex file In MPLAB IDE v8 export is an extraction of memory objects In MPLAB X IDE export is the hex file result of a build therefore it needs to include all necessary auxiliary memory settings for con figuration and EEPROM in code Build Build the project according to the options selected in the Project Properties window Note When you Debug or Run your project is built automatically Clean and Build Clean and then Build the project according to the options
274. ombination of basic NetBeans dialogs and MPLAB IDE specific dialogs NetBeans windows and dialogs are discussed here with references to documentation in the Help For information on MPLAB X IDE specific windows and dialogs see Chapter 12 MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs e NetBeans Specific Windows and Window Menus e NetBeans Specific Dialogs 13 2 NETBEANS SPECIFIC WINDOWS AND WINDOW MENUS NetBeans windows are discussed in NetBeans help To open help on a window click on the Window tab to select it and then hit the lt F1 gt key If no help can be found select Help gt Help Contents and click the help file s Search tab to search for information on that window Or see the NetBeans help topic Managing IDE Windows To open most windows see the Section 11 2 11 Window Menu Windows may be docked and undocked right click on the Window tab and have window specific pop up or context menus with items such as Fill Goto and Edit Cells Right clicking in a window or on an item in the window will pop up a context menu Most content menu items are also located on menus on the desktop menu bar see Section 11 2 Menus Set up window properties by selecting Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X Miscellaneous button Appearance tab 13 3 NETBEANS SPECIFIC DIALOGS NetBeans dialogs are discussed in NetBeans help To open help on a dialog click the Help button on the dialog or if there is no Help
275. on Jumps to the super implementation of the item under the cursor Last Edit Location Scrolls the editor to the last place where editing occurred Back Navigates back Forward Navigates forward DS50002027C page 186 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Desktop Reference TABLE 11 4 NAVIGATE MENU OPTIONS CONTINUED Command Action Go to Line Jumps to the specified line Toggle Bookmark Sets a bookmark on a line of code Next Bookmark Cycles forward through the bookmarks Previous Bookmark Cycles backward through the bookmarks Next Error Scrolls the Source Editor to the line that contains the next build error Previous Error Scrolls the Source Editor to the line that contains the previous build error Select in Projects Opens Projects window and selects current document within it Select in Files Opens Files window and selects current document within it Select in Classes Opens Classes window and selects current document within it Select in Favorites Opens Favorites window and selects current document within it 11 2 5 Source Menu Below are the menu items in the Source menu For keyboard shortcuts of some of these menu items see the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Keyboard Shortcuts gt Menu Shortcuts TABLE 11 5 SOURCE MENU OPTIONS Command Action Format Formats the selected code or the entire file if nothing is selected Remov
276. one Library e 7 COF ELF file e Can debug but not build An error will be displayed in the Output window Prebuilt Hex Hex file e No auto checking for overlapping COF ELF file eae airs E i e Can debug but not build geese Berle Build button will be disabled COF ELF file The options are listed below TABLE 5 2 LOADABLE OPTIONS Add Loadable Project s Load one or more existing projects into your current project When you build your current project all projects will be built and the hex files will be combined into one All debug files will be combined as well COFF or ELF Add Loadable File s Load one or more existing hex files into your current project When you build your current project the hex file will be combined with the other hex files into one file Note You will no longer be able to debug the project that contains hex file s Use Loadable Projects for debugging Add Alternate File Load an alternate hex file to be used This options provides a post build step where you may copy or move your project hex file to another location use a tool such as hexmate to merge your file with another hex file and then load the file back into the IDE To set up and use loadables see e Projects Window Loadables Set Up e Project Properties Window Loading Set Up e The Preferred Method to Use Loadables 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 115 MPLAB X
277. or Debugging Project MyProject Some examples of the differences in the output window are Compiler assembler linker being called with the DEBUG macro Compiler assembler linker being called with the MPLAB DEBUG macro Linker being called with ICD2 RAM or mreserves These two are mutually exclusive i e the linker is called with one of them but not the other Compiler assembler linker being called with the name of the debug tool to be used This is not an exhaustive list 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 239 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide NOTES DS50002027C page 240 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Appendix C Revision History Revision A November 2011 e Initial release of this document Revision B October 2012 JRE installation now automatic with Windows and Linux operating systems Mac operating system instructions provided Discussed in Chapter 2 Before You Begin 2 2 Install JRE and MPLAB X IDE Corrected information on device driver names and paths in Chapter 2 Added description of meaning of the two lights next to a debug tool in Chapter 3 Tutorial and Chapter 4 Basic Tasks Updated Icon definitions in Chapter 3 Tutorial and Chapter 4 Basic Tasks Added a list of language toolchain abbreviations in Chapter 4 Basic Tasks 4 3 Create a New Project 4 3 5 Step 5
278. or example to view variable values in watch or memory windows 2 MPLAB X IDE operation connects to the hardware tool at runtime Run or Debug Run This means that settings made in MPLAB X IDE will be passed to the tool only at runtime Settings changed during a halt will only be updated when runtime is again initiated To always be connected to the hardware tool like MPLAB IDE v8 see Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X Embedded button Generic Settings tab Maintain active connection to hardware tool checkbox 3 Forsome applications you may need to break down the debug steps for indepen dent execution To do this use the steps under Debug gt Discrete Debugger Oper ation 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 95 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 16 4 Debugging Your Application Code To debug your application code 1 Inthe Projects window select your project or make it the main project right click on the project and select Set as main 2 Click on the Debug Project icon or select Debug gt Debug Project or Debug gt Step Into to begin a Debug Run wat Er Debug Project To halt your application code e Click on the Pause icon or select Debug gt Pause to halt your program execution To run your code again e Click on the Continue icon or select Debug gt Continue to start your program execution again To end execution of your code
279. ose All Window gt Close All Documents Cascade not supported For document management see Tile Horizontally Tile Vertically Arrange Icons Window Sets Create Window Set Destroy Window Set Recent Windows Window gt Documents TABLE 10 10 HELP MENU DIFFERENCES MPLAB IDE v8 MPLAB X IDE Comments Topics Help gt Contents To view PDFs see Section 8 2 Projects Win dow View Release Notes Help gt Online Docs and Support Driver Installation Help gt Online Docs and Support Check for Updates not available Check the Microchip website for updates Web Links Help gt Online Docs and Support About MPLAB IDE Help gt About ees 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 181 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 10 4 TOOL SUPPORT DIFFERENCES The following table lists the available Microchip development tools and whether or not they will be supported in MPLAB X IDE TABLE 10 11 TOOL SUPPORT DIFFERENCES In MPLAB X IDE Development Tool Yes No PICkit 3 X PICkit 2 X PICkit 1 X MPLAB ICD 3 X MPLAB ICD 2 X MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator X MPLAB ICE 2000 X MPLAB ICE 4000 X MPLAB PM3 X PRO MATE Il X PICSTART Plus D MPLAB VDI X TABLE 10 12 PLUGIN SUPPORT DIFFERENCES In MPLAB X IDE
280. own debug macros or you may want to set up the same debug capabilities with third party tools To set up a debug configuration 1 Inthe Configuration dialog select a project configuration and click Duplicate 2 Click Rename and enter a name in the New Configuration Name dialog such as MyDebug 3 Click OK twice to return to the Project Properties dialog The Debug configuration Conf MyDebug should now be visible 4 Click on the compiler in the toolchain Under the Preprocessing and messages options category locate the option that allows you to define a macro and click on the associated text box 5 Inthe pop up dialog enter a macro name such as MyDebusg and click OK You may now switch to the Debug configuration when you want to debug You can use the preprocessor macro in conditional text ifdef MyDebug fprintf stderr This is a debugging message n endif FIGURE 6 5 DEBUG CONFIGURATION x Project Properties MyProject Categories r yan Options for xc32 gcc v1 11 gt Conf default Option categories Bre eg Reset Real ICE ds Fees Ges B Libraries Indude directories ke Building Make wi F g 9 XC32 Global Options lake warnings into errors O xc32 as Additional warnings xce32 gcc support ansi Q xc32 g ge 2 xc324d bia J Conf MyDebug Use CCI syntax 9 Real ICE Use IAR syntax Loading 2 Libraries 2 Building X
281. p Into executes one source line of a program If the line is a function call executes the program up to the function s first statement and then stops Step Over Expression steps over the expression and then stops the debugging Step Out executes one source line of a program If the line is a function call executes the function and returns control to the caller Step Over executes one source line of a program If the line is a function call executes the entire function and then stops DS50002027C page 146 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Advanced Tasks TABLE 6 4 EDIT FUNCTIONS Function Details Next Bookmark cycles forward through the bookmarks Previous Bookmark cycles backward through the bookmarks Clear Document clears all bookmarks in the document Bookmarks Quick Search displays the Quick Search toolbar Find in Projects finds specified text object names object types within projects Replace in Projects replaces text object names object types within projects Copy copies the current selection to the clipboard Cut deletes the current selection and places it on the clipboard Delete deletes the current selection Find finds a text string Paste pastes the contents of the clipboard into the insertion point Redo reverses one at a time a series of Undo commands Undo reverses one at a time a series of editor actions except Save TAB
282. pens the Navigator window DS50002027C page 150 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Advanced Tasks TABLE 6 13 WINDOW FUNCTIONS CONTINUED Function Details Palette opens the Palette window Java related Find Usages Results opens the Find Usages window Refactoring Preview opens a Preview window of refactoring results Search Results opens the Search window Tasks opens the Tasks window TABLE 6 14 XML FUNCTIONS Function Details Check File checks an XML file for well formedness Check DTD opens the DTDs and XML Schemas Manager Validate File checks an XML file for syntax errors in accordance with an XML schema or DTD XSL Transform transform XML document s using an XSL stylesheet ELU TS 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 151 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide NOTES DS50002027C page 152 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 7 Editor 7 1 INTRODUCTION MPLAB X IDE is built upon the NetBeans platform which provides a built in editor to create new code or change existing code General information on this editor is available under the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Basic File Features C compiler information regarding the editor is available under the NetBeans help topic C C Fortran Development gt Working with C C For tran Projects gt Editing Source Files in C C Fort
283. pping devices Serial EEPROMs microperipherals nonvolatile memory and analog products In addition Microchip s quality system for the design and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001 2000 certified DS50002027C page 2 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Table of Contents POTAGE Tree ne en den en ed 7 Chapter 1 What is MPLAB X IDE 11 lege elt 11 1 2 An Overview of Embedded Systems A 12 1 3 The Development Cycle minent aan ant tte E ue 19 er EE 20 1 Language TOO LE LEE aan eia ia nn lid te ee eue 21 1 6 Target DE DUGGING sinistres datant sueur Minutes 22 1 7 Device Programming Man EELER AEN 23 1 8 Components of MPLAB X IDE se 24 1 9 MPLAB X IDE Online Helpe han dimneneeneneitenannate nn na 29 1 10 Other MPLAB X IDE Documentation AAA 26 RE EE ee 28 112 MPLAB IDE Updates siens se nn A ne hat Oe 28 Chapter 2 Before You Begin E Wl tee tere EE 29 2 2 Install JRE and MPLAB X IDE jaca se es hentai nt ie 29 2 3 Install the USB Device Drivers For Hardware Tools 30 2 4 Connect to a Target For Hardware Tools sccceeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeeeeenaaaes 34 2 5 Install the Language TOOIS sus en stata SA dt nent trs 34 2 0 ktaunch the IDE issus aa nent ets ds GO ce te nt 35 2 7 Launch Multiple Instances of the IDE c cee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeeaeeeee 38 Chapter 3 Tutorial Sil M LA ele ETES 110 EEN 41
284. pply to MPLAB X projects Therefore all folders displayed can be categorized as one of the following types of files Header Files MPLAB X IDE does not use this category when building Consider it as a means to document a project s dependency on a header file and a conve nient method to access these files You can double click on a file in the Projects window to open the file in an editor Linker Files You do not need to add a linker script to your project because the project language tools will find the appropriate generic linker script for your device So this folder will be empty unless you have created your own linker script There should be only one file in this folder If you have more than one linker script only the first one has any effect it is the linker script that the tool will use in the link step Source Files These are the only files that the toolchain will accept as input to its file commands Important Files Any file that does not fit into any of the other categories will end up in this folder You can add project specific data sheets PDFs to this location in the Projects window Then you can double click on the PDF to launch the data sheet This requires that a PDF reader is installed Libraries The toolchain should take all of the files in this folder as well as the object files and include them in the final link step For more information see Section 4 11 Add and Set Up Library and Obje
285. precompiled object files o Source Files source files c or asm Important Files important files such as makefiles Other documents can be placed here such as data sheet PDFs 8 3 FILES WINDOW VIEW Project folders viewed in the Files window are actual folders folders on your personal computer For more on this window see the NetBeans help topic Files Window as used with C code projects FIGURE 8 2 FILES WINDOW SIMPLE C CODE PROJECT Ce P Makefile A MyFile c lt amp MyProject X production elf 7 MyProject X production hex nbproject private Makefile Debug mk Makefile default mk Makefile genesis properties Makefile impl mk Makefile variables mk Package Debug bash Package default bash configurations xml project properties project xml DS50002027C page 164 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Project Files and Folders TABLE 8 2 FILES WINDOW DEFINITIONS Folder Description MyProject The project folder which contains the Makefile file and C code or assembly application files Makefile is the master makefile for the project This file is generated at project creation time and it is not touched after that it will not be regener ated You can make changes to this file if you are familiar with GNU make But MPLAB X IDE provides ways to add a pre step and post step Project Properties which ca
286. r 221 Stop at the Reset vector on reset 221 Stop Build RUN 1 522 nur iets sees 188 Stopwatch ccceccececeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeaees 124 150 SUDVETSION o erasini orria ne 190 Suppressible Messages 81 Synchronize Editor with Views 186 T Tasks WindoWsssss sement 151 Team Chat Window 150 Team Menuisier omninsemii nns 190 Team Project 4 sssussenne 150 Templates ss Rite tata 190 Terminal Window 149 150 Test File 99 eich un etes ns tee 148 188 Test Projest riens Anne d teste 148 188 Test Results Window 150 Threads Window 150 Toggle Bookmarks sers 187 COMMENE EE 187 Line Breakpoint eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeees 189 Tool Support Lights 71 Toolbar Customization 145 TOOIDANS EE 186 193 Tools Menu Changes sssssssseeeneneerrnssserrrersreee 180 Trace Window ccecseeseeseeceececeeeeseaaeeaseseeeeeeeeneees 150 Tuple Breakpoint eee eeeeseeeeeeeeeenteeeeeneeeeneeeees 99 Type of Memory 2ccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenaeees 127 U WN Le PR et oinera 147 185 USB she r nr nas eee 267 Device Drivers Installing
287. r Some errors are listed below Command line too long Windows XP and later When a project s makefile is run each command that is executed is passed to the local native shell For Windows XP and later operating systems there is a limit of 8191 char acters Therefore for a project with hundreds of c files that link the limit could be sur passed and this error will be displayed Linux OS and Mac OS X can usually take very long command lines If you want to find out how long for your system you can type on the command line getconf ARG MAX Response File Workaround If you are using either the MPLAB XC32 C compiler or MPLAB XC8 C compiler v1 01 and above you may be able to use a response file when calling the linker to work around this issue For MPLAB XC 8 in the Project Properties window File gt Project Properties click in Categories on XC8 linker Under Option categories select Additional Options Check the checkbox next to Use response file to link For MPLAB XC32 in the Project Properties window File gt Project Properties click in Categories on xc32 Id Under Option categories select General Check the checkbox next to Use response file to link Library Workaround For all other compilers you can create an MPLAB X IDE library project and move some source files from your main project to the library project Then add the library project to your main project
288. r Path to the assembler if available Make command Name of the make command generated by MPLAB X IDE Add Add a new language tool item to the list Also consider using Scan for Build Tools Remove Remove a language tool item from the list This does not remove the language tool from the computer Default Click on a tool and then click Default to make this tool the default compiler assembler for the selected device Scan for Build Tools Scan the computer for installed compilers assemblers in various default locations not the whole system If you install in a different location add the compiler manually 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 219 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 12 12 2 Project Options Tab Set options related to the project TABLE 12 19 PROJECT OPTIONS TAB ITEMS Item Description Make Options Enter make options to use when building projects These options are toolchain dependent See your language tool documentation File Path Mode Specify how to store file path information in a project Auto Paths to files inside project folder stored as relative paths to files outside project folder stored as absolute Always Relative All paths stored as relative to project folder Always Absolute All paths stored as absolute full path Save All Modified Files Before Running Make If selected saves all unsaved files in the IDE before running
289. r C source files and header files Section 12 12 6 Other Tab 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 81 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 8 CREATE A NEW FILE New files can be created by doing one of the following Selecting File gt New File or Ctrl N e Right clicking on the project in the Project File window and selecting New gt Other e Right clicking on a logical folder e g Source Files in the Project File window and selecting New gt Other A New File Wizard with launch to guide you through new file set up Step 1 Choose File Type Choose the file category by expanding Microchip Embed ded to find an appropriate selection Then select a file type FIGURE 4 13 FILE WIZARD CHOOSE CATEGORY AND TYPE M New File LS Steps Choose File Type 1 Choose File Type Project Q MyProject T a Categories File Types LI Microchip Embedded 2 JE main c J ASM30 Assembler D C18 Compiler D c30 Compiler g LI HI TECH Compiler 1 MPASM assembler D xc16 Compiler D xc8 Compiler CH D c X Description Finis Cancel EE DS50002027C page 82 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks Step 2 Name and Location Name the file and place it in the project folder FIGURE 4 14 FILE WIZARD CHOOSE ASSOCIATED PROJECT x New main c Lx Steps Name and Location 1 Choose File Type File Name MyFile 2 Name and Loc
290. ran Projects gt About Editing C and C Files MPLAB X IDE Editor features are discussed below e Editor Usage e Editor Options e Code Folding C Code Refactoring 7 2 EDITOR USAGE To being using the Editor you can create or open an existing file using File gt New File or File gt Open File respectively Additional controls and features are described in the following sections 7 2 1 Desktop Controls The following desktop items are associated with the Editor e File menu see Section 11 2 1 File Menu to open a file in an Editor window e Edit menu see Section 11 2 2 Edit Menu to use edit commands e Editor toolbar located at the top of each file s Editor window see Section 11 3 9 Editor Toolbar to access some edit commands e Window right click context menu for additional commands 7 2 2 Hyperlinks in C Code Hyperlink navigation lets you jump from the invocation of a function variable or con stant to its declaration To use a hyperlink do one of the following e Mouse over a function variable or constant while pressing lt Ctrl gt Windows and Linux or lt Command gt Mac A hyperlink appears along with a tooltip with infor mation about the element Click the hyperlink and the editor jumps to the declaration Press lt Alt gt lt Left Arrow gt to jump back to the invocation Mouse over an identifier and press lt Ctrl gt lt B gt or lt Command gt lt B gt The editor jump
291. ration such as the project device related debug programmer tool and language tool Do not change any of these items for this tutorial unless you have made a mistake in previous sections Then update in this dialog and click Apply FIGURE 3 8 PROJECT PROPERTIES DIALOG x Project Properties MyProject E Categories Configuration 2 General o Family Device Real ICE All Families e PIC32MX360F512L 2 Loading gt Libraries Supported Debug Header Supported Plugin Board gt Building None None X XC32 Global Options 2 xc32 as gt xc32 gcc Hardware Tool Compiler Toolchain gt xc32g Hardware Tools H A Compiler Toolchains 00 ICD 3 C32 D PICKit2 C32 v2 02 C Program Files x86 oo PICkit3 HI TECH PICC32 None found PM3 5 XC32 5 00 Real ICE EC 22 v1 11 cz Program Fies xe EN DEFAULT 1 20 Simulator k A Microchip Starter Kits MCHV MICROSTICK SKDE 33 AUDIO SKDE Memory o SKDE PIC18F SKDE PIC24F 1 o SKDE PIC24H SENSOR o SKDE PIC32 z E A E Tip double click on serial number SN to use a friendly name FN instead Manage Configurations Cox _J can en He DS50002027C page 50 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Tutorial 3 3 4 Set Options for Debugger Programmer or Language Tools Additionally you set options for your tools in the Project Properties dialog To set up or change debugger programmer tool options
292. ration details are available on the page which can be opened by selecting the link above When you are selecting your preferences choosing Development Systems will pop ulate the list with available development tools The main categories of tools are listed below Compilers The latest information on Microchip C compilers assemblers linkers and other language tools These include all MPLAB C compilers all MPLAB assemblers including MPASM assembler all MPLAB linkers including MPLINK object linker and all MPLAB librarians including MPLIB object librarian Emulators The latest information on Microchip in circuit emulators This includes the MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator In Circuit Debuggers The latest information on Microchip in circuit debuggers These include the PICkit 2 PICkit 3 and MPLAB ICD 3 in circuit debuggers MPLAB IDE The latest information on Microchip MPLAB IDE the Win dows based Integrated Development Environment for development systems tools This list is focused on the MPLAB IDE MPLAB IDE Project Manager MPLAB Editor and MPLAB SIM simulator as well as general editing and debugging features Programmers The latest information on Microchip programmers These include the device production programmers MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator MPLAB ICD 3 in circuit debugger MPLAB PM3 and development nonproduction programmers PICkit 2 and 3 Starter Demo Boards Thes
293. rent project s hex file Use Up and Down to change the order 3 Click Apply or OK to accept the changes The next time you build the current project the hex files listed here will be combined with the current project s hex file to create a single output hex file 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 117 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide To load an alternative hex file 1 Click to check Load this hex file on run or program builds only debug not affected 2 Browse to the desired hex file and select it Select how you want the file refer enced Auto Relative Absolute and then click Add The next time you build the current project the alternative hex file will load on build complete 5 4 3 The Preferred Method to Use Loadables The recommended way to use loadables is 1 Select the project that sets the device configuration bits and initialization as the main project right click and select Set as Main Project The loadable should not have device configuration settings as this will conflict with the main project 2 Add the other projects as loadables to this main project If the project being loaded has more than one project configuration be sure to specify that when loading Specifying the project containing the loadables as the main project ensures that a change in any loadable will be picked up by the build when the Build button is pressed 5 5 LOADABLE PROJECTS AND FILES BOOTLOA
294. ress range used by the Pass Counter or as an event before another operation in a complex trigger R Radix The number base hex or decimal used in specifying an address RAM Random Access Memory Data Memory Memory in which information can be accessed in any order Raw Data The binary representation of code or data associated with a section Read Only Memory Memory hardware that allows fast access to permanently stored data but prevents addition to or modification of the data Real Time When an in circuit emulator or debugger is released from the halt state the processor runs in Real Time mode and behaves exactly as the normal chip would behave In Real Time mode the real time trace buffer of an emulator is enabled and constantly captures all selected cycles and all break logic is enabled In an in circuit emulator or debugger the processor executes in real time until a valid breakpoint causes a halt or until the user halts the execution In the simulator real time simply means execution of the microcontroller instructions as fast as they can be simulated by the host CPU Recursive Calls A function that calls itself either directly or indirectly Recursion The concept that a function or macro having been defined can call itself Great care should be taken when writing recursive macros it is easy to get caught in an infinite loop where there will be no exit from the recursion Reentrant A function that may have
295. rogram Files x86 Microchip MPLABX mplab ide etc Windows OS 32 Bit C Program Files Microchip MPLABX mplab ide etc Linux OS opt microchip mplabx mplab ide etc Mac OS X Applications microchip mplabx Contents Resources mplab ide etc The following line contains the default values default options J Dnb FileChooser useShellFolders false J Dcrownking stream verbosity very quiet J Xms256m J Xmx512m J XX PermSize 128m J XX MaxPermSize 384m J XX UseConcMarkSweepGC J XX CMSClassUnloadingEnabled The bolded areas are Xms256m tells the JVM to start with at least 256 MB for the heap Xms512m tells the JVM to allocate as much as 512 MB for the heap but no more XX PermSize 128m tells the JVM to allocates 128 MB for space needed to keep track of additional data that does not go on the heap 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 135 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide XX MaxPermSize 384m tells the JVM to allocate no more than 384 MB for the additional data that does not go on the heap You should not need to modify the PermSize or the MaxPermSize unless you get the error java lang OutOfMemoryError PermGen space In general the most important area is Xms512m this limits the maximum amount of heap that MPLAB X IDE will use While it might seem that having a large number of heap could be helpful memory used for MPLAB X IDE means less memory for other applications and system functions You can monitor
296. rogrammed The pro gram will immediately begin execution on completion of programming e Click Make and Program Device The project is built if necessary and device is programmed The program will NOT immediately begin execution on completion of programming You will need to disconnect the hardware tool from the target board before the application will run Other programming related functions are e Hold in Reset Toggle the device between Reset and Run e Read Device Memory Transfer what is in target memory to MPLAB X IDE Programming related icons are Run Icon wr Hold In Reset Icon Make and Program Device Icon Read Device Memory Icon Note Not all programming functions are in the MPLAB X IDE For additional pro gramming support see the MPLAB IPE included with the MPLAB X IDE installation 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 65 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide NOTES DS50002027C page 66 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE Chapter 4 Basic Tasks 4 1 WORKING WITH MPLAB X IDE PROJECTS The following steps show how to work with projects in MPLAB X IDE 1 Before You Begin install MPLAB X IDE set up any hardware tools install USB drivers and properly connect to your target and install language tools Re for your selected device Then launch MPLAB X IDE and begin this tutorial Preliminaries to the Desktop Create and Build a Vi
297. roller The simulator can accept a simulated input stimulus in order to model how the firmware responds to external signals The simulator can measure code execution time single step through code to watch variables and peripherals and trace the code to generate a detailed record of how the program ran When the hardware is in a prototype stage a hardware debugger such as an in circuit emulator or an in circuit debugger can be used These debug tools run the code in real time on your actual application by using special circuitry built into many devices with Flash program memory They can see into the target microcontroller s program and data memory and stop and start program execution allowing you to test the code with the microcontroller in place on the application After the application is running correctly you can program a microcontroller with one of Microchip s devices or development programmers These programmers verify that the finished code will run as designed MPLAB X IDE supports most PIC MCUs and all dsPIC DSCs DS50002027C page 18 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc What is MPLAB X IDE 1 3 THE DEVELOPMENT CYCLE The process for writing an application is often described as a development cycle since itis rare that all the steps from design to implementation can be done flawlessly the first time More often code is written tested and then modified in order to produce an appli cation that performs correctly
298. ror or issue 8 Right click in the window and select Save As to save the text to a file 9 Send the file to technical support DS50002027C page 144 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Advanced Tasks 6 7 CUSTOMIZE TOOLBARS You can customize MPLAB X IDE toolbars using the Customize Toolbars window Select View gt Toolbars gt Customize to open the window Available icons include Clean Only Run Set PC to Cursor etc Add a function to a toolbar Drag an icon from the Customize Toolbars window to a toolbar Remove a function from a toolbar Drag an icon from a toolbar to the Customize Toolbars window Add your own toolbar Click New Toolbar and name the new toolbar Change toolbar icon size e Check the checkbox Small Toolbar Icons to make the icons smaller e Uncheck to make the icons larger Revert to default toolbar Click Reset Toolbars Available functions are shown in the tables below TABLE 6 2 BUILD FUNCTIONS Function Details Make performs a make builds project files if they have been updated without cleaning Make Clean cleans remove previously built project files and makes the project TABLE 6 3 DEBUG FUNCTIONS Function Details New Data Breakpoint sets a new data breakpoint at the address New Run Time Watch adds the specified symbol to watch that will change value as the program runs executes New Watch enters an expression or
299. rt Enter a hexadecimal address in program memory Accessing this address according to Breaks on triggers a pause in code execution Address End If Enable Range Address is checked this box is enabled Enter a hexadecimal address in data memory Breaks on Program Memory Execution Break code execution when the address specified above is reached TBLRD Program Memory Break code execution when a table read to the address specified above occurs TBLWT Program Memory Break code execution when a table write to the address specified above occurs nn EO ________________ DS50002027C page 200 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs TABLE 12 6 BREAKPOINT TYPE ADDRESS PASS COUNT Item Description Condition Determine when the break specified under Breaks on occurs Always Break Always break when the Breaks on condition is met Break occurs Count Instructions after Event After an event Breaks on condition occurs execute Count Instructions before actually breaking Event must occur Count times An event Breaks on condition must occur Count times before actually breaking Count According to the Condition specified enter either a count for the number of instructions after an event or the number of events See also Section For some devices PIC16F1xxx MCUs enhanced event breakpoints actions are availabl
300. s c08227 MCHP MAIN MPLABXProjects Browse eo pea wea AF Project Folder C Users c08227 MCHP MAIN MPLABXProjects MyProject X per Overwrite existing project V Set as main project Encoding ISO 8859 1 DECK PIR 3 S S E lt Back ext Finish l Cancel Help LE Er DS50002027C page 48 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Tutorial 3 3 2 View Changes to the Desktop Once you have created your project several panes will open in the IDE e File pane A pane with four tabbed windows Projects Files Classes and Ser vices not shown automatically windows In this tutorial we will focus on the Projects window which displays the project tree with files grouped by category Navigation pane A pane that displays information on the file or project selected For a project the project environment shows details about the project and for a file symbols and variables are shown visible here FIGURE 3 7 MPLAB X IDE DESKTOP Editor pane A pane for viewing and editing project files The Start Page also is Task pane A pane that displays task output from building debugging or running an application S DE MPLAB X IDE v195 MyProject detault AS ane Projects x files MyProject i Mesder Pies Important Fies FILE PANE Project Dashb Source Files Mavigstor a MyProject ocre rm s12 Production Image C32 v1 11 C Program Fi C2 Merr
301. s operations commonly used in writing source code After the code is written the editor works with the other tools to display code execution in the debugger Breakpoints which stop or break the execution of code can be set in the editor and the values of variables can be inspected by hovering the mouse pointer over the variable name Names of variables can be dragged from source text windows and then dropped into a Watch window where their changing values can be watched after each breakpoint or during code execution DS50002027C page 20 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc What is MPLAB X IDE 1 5 LANGUAGE TOOLS Language tools are programs such as cross assemblers and cross compilers Most people are familiar with some of the language tools that run on a computer e g Visual Basic or C compilers When using language tools for embedded systems a cross assembler or cross compiler is used These tools differ from typical compilers in that they run on a computer but they produce code to run on another microprocessor or microcontroller Language tools also produce a debug file that MPLAB X IDE uses to correlate the machine instructions and memory locations with the source code This bit of integration allows the MPLAB X IDE editor to set breakpoints allows Watches windows to view variable contents and lets you single step through the source code while watching the application execute Embedded system lang
302. s system32 drivers WinUSB sys 64 bit 2 3 2 2 IF YOU HAVE WINDOWS XP 64 MANUALLY SWITCH If using the Windows XP 64 bit OS you will have to switch the device drivers manually See Section 2 3 2 6 If You Need to Manually Install the Drivers DS50002027C page 30 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Before You Begin 2 3 2 3 IF YOU HAVE WINDOWS 7 OR 8 USE ADMINISTRATOR MODE If you will use the Switcher executable to install your device drivers you must be in Administrator mode to run this program on Windows 7 or 8 To run the Device Driver Switcher GUI application as administrator right click on the executable MPDDSwitch exe or MPDDSwitch64 exe and select Run as Administrator It is recommended that you use the GUI application first to switch the drivers If this is problematic you may switch the drivers using command line applications To run the command line application mchpdds32 exe or mchpdds64 exe as administrator first open the command prompt in Admin mode Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt right click and select Run as Administra tor This will open up the Administrator Command Prompt After this the instructions provided in the ReadMe32 txt or ReadMe64 txt file may be followed to complete the driver switching 2 3 2 4 IF MPLAB IDE V8 XX IS ALREADY INSTALLED ON YOUR SYSTEM If MPLAB IDE v8 xx or earlier is already installed on your computer you will run the Sw
303. s that the embedded controller is dedicated to one specific task or set of tasks A personal computer is designed to run many different types of programs and to connect to many different external devices An embedded controller has a single program and as a result can be made cheaply to include just enough computing power and hardware to perform that dedicated task A personal computer has a relatively expensive generalized central processing unit CPU at its heart with many other external devices memory disk drives video con trollers network interface circuits etc An embedded system has a low cost micro controller unit MCU for its intelligence with many peripheral circuits on the same chip and with relatively few external devices Often an embedded system is an invisible part or sub module of another product such as a cordless drill refrigerator or garage door opener The controller in these products does a tiny portion of the function of the whole device The controller adds low cost intelligence to some of the critical sub systems in these devices An example of an embedded system is a smoke detector Its function is to evaluate sig nals from a sensor and sound an alarm if the signals indicate the presence of smoke A small program in the smoke detector either runs in an infinite loop sampling the sig nal from the smoke sensor or lies dormant in a low power Sleep mode being awak ened by a signal from the sensor The
304. s to the declaration Press lt Alt gt lt Left Arrow gt to jump back to the invocation Press lt Alt gt lt Left Arrow gt and lt Alt gt lt Right Arrow gt to move backward and forward through the history of the cursor position 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 153 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Also see the NetBeans Help topic C C Fortran Development gt Working with C C Fortran Projects gt Navigating Source Files and Projects gt Using Hyperlink Navigation 7 2 3 Hyperlinks in ASM Code To navigate to header files included in assembly source files press lt Ctrl gt Windows and Linux or lt Command gt Mac while placing the mouse cursor over the file name referenced by a include statement Then click the mouse select button to open the include file in its own file tab in the editor 7 2 4 Editor Features of Note The following table summarizes some of the more frequently used features of the editor TABLE 7 1 EDITOR FEATURES Editor Feature Reference Unicode is supported By default newly created projects in the IDE use ISO 8859 1 character encoding To change this e Right click the project name in the Projects window and choose Properties e In the left column under Categories select General e On the bottom of the page find Encoding and change Code is colored based on syntax Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for
305. se that control the assembler s allocation of program or data memory and provide a way to refer to data items symbolically that is by meaningful names Data Memory On Microchip MCU and DSC devices data memory RAM is comprised of General Purpose Registers GPRs and Special Function Registers SFRs Some devices also have EEPROM data memory Data Monitor and Control Interface DMCI The Data Monitor and Control Interface or DMCI is a tool in MPLAB X IDE The interface provides dynamic input control of application variables in projects Application generated data can be viewed graphically using any of 4 dynamically assignable graph windows Debug Debugger See ICE ICD Debugging Information Compiler and assembler options that when selected provide varying degrees of information used to debug application code See compiler or assembler documentation for details on selecting debug options Deprecated Features Features that are still supported for legacy reasons but will eventually be phased out and no longer used Device Programmer A tool used to program electrically programmable semiconductor devices such as microcontrollers Digital Signal Controller A A digital signal controller DSC is a microcontroller device with digital signal processing capability i e Microchip dsPIC DSC devices Digital Signal Processing Digital Signal Processor Digital signal processing DSP is the computer manipulation of digital
306. select Helo gt Help Contents This merges all help files into one so it may take a little more time to open For NetBeans information see the online help files under NetBeans Help in the table of contents For all MPLAB X IDE development tool information see the online help files under MPLAB X IDE Help in the table of contents You can also view individual help files for selected tools under Help gt Tool Help Contents Launching an individual help file will be faster and provide a smaller search of topics For a comparison of MPLAB X IDE and MPLAB IDE v8 see Chapter 10 MPLAB X IDE vs MPLAB IDE v8 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 25 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 1 10 OTHER MPLAB X IDE DOCUMENTATION In addition to help links to other documentation videos forums and wikis are featured on the Start Page Figure 1 10 The MPLAB X IDE Wiki is a good place to look for tips on advance features Figure 1 11 FIGURE 1 10 MPLAB X IDE START PAGE BE mpLas x ioe v1 95 1 Lei eeng Fie Ede View Navigate Source Refactor Rum Debug Team Toots Window Help y k de e EA 1 ei PC Oe Q StartPage zj isj Quick Start ER Minute Videos C Forums LAN MPLAB IDE v Users IMPORTANT os Ditferences trom MPLAB 8 di MPLAB X IDE Fonsm S Take a Tour AN Tutorials gt gt L MPLAB Harmony Forum va Downiosd Compiiers and Assemblers w MPLAB X IDE vim Release Notes and
307. set addressing Non Real Time Refers to the processor at a breakpoint or executing single step instructions or MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE being run in simulator mode Non Volatile Storage A storage device whose contents are preserved when its power is off 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 259 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide NOP No Operation An instruction that has no effect when executed except to advance the program counter O Object Code Object File Object code is the machine code generated by an assembler or compiler An object file is a file containing machine code and possibly debug information It may be immediately executable or it may be relocatable requiring linking with other object files e g libraries to produce a complete executable program Object File Directives Directives that are used only when creating an object file Octal The base 8 number system that only uses the digits 0 7 The rightmost digit counts ones the next digit counts multiples of 8 then 8 64 etc Off Chip Memory Off chip memory refers to the memory selection option for the PIC18 device where memory may reside on the target board or where all program memory may be supplied by the emulator The Memory tab accessed from Options gt Development Mode provides the Off Chip Memory selection dialog box Opcodes Operational Codes See Mnemonics Operators Symbols like the plus sign and the minus sign
308. signals commonly analog signals sound or image which have been converted to digital form sampled A digital signal processor is a microprocessor that is designed for use in digital signal processing Directives Statements in source code that provide control of the language tool s operation Download Download is the process of sending data from a host to another device such as an emulator programmer or target board DWARF Debug With Arbitrary Record Format DWARF is a debug information format for ELF files DS50002027C page 252 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Glossary E EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory A special type of PROM that can be erased electrically Data is written or erased one byte at a time EEPROM retains its contents even when power is turned off ELF Executable and Linking Format An object file of this format contains machine code Debugging and other information is specified in with DWARF ELF DWARF provide better debugging of optimized code than COFF Emulation Emulator See ICE ICD Endianness The ordering of bytes in a multi byte object Environment MPLAB PM3 A folder containing files on how to program a device This folder can be transferred to a SD MMC card Epilogue A portion of compiler generated code that is responsible for deallocating stack space restoring registers and performing any other machine specific requirement specified in the r
309. sing the Prebuilt Projects import wizard 3 Use Loadable Projects and Files to combine or replace project hex files A common application is using loadables for combining bootloaders and application code as in Loadable Projects and Files Bootloaders 4 Create Library Projects to build their output as a library 5 Create Projects from Other Embedded Projects or Sample Projects 6 Work with Other Types of Files not just Microchip ones Also Modify or Cre ate Code Templates to change the default file templates that you use in your project 7 Switch Hardware or Language Tools used in your project Modify Project Folders and Encoding of an existing project Speed Up Build Times using parallel make Work with Projects Use the Stopwatch to determine the timing between breakpoints View the Disassembly Window to see disassembled code Use View The Call Graph to navigate function calls View the Dashboard Display to see project information such as breakpoint resources checksums and memory usage Debug Code Fb 1 Improve Your Code by using refactoring and profiling tools Ch Control Source Code by using built in file history or a version control system 3 Collaborate on Code Development and Error Tracking by using a team server and an issue tracking system Manage Code Ch 1 Add Plug In Tools to aid code development Add Functionality To see this feature refer to the Start Page My MPLAB X IDE tab
310. splay to fit the data umns Reload View Reload the original data view for the trace display at pause TABLE 12 23 TRACE DIALOGS Dialog Description Go To Specify a trace line to go to Find Find a line number or other data in the trace display Output to File Range Specify a range of lines to output to a file Click OK to proceed to the Save dialog to save the data to a text file Save Save data to a text file Print Specify the printer page setup and appearance before printing 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 223 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 12 14 WATCHE S WINDOW Use the Watches window to watch the values of symbols that you select change To open the Watches window select Window gt Debugging gt Watches 12 141 Watches Operation For information on using the Watches window see Section 4 19 Watch Symbol Values Change e the NetBeans Help topic C C Fortran Development gt Debugging C C Fortran Applications with gdb gt Viewing C C Fortran Program Information gt Creating a C C Fortran Watch 12 14 2 Watches Menu Right click on a row to open the Watches menu The items available will depend on whether a symbol is in the row or what debug tool you are using TABLE 12 24 WATCHES WINDOW MENU ITEMS Menu Item Description New Watch Add a new symbol to watch New Runtime Watch MPLAB REAL ICE In Circuit Emulator Only
311. ss this dialog by right clicking on the file name in the Projects window and selecting Properties Select to exclude the file from the project build or override the project build options with the ones selected here To override build options check the checkbox and then click Apply to see selection options appear under Catego ries FIGURE 4 19 FILE PROPERTIES BE File Properties led_message c ZS Categories File Configuration gt conf default Device PIC32MX360F512L Tool Real ICE Compiler XC32 Exclude from build Override build options This configuration inherits its device tool and compiler from a project configuration None of these parameters may change You may however use the Exdude from build and Override build options checkboxes to change the way this file builds You may exclude it from the build entirely or you may override the build options of the project configuration DE ces mi Gree DS50002027C page 88 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks An entire virtual folder can be excluded from the build process by right clicking on the folder name in the Projects window and selecting Properties Select to exclude folders or individual files from the build Selecting a folder that is above other folders will select the entire contents of that folder You may then deselect files or other f
312. such as by using Table Writes 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 211 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 12 8 13 Memory Window Menu Right clicking in the Memory window will display various options as shown below Not all options are available for all windows TABLE 12 12 MEMORY WINDOW MENU ITEM Item Description Virtual Address Physical Address Display the type of address checked under the Address column Hex Display Width Set the hexadecimal display width Options depend on the device selected 32 bit example One byte e g 00 01 02 OE OF Two bytes e g 00 02 04 OC OE Four bytes e g 00 04 08 OC Run to Cursor Run the program to the current cursor location Set PC at Cursor Set the Program Counter PC to the cursor location Focus Cursor at PC Move the cursor to the current PC address and center this address in the window Toggle Breakpoint Toggle on off existing breakpoint Symbolic Mode Display disassembled hex code with symbols Verbose Labels Show internal compiler labels Fill Memory Fill memory from Start Address to End Address with the value in Data Specify other options in the Fill Memory dialog Go To Go to the address function specified in the Go To dialog Find Find text specified in the Find dialog Enable Multiline Rows Allow multiple lines in the Configuration Bits window Output To F
313. sure that the XC32 toolchain is selected for this tutorial FIGURE 3 11 LANGUAGE TOOL COMPILER LOCATIONS Ox Geer da A E a G is General Editor Fonts amp Colors Keymap C C Miscellaneous Build Tools Project Options Generic Settings Suppressible Messages Other Toolchain C18 v3 43 C Program Files x86 C32 v2 02 C Program Files x86 mpasm v5 47 C Program Files x8 mpasm v5 46 C Program Files Ki Type XC32 XC16 v1 10 C Program Files x86 Base Directory C Program Files x86 Microchip xc32 v 1 11 bin XC8 v1 11 C Program Files x86 C Compiler C Program Files x86 Microchip xc32 v 1 11 bin xc32 gcc exe C Compiler C Program Files x86 Microchip xc32 v1 11 bin xc32 g exe Assembler C Program Files x86 Microchip xc32 v 1 11 bin xc32 as exe 5 Make Command C Program Files x86 Microchip MPLABX gnuBins GnuWin32 bin make exe 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 53 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 3 3 6 Add An Existing File to the Project For this tutorial you will use existing example code e Go to the Explorer 16 Development Board web page on the Microchip web site http www microchip com explorer16 e Click PIC32 Explorer 16 LED Example Application to download the ZIP file containing the example code e Once downloaded unzip the project e Move the file
314. t Useful when you are working with multiple projects See also Section 6 3 Work with Multiple Projects Open Required Projects Load all other projects that are required for the selected project to run Close Close selected project Rename Rename the project Move Move the project to another location Along with the project move the source files that are inside the project directory Files outside the project directory are not moved However the project still main tains reference to the files outside the project directory This is by design Copy Create a copy of the project If the source files are within the proj ect directory the source files are also copied to the new location Files outside the project directory are not copied However the project still maintains reference to the files outside the project directory This is by design Delete Delete the project files The project file is deleted but not the con tents under the project directory Only on selecting Also delete sources are all the source files deleted Code Assistance Select assistance in creating code code folding code completion etc Find Find specified text in files in this project Share on Team Server Share this project on a Team Server For details see Section 5 20 Collaborate on Code Development and Error Tracking Versioning Control this project s version by using a
315. t PC at cursor Sets the program counter PC value to the line address of the cursor Focus Cursor at PC Moves the cursor to the current PC address and centers this address in the window e e e D DS50002027C page 194 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Desktop Reference 11 3 7 Memory Toolbar The Memory Toolbar displays the current PC memory usage for MPLAB IDE Click on the display to force garbage collection 11 3 8 Quick Search Toolbar The Quick Search Toolbar displays a search text box Click the down arrow next to the magnifying glass to select the type of search 11 3 9 Editor Toolbar The Editor Toolbar currently contains button icons for the following functions These functions are also on the Edit and Source menus This toolbar appears at the top of the tab containing the current file source code Last Edited Moves to the line that contains the last edit made Back Navigates back Forward Navigates forward Find Selection Finds the first occurrence of the selected text Find Previous Occurrence Finds the previous occurrence of the selected text Find Next Occurrence Finds the next occurrence of the selected text Toggle Highlight Search Turns on off text selected for search Previous Bookmark Cycles backwards through the bookmarks Next Bookmark Cycles forward through the bookmarks Toggle Bookmark Sets a bookmark on a line of code Shift Left Mov
316. t be absolute Need any spaces escaped eee a 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 143 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 6 6 LOG DATA Log files are useful for capturing your program execution and debugging problems When you have an MPLAB X IDE error or issue and need to contact technical support see Customer Support you should capture data in two log files MPLAB X IDE log file and the NetBeans platform log file 6 6 1 MPLAB X IDE Log File The MPLAB X IDE log file generates data based on the Java Logger class To set up a log file 1 Select Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X Embedded button Diagnostics tab 2 Select a logging level from the drop down box For details see Section 12 12 5 Diagnostics Tab Note The higher the logging level the more data is collected but the slower your application will run 3 Select a location path for the log file To log data 1 Setup the log file using logging level Finest 2 Take note of the log file name and location 3 Repeat the steps to cause the error or issue 4 Find the log file s and send to technical support 6 6 2 NetBeans Platform Log File The NetBeans log file generates information on the executing NetBeans Platform To log data 5 Open the log file the Output window by selecting View gt IDE log 6 Right click in the window and select Clear 7 Repeat the steps to cause the er
317. t emulator you may specify a plug in board to use A plug in board is the circuit board that is inserted into the emulator s driver board slot Since the Explorer 16 board works with either the Standard or High Speed Communi cations driver boards leave the Supported Plugin Board as None Select your tool and then click Next gt FIGURE 3 4 PROJECT WIZARD SELECT PLUGIN x New Project x Steps Select Plugin Board 1 Choose Project 2 Select Device OPTIONAL Please select an associated plugin board if present 3 Select Header 4 Select Tool 2 Plugin Board Supported Plugin Board None X 6 Select Compiler 7 Select Project Name and Folder A plug in board is a daughter board for the REAL ICE that provides specialized debugging and or programming features IP Fs lt Back next gt Finis l Cancel Help EE DS50002027C page 46 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Tutorial STEP 6 Step 6 selects the language tool either a C compiler or assembler Again the colored circle light in front of the compiler name signifies the device support level Mouse over for text The version and installation location of a language tool is displayed beneath that tool This allows you to select from several installed language tools Select your tool and then click Next gt FIGURE 3 5 PROJECT WIZARD SELECT LANGUAGE TOOL x New Project _ D Steps Select
318. t file there is no filling of unused addresses For more information on using HEXMATE see the manual pdf in the docs folder of the installed MPLAB XC8 C compiler A normalized hex file is useful for programming code such as a bootloader over a serial connection as the variation of record bytes is minimized DS50002027C page 92 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks 4 14 BUILD A PROJECT For MPLAB X IDE it is not necessary to build the project first and then run or debug Building is part of the run and debug processes For initial development or major changes however you may want to make sure that the project builds before attempting to run or debug To build a project e In the Projects window right click on the project name and select Build You may also select Clean and Build to remove intermediary files before building e Click on the Build Project or Clean and Build Project toolbar icon Build progress will be visible in the Output window Available build functions are TABLE 4 4 BUILD OPTIONS ON TOOLBAR BUTTONS Button Icon Function Description Build Project Make all the files in the project D Build for Debugging Make all the files in the project and add a debug executive to the built image TE Clean and Build Remove previous build files and make all Se the files in the project Clean and Build for Debugging Remove previous build files and
319. t is necessary 2 Forin circuit debuggers emulators the target device or header will automatically be programmed with the image including the debug executive and a debug ses sion will be started 3 For simulators a debug session will be started Debug Run progress will be visible in the Output window 4 16 2 Debug Macros Generated MPLAB X IDE generates debug macros for use with Microchip language tools Macros passed to Microchip compilers and assemblers are shown in Table 4 5 TABLE 4 5 MICROCHIP TOOLS DEBUG MACROS Assoc Macro Name Function Tool ___ DEBUG All Specifies that this is a debug build MPLAB REAL ICE XC8 Specifies the hardware debug tool in use MPLAB ICD3 The format is MPLAB xxx where xxx _ MPLAB PK3 represents the hardware tool specifier __MPLAB PICKIT2 __MPLAB DEBUGGER REAL ICE XC16 Specifies the hardware debug tool in use __ MPLAB DEBUGGER ICD3 XC32 The format is MPLAB DEBUGGER xxx __MPLAB DEBUGGER PK3 MPASM where xxx represents the hardware tool __MPLAB DEBUGGER PICKIT2 specifier __MPLAB DEBUGGER PIC32MXSK XC32 Specifies the starter kit in use You may use these macros in your own code For example ifdef DEBUG fprintf stderr This is a debugging message n endif 416 3 Debug Considerations When debugging your code consider 1 You will need to be in a debug session debug mode to activate many debugging features F
320. te the correct device driver for your system The default locations for the device drivers are C Program Files Microchip MPLABX Switcher 32Bit winusb x86 MCHPWinUSBDevice inf or C Program Files Microchip MPLABX Switcher 64Bit winusb amd64 MCHPWinUSBDevice inf For Windows 8 the drivers are in either the x86_Windowss or in the amd64_ Windowss subfolder 5 Ifa Windows Security dialog pops up select Install this driver software anyway to proceed to install the drivers 2 3 2 7 TOOL COMMUNICATION ISSUES 1 If you are using a docking station or hub and have issues after plugging in the tool you may need to plug the tool directly into a USB port on your computer This is a Known issue with the WinUSB driver 2 If you need to reinstall a driver manually you will need to point to the INF file in the 32Bit or 64Bit folder See Section 2 3 2 6 If You Need to Manually Install the Drivers for details 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 33 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 2 4 CONNECT TOA TARGET FOR HARDWARE TOOLS For in circuit debuggers and emulators refer to the following to determine how to connect your hardware tool to a target e the Development Tools Design Advisory e the Header Specification if you are using a header e your tool documentation For dedicated programmers refer to your tool documentation for connection information If you are using a Microchip demonstration board e
321. tems When you install MPLAB X IDE on a Mac or Linux box the installer will place the USB drivers for you You do not need to do anything 2 3 2 USB Driver Installation for Windows XP 7 8 Operating Systems If you install MPLAB X IDE on a personal computer uses Windows OS follow the instructions below to correctly install the USB drivers The USB hardware tool drivers for MPLAB IDE v8 xx are not the same as those for MPLAB X IDE These instructions apply to the following tools MPLAB REAL ICE in circuit emulator e MPLAB ICD 3 in circuit debugger e MPLAB PM3 device programmer PIC32 Starter Kit You do not need to do anything for PICkit 2 PICkit 3 or other MPLAB Starter Kits Follow the instructions below to determine your installation method 2 3 2 1 BEFORE YOU INSTALL THE DRIVERS Whether you use the Switcher utility or activate the preinstaller to install your drivers both discussed in following sections be aware that your system s version of WinUSB drivers will be replaced if they are older than the Switcher or preinstaller version If you want to keep your version of WinUSB drivers rename these files before installing any Microchip device driver The WinUSB driver files are located at the following locations 32 bit OS C Windows system32 WinUSB d11 32 bit Cc Windows system32 drivers WinUSB sys 64 bit 64 bit OS C Windows SysWOW64 WinUSB d11 32 bit Cc Windows system32 WinUSB d11 64 bit Cc Window
322. the build paths for MPLAB IDE v8 and MPLAB X IDE are different So you may see an error like lt install path gt ld exe cannot find file o since in MPLAB IDE v8 all build related files are in one directory whereas in MPLAB X IDE build files are in different subdirectories You can edit your linker script to work with MPLAB X IDE by using wild cards For exam ple change Global namespace object initialization MPLAB v8 init KEEP crti o init gt kseg0 program mem to Global namespace object initialization MPLAB X init KEEP crti o init gt kseg0 program mem Alternatively you can use an address attribute that allows you to place functions in C code int attribute address 0x9D001000 myfunction void This allows you to place a function at an address without modifying the default linker script DS50002027C page 170 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Troubleshooting 9 5 NETBEANS PLATFORM ISSUES The NetBeans platform may have issues concerning the platform release used for MPLAB X IDE For more help visit the NetBeans web site www netbeans org See also http netbeans org community releases index html 9 6 ERRORS Errors can take many forms in the IDE most commonly as icons in windows or mes sages in the Output window Hovering over icons will pop up text that may explain the issue For text messages please refer to online help to search for the erro
323. ties dialog Device You must select this first to see the hardware tool and compiler support e Hardware Tool e Compiler Toolchain FIGURE 6 4 NEW CONFIGURATION BE Project Properties MyProject Categories Configuration gt General a 5 2 Conf default Real ICE All Families Loading Libraries Supported Debug Header gt Building 5 mpasm Global Options Le Hardware Tool 2 mplink I Hardware Tools Ma Conf NewConfiguration A bad platform tool PICkit2 Loading A PICKit3 Libraries Building Real ICE gt bad language toolchain Zem I jy Microchip Starter Kits a MOHN amp MICROSTICK a SKDE 33 AUDIO a SKDE Memory a SKDE PIC ISF a SKDE PIC24F 1 amp SKDE PIC24H SENSOR a SKDE PIC32 Starter Kits PKOB Manage Configurations Tip double click on serial number SN to use a friendly name FN instead Device Supported Plugin Board Compiler Toolchain DS50002027C page 140 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Advanced Tasks 6 42 Add a Duplicate Configuration You can add a configuration that is the duplicate of an existing one and then make edits from there A good use of a duplicate configuration is for the creation your own debug configura tion Although MPLAB X IDE provides debug macros for use with Microchip tools Section 4 16 2 Debug Macros Generated you may want to use your
324. tion is provided below 12 2 1 Window Data Updates Open windows are updated on a program halt except for Flash memory windows which must be read A program halt includes a halt after a run and stepping Halt updates can have the following effects Speed Updating takes time To decrease update time close any unused windows e Data overwrites The value of a file register displayed in an open window is read on halt See your device data sheet for the register operation on read 12 2 2 Window Data Changes MPLAB X IDE window data may be edited as described below If you cannot edit the data then this information is not available for you to change e Data may be edited in place Either double click to select an item and then type in a new value or click on the ellipsis next to an item and type the new value in the window that pops up e Data may be chosen from a drop down list when only certain choices are possible 12 2 3 Window Focus To ensure that you have a window in focus click not only on the window frame but also on a button a table cell or a drop down combo box 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 197 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 12 3 MPLAB X IDE WINDOWS WITH RELATED MENUS AND DIALOGS MPLAB X IDE uses some NetBeans windows as is However other windows and their related menus are modified or created specifically for embedded use
325. tion name Choose Edit gt Find in Projects to open the Find in Projects dialog box and then type the string of text that you are looking for To find where a function is declared in a source file you can double click the function in the Navigator window If the function is declared in a different source file right click the function and choose Navigate gt Go To Declaration from the contextual menu 7 5 4 Renaming a Function or Parameter To rename a function or parameter and update references to it throughout your project 1 Inthe Source Editor right click the function or parameter and choose Refactor gt Rename from the context menu 2 Inthe Rename dialog box type the New Name 3 Optionally click Preview In the Refactoring window at the bottom of the Source Editor review the lines of code that will be changed and clear the checkbox of any code that you do not want changed 4 Click Do Refactoring to apply the selected changes For quick in place renaming place the cursor in the item that you want to rename and press Ctrl R Then type the new name To finish renaming press Escape 7 5 5 Moving Copying and Safely Deleting C Code These functions are specific to C code See Section 11 2 6 Refactor Menu 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 161 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide NOTES DS50002027C page 162 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE MICROCHIP USER S GUIDE
326. tives bee its 185 Project Menu Changes 179 Project Properties 149 185 217 Debugger Programmer A 51 Defaults rant ns etal ie zeke AA ss 50 77 Hardware Tools 78 Language Tools 52 79 Project Properties Wimdow ssssssssesseesrne reserse 150 Project Wizard 43 68 Bee CET 148 Projects Window View 163 Projects M ltiple ege dees ele 137 Q QUICK Searchin nastepnie aiai aE 147 R Read Device Memory 109 Read Device Memory Main Project 148 Read Device Memory to File 109 148 Read EE Flash Data Memory to a File 109 Reading Recommended 9 EE 9 REO Os sn Ae ane Bier line 147 185 Refactor Change Function Parameter 188 Ee 188 Oe 188 RedO nce iia is Ei lee Pan ren 188 REMAMEG seet eet Eed Miss 188 Safely Del te sssminnianinnns 188 e GE ne Aves 188 Refactor Menu 188 Refactor Preview Window 151 Refactoring seier eege AE ee EE 160 Relative Paths ccccceccececeeseeeeeeeeeseeceeeeeeeeaaes 167 Release Build Configuration 174 179 Remote Terminal Window 149 150 Remove breakpoints upon importing a file 221 Remove Trailing Spaces 187 Repeat Build Run ooo eecceeeeeeeeeenteeeeteeeeenneeeeeeees 188 Replace s hits eines Getler ees teed 185 Replace in Projects 147 185 Reset ci ironed a E
327. topic C C Fortran Development gt C C Fortran Project Basics gt Navigating and Editing C C Fortran Source Files A list of features is available under Chapter 7 Editor To use editor features go to the e Edit menu see Section 11 2 2 Edit Menu e Editor toolbar located at the top of each file s Editor window FIGURE 4 16 EDITOR TOOLBAR StartPage 2 gt led_message c 8 ar bi ege e Window right click context menu To set editor properties 1 Select Tools gt Options mplab_ide gt Preferences for Mac OS X to open the Options dialog 2 Click on the Editor button Then click on a tab to set up Editor features 3 Click on the Fonts and Colors button Then click on a tab to set up color options To navigate through files and format your code 1 Select items from the Navigate menu to navigate inside and outside of files 2 Select items from the Source menu to format comment and auto complete code To use code folding For details on code folding see Section 7 4 Code Folding 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 85 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 4 11 ADD AND SET UP LIBRARY AND OBJECT FILES You can reference library files to be used by the linker in the following locations e the Libraries folder in the Projects window e the Project Properties dialog Additional library file set up may be done in the language tool librarian 4 11 1 Libraries Fo
328. tors are built into MPLAB X IDE so a program can be tested without any addi tional hardware A simulator is a software debugger and the debugger functions for the simulator are almost identical to the hardware debuggers allowing a new tool to be learned with ease Usually a simulator runs somewhat slower than an actual microcon troller since the CPU in the computer is being used to simulate the operations of the microcontroller 1 6 2 Hardware Debuggers There are two types of hardware that can be used with MPLAB X IDE programmers and hardware debuggers A programmer simply burns the machine code from the PC into the internal memory of the target microcontroller The microcontroller can then be plugged into the application and hopefully it will run as designed Usually however the code does not function exactly as anticipated and the engineer is tasked with reviewing the code and its operation in the application to determine how to modify the original source code to make it execute as desired This process is called debugging As noted previously the simulator can be used to test how the code will operate but once a microcontroller is programmed with the firmware many things out side the scope of the simulator come into play Using just a programmer the code could be changed reprogrammed into the microcontroller and plugged into the target for retest but this could be a long laborious cycle if the code is complex and it is difficult
329. uage tools also differ somewhat from compilers that run and execute on a computer because they must be very space conscious The smaller the code produced the better because that provides the smallest possible memory usage for the target which reduces cost This means that techniques to optimize and enhance the code using machine specific knowledge are desirable The size of programs for computers typically extends into the megabytes for moder ately complex programs The size of simple embedded systems programs may be as small as a thousand bytes or less medium size embedded system might need 32K or 64K of code for relatively complex functions Some embedded systems use megabytes of storage for large tables user text messages or data logging FIGURE 1 9 A COMPILER CONVERTS SOURCE CODE INTO MACHINE INSTRUCTIONS int main void 01101111 counter 1 10001000 TRISB 0 11001101 while input1 COMPILER 10100001 00110011 PORTB count 01011101 counter 00110001 11100101 EE eee 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 21 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 1 6 TARGET DEBUGGING In a development environment the execution of the code is tested on a debugger The debugger can be a software program that simulates the operation of the microcontroller for testing or it can be a hardware instrument to analyze the program as it executes in the application 1 6 1 Software Debuggers Simula
330. ucturing by evaluating the changes that you want to make showing you the parts of your application that are affected and making all necessary changes to your code For example if you use the Rename oper ation to change a class name the IDE finds every usage of that name in your code and offers to change each occurrence of that name for you e Refactor Menu e Undoing Refactoring Changes e Finding Function Usages e Renaming a Function or Parameter e Moving Copying and Safely Deleting C Code 7 5 1 Refactor Menu When you use the IDE s refactoring operations you can change the structure of your code and have the rest of your code updated to reflect the changes you have made Refactoring operations are available on the Refactor menu see Section 11 2 6 Refactor Menu 7 5 2 Undoing Refactoring Changes You can undo any changes that you made using the commands in the Refactor menu by following the steps below When you undo a refactoring the IDE rolls back all the changes in all the files that were affected by the refactoring To undo a refactoring command 1 Goto the Refactor menu in the main menu bar 2 Choose Undo The IDE rolls back all the changes in all the files that were affected by the refactoring If any of the affected files have been modified since the refactoring took place the Refactoring Undo is not available DS50002027C page 160 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Editor 7 5 3 Finding Fun
331. ug PROJ NAME debug cof or elf DS50002027C page 238 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Working Outside the IDE B 3 COMPILING FOR DEBUG OUTSIDE OF MPLAB X IDE To compile code for debugging outside of MPLAB X IDE you must ensure you pass the correct parameters to the compiler and or the linker to reserve the areas required by the specific tool being used The parameter values depend on the debug tool being used and on the compiler being used Furthermore the version of the compiler might determine the specific mechanism used to reserve these areas MPLAB X IDE has the knowledge to determine what needs to be passed to the com piler assembler linker So the best way to find out how to reserve areas for debugging is to create a small project in the IDE using the desired device debug tool and compiler remembering that the IDE can support multiple versions of the same compiler So while creating the project in the IDE make sure you select the correct compiler version After you have created the small project build the project for debugging Save the text in the output window showing the build steps for debugging Then build the project again not for debugging and save the text in the output window showing the build steps for production Compare the two sets of instructions being passed to the compiler assembler linker FIGURE B 1 BUILD ICON MENU ils Window Help Fa EECH x Build Project MyProject Build f
332. untime model This code executes after any user code for a given function immediately prior to the function return EPROM Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory A programmable read only memory that can be erased usually by exposure to ultraviolet radiation Error Error File An error reports a problem that makes it impossible to continue processing your program When possible an error identifies the source file name and line number where the problem is apparent An error file contains error messages and diagnostics generated by a language tool Event A description of a bus cycle which may include address data pass count external input cycle type fetch R W and time stamp Events are used to describe triggers breakpoints and interrupts Executable Code Software that is ready to be loaded for execution Export Send data out of the MPLAB IDE MPLAB X IDE in a standardized format Expressions Combinations of constants and or symbols separated by arithmetic or logical operators Extended Microcontroller Mode In extended microcontroller mode on chip program memory as well as external memory is available Execution automatically switches to external if the program memory address is greater than the internal memory space of the PIC18 device 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 253 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide Extended Mode PIC18 MCUs In Extended mode the compiler will utilize the extended
333. ural abstraction Note 2 MPASMX cannot run under parallel make either as a tool chain or part of an MPLAB C18 project The parallel make option is therefore ignored in projects using MPASMxX toolchain or in proj ects using the C18 toolchain that contain at least one asm file DS50002027C page 220 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc MPLAB X IDE Windows and Dialogs 12 12 3 Generic Settings Tab Set up the log file and other project features TABLE 12 20 GENERIC SETTINGS TAB ITEMS Item Description Projects Folder Path and name of the folder where you will place your MPLAB X IDE projects Close open source file on project close Close any open source files in the Editor window when you close your project Clear output window before build Clear out the contents of the Output window when you build your project Remove breakpoints upon importing a file When importing a file into your project remove all existing project breakpoints Halt build on first failure When building halt the process on the first failure The selected project language tool can be set up to determine which errors are produced Go to the Project Properties dialog and select the language tool under Categories Then look for through the Option Categories to find one that allows you to set up errors warnings and or messages Maintain active connec tion to hardware tool If selected
334. valuation kit or reference design as your target please refer to the accompanying documentation for set up information 2 5 INSTALL THE LANGUAGE TOOLS When you install MPLAB X IDE the following language tools are installed as well MPASM toolchain ASM30 toolchain no longer included Currently there are several C compiler toolsuites compiler assembler linker etc that can be used with MPLAB X IDE Go to the Microchip web site http www microchip com xc where you can find free compilers Free Evaluation and full featured code optimized compilers Standard Pro To select a compiler toolsuite consider which device you wish to use and then choose a toolsuite that supports that device To install and license the compiler you want view the document nstalling and Licensing MPLAB XC C Compilers DS50002059 MPLAB X IDE includes the option to license your installed compiler and roam in and out network licenses See the Licenses option under Section 11 2 10 Tools Menu DS50002027C page 34 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Before You Begin 2 6 LAUNCH THE IDE Double click on the MPLAB X IDE icon to launch the program MPLAB X IDE is built upon the NetBeans platform If you are familiar with the NetBeans IDE then the MPLAB X IDE desktop will look familiar FIGURE 2 2 MPLAB X IDE DESKTOP BE MPLAS x me vi 9s File Edt View Navigate Source Refactor Rum Debug Team Toots Window Help E
335. ve feature is selected this will also compile build project files Page Setup Sets up the page for printing Print Shows print preview of current file and allows printing Print to HTML Prints the current file to a new file in HTML format Exit Quits MPLAB IDE 11 2 2 Edit Menu Below are the menu items in the Edit menu For keyboard shortcuts of some of these menu items see the NetBeans help topic IDE Basics gt Keyboard Shortcuts gt Menu Shortcuts TABLE 11 2 EDIT MENU OPTIONS Command Action Undo Reverses one at a time a series of editor actions except Save Redo Reverses one at a time a series of Undo commands Cut Deletes the current selection and places it on the clipboard Copy Copies the current selection to the clipboard Paste Pastes the contents of the clipboard into the insertion point Paste Formatted Pastes the formatted contents of the clipboard into the insertion point Delete Deletes the current selection Select All Selects everything in the current document or window Select Identifier Selects the word nearest the cursor Find Selection Finds instances of the current selection Find Next Finds next instance of found text Find Previous Finds previous instance of found text Find Finds a text string Replace Finds a string of text and replaces it with the string specified Find Usages Finds usages and subtypes of selected code Find
336. vice such as prescalers Single Stepping If Freeze Peripherals On Halt is selected the I O port bits in the SFR or the Watch windows will not update when single stepping The pin will be modified but the read request to retrieve the new value is blocked by the freeze and cannot be updated until the next step or run command e Individual e Peripheral 12 8 3 1 INDIVIDUAL In this display SFRs are listed by address Data is displayed in the following columns e Address SFR hexadecimal address e Name Symbolic name for the SFR e Radix Information Hex Decimal Binary Radix information is displayed in these four columns Hex is shown in 1 byte blocks 12 8 3 2 PERIPHERAL In this display SFRs are grouped according to their related device peripherals Data is displayed in the following columns e Address SFR hexadecimal address e Name Name of peripheral or symbolic name for the SFR e Radix Information Hex Decimal Binary Char Radix information is displayed in these four columns Hex is shown in 1 byte blocks Click the Select Peripheral button to view the SFRs for only the peripherals selected 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 207 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 12 8 4 Configuration Bits Window Details about using the Configuration Bits window is discussed in Section 4 21 4 Set Configuration Bits Data is displayed in the following columns TABLE 12 10 CON
337. ware tool you will use to program your code e g PM3 3 Review the settings under the Memories to Program options category If you wish to use a Preserve Memory option ensure that your code is not code protected Code is preserved when the programmer reads the section it needs to save performs a bulk erase of the device reprograms the device and then rewrites the area that is preserved with what was saved 4 Review the settings under the Program Options options category 5 Depending on your hardware tool there may be other programming option categories Review each one to ensure the settings are correct for your project For more information about programming options please consult your hardware tool documentation After the programming options are set up as you desire you may proceed to program the device 4 23 2 Perform Programming To program your target device with debugged code click the toolbar button Make and Program Device Project Other programming related functions are shown in the Table 4 10 The first function is activated by clicking on the button For other functions click on the down arrow next to the button icon DS50002027C page 108 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Basic Tasks TABLE 4 10 PROGRAMMING FUNCTIONS ON TOOLBAR BUTTONS BuHON Function Details Icon Make and Program Device The project is built if necessary and the device is pro grammed The program will imme
338. will have the following columns e Address Hexadecimal address of the data in the next column e Data Blocks Hexadecimal data shown in 4 byte blocks e ASCII ASCII representation of the corresponding line of data 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 209 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 12 8 8 2 CODE VIEW PROGRAM MEMORY This format displays program memory information as hex code The window will have the following columns Line Reference line number corresponding to memory address Address Physical hexadecimal address of the opcode Opcode Hexadecimal opcode shown in 4 byte blocks The opcode that is highlighted represents the current location of the program counter Label Opcode label in symbolic format Disassembly A disassembled version of the opcode mnemonic D D D 12 8 9 Peripherals Window The Peripherals window displays the contents of the SFRs that relate to the device peripherals To view only a few SFRs you may prefer to use a Watch window which may help with speed issues when using hardware debug tools i e faster window update rate Whenever a break occurs the contents of the SFRs are updated Visible Registers If a data memory register is not physically implemented on a device it may not appear in the SFR list Some tools such as simulators may allow you to see registers that do not exist on the actual device such as prescalers Single St
339. y RAM 32768 Dx8000 bytes 0 2 RAM Used O 0x0 Free 32768 0x3000 E Fa 535560 018 FF 0 bytes 0 2 Fac Use 0 0x0 Free 536560 eg F0 SZ Debug Too Res ICE DEFALLT T Oebug Resources Progen EP Used Free Dats EP Used Free 2 NAVIGATION PANE File Edt View Nevigate Source Refactor Run Debug Team Took Window Help EECH CECR deg Ge E tprages config FPLEMUL MUL 16 FPLLIDIV DIV 2 pragma config POSCMOD HS FNOSC PAIPLL FPEDIV DIV EDITOR PANE TASK PANE FPLLODIY If you double click on any file name in the File pane the related file will open in the Editor pane under a tab next to the Start Page To close the tab click on the x next to the file name Right click on the project name in the File pane Projects window to view the pop up context menu Do the same for the project s subfolders 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 49 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 3 3 3 View or Make Changes to Project Properties Once a project has been created you can view or change the project properties in the Project Properties dialog Access this dialog by either e right clicking on the project name in the Projects window and selecting Properties e clicking on the project name in the Projects window and then selecting File gt Project Properties Click the Conf default category to reveal the general project configu
340. y TABLE 5 7 PROJECT FILES SAVED TO REPOSITORY Directory or File s Commit Project directory Makefile Yes Source files Yes build directory No dist directory No nbproject directory configurations xml Yes project properties Yes project xml Yes Makefile No Package No private directory No Yes Required to generate the project image No These directories files are regenerated and therefore do not need to be saved See Section 8 3 Files Window View for more on the project structure For more on using local file history and or source control see the NetBeans help topics under IDE Basics gt Version Control and File History For further information on the source control programs above see e CVS http Awww nongnu org cvs e Subversion http subversion tigris org e Mercurial http mercurial selenic com DS50002027C page 130 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Additional Tasks 5 20 COLLABORATE ON CODE DEVELOPMENT AND ERROR TRACKING Collaborate on code development with your group using a team server such as Kenai com supported inside MPLAB X IDE Note To see this feature refer to the Start Page My MPLAB X IDE tab Extend MPLAB section Selecting Simple or Full Featured Menus topic Supporting menu items are e Team The main team server menu Log into your account create or open your project share your project
341. your application from the list The level of tool support for the selected device will be displayed next to the tool name That is green for full support yellow for beta support and red for no support yet Step 6 or 7 Select Project Name and Folder Select a name and location for your new project You may browse to a location Step 7 or 8 Summary Review the summary before clicking Finish If anything is incorrect use the Back button to go back and change it D D The new project will open in the Projects window For information on exporting a project as hex see Section 12 11 2 Projects Window Project Menu DS50002027C page 114 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc Additional Tasks 5 4 LOADABLE PROJECTS AND FILES Use loadable projects and files to combine projects combine hex files combine proj ects and hex files or replace the project hex file The hexmate application is used to merge project or loaded hex files into one file For details on this application see support documents in the docs folder of the installed MPLAB XC8 compiler Loadable projects or files are useful for creating combined bootloader and application code See Section 5 5 Loadable Projects and Files Bootloaders The combinations of current projects and loadables are listed below TABLE 5 1 LOADABLE COMBINATIONS Current Project Loadable Caveat Stand Alone Stand Alone None Existing MPLAB IDE v8 Hex file N
342. your device has on board debug circuitry consult the Processor Extension Pak and Debug Header Specification DS51292 or online help Then choose whether or not to use a header Step 4 or 5 Select Tool Select the development tool you will be using to develop your application from the list The level of tool support for the selected device will be displayed next to the tool name That is green for full support yellow for beta support and red for no support yet Step 5 or 6 Select Compiler Select the language tool compiler you will be using to develop your application from the list The level of tool support for the selected device will be displayed next to the tool name That is green for full support yellow for beta support and red for no support Step 6 or 7 Select Project Name and Folder It is recommended that you do not change the default name and location to preserve maintainability of both projects File Locations The new project will not copy the source files into its folder but instead will reference the location of the files in the v8 folder To create an inde pendent MPLAB X IDE project create a new project and copy the MPLAB IDE v8 source files to it Main Project Check the checkbox to make this project the main project on import File Formatting ISO 8859 1 is the default character encoding used when importing a project from MPLAB IDE v8 You should select the encoding that matches the one that is used in the
343. ys to contact Microchip Technology e USB Driver Installation Issues Cross Platform Issues MPLAB X IDE Issues e NetBeans Platform Issues e Errors e Forums 9 2 USB DRIVER INSTALLATION ISSUES To install the correct USB drivers see Section 2 3 Install the USB Device Drivers For Hardware Tools To troubleshoot errors see Section 2 3 2 7 Tool Communication Issues 9 3 CROSS PLATFORM ISSUES If you plan on using MPLAB X IDE on different platforms Windows Mac or Linux operating systems be aware of these issues e Use the forward slash in relative paths The backslash works only on Windows OS platforms Example include headers myheader h e Linux OS is case sensitive so generictypedefs h is not the same as GenericTypeDefs h 2011 2014 Microchip Technology Inc DS50002027C page 169 MPLAB X IDE User s Guide 9 4 MPLAB X IDE ISSUES Importing an MPLAB IDE v8 Project Settings Settings that were saved in a workspace in MPLAB IDE v8 such as tool settings will not be transferred to the new MPLAB X IDE project Refer to the MPLAB IDE v8 help for what is stored in a workspace MPLAB IDE Reference gt Operational Reference gt Saved Information Importing an MPLAB IDE v8 Project Modified Linker Scripts If you have modified your MPLAB IDE v8 project linker script so that it includes an object file the linker will be unable to find the file when imported into MPLAB X IDE because

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

DISC5000 Deutsche Bedienungsanleitung  Harbor Freight Tools 12Volt Quick Start Guide  Groupe de travail "Taxis"  Value 11.99.8718-20 USB cable  取扱説明書 - KAWAJUN  Ewent EW-130100-100-N-P  Philips AX 2100/01 User's Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file